WO2025245496A1 - Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system - Google Patents
Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy systemInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025245496A1 WO2025245496A1 PCT/US2025/030856 US2025030856W WO2025245496A1 WO 2025245496 A1 WO2025245496 A1 WO 2025245496A1 US 2025030856 W US2025030856 W US 2025030856W WO 2025245496 A1 WO2025245496 A1 WO 2025245496A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- user
- parameters
- data
- respective prior
- model
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
- G16H20/40—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to mechanical, radiation or invasive therapies, e.g. surgery, laser therapy, dialysis or acupuncture
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/0057—Pumps therefor
- A61M16/0066—Blowers or centrifugal pumps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/0057—Pumps therefor
- A61M16/0066—Blowers or centrifugal pumps
- A61M16/0069—Blowers or centrifugal pumps the speed thereof being controlled by respiratory parameters, e.g. by inhalation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/021—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes operated by electrical means
- A61M16/022—Control means therefor
- A61M16/024—Control means therefor including calculation means, e.g. using a processor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/021—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes operated by electrical means
- A61M16/022—Control means therefor
- A61M16/024—Control means therefor including calculation means, e.g. using a processor
- A61M16/026—Control means therefor including calculation means, e.g. using a processor specially adapted for predicting, e.g. for determining an information representative of a flow limitation during a ventilation cycle by using a root square technique or a regression analysis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. ventilators; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/0003—Accessories therefor, e.g. sensors, vibrators, negative pressure
- A61M2016/0027—Accessories therefor, e.g. sensors, vibrators, negative pressure pressure meter
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/50—General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers
- A61M2205/52—General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers with memories providing a history of measured variating parameters of apparatus or patient
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2230/00—Measuring parameters of the user
- A61M2230/005—Parameter used as control input for the apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2230/00—Measuring parameters of the user
- A61M2230/40—Respiratory characteristics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2230/00—Measuring parameters of the user
- A61M2230/63—Motion, e.g. physical activity
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates generally to systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system, and more particularly, to systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system based at least in part on user-associated data and usage data.
- SDB Sleep-Disordered Breathing
- OSA Obstructive Sleep Apnea
- CSA Central Sleep Apnea
- RERA Respiratory Effort Related Arousal
- insomnia characterized by, for example, difficult in initiating sleep, frequent or prolonged awakenings after initially falling asleep, and/or an early awakening with an inability to return to sleep
- Periodic Limb Movement Disorder PLMD
- Restless Leg Syndrome RLS
- Cheyne-Stokes Respiration CSR
- respiratory insufficiency Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome
- COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- NMD Neuromuscular Disease
- REM rapid eye movement
- DEB dream enactment behavior
- hypertension diabetes, stroke, and chest wall disorders.
- a respiratory therapy system e.g., a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) system
- CPAP continuous positive airway pressure
- the respiratory therapy system can include a conduit that delivers the pressurized air from a respiratory therapy device having a flow generator (e.g., a motor), to a user interface coupled to the individual’s face.
- a flow generator e.g., a motor
- the individual may have less than desirable compliance with the individual’s prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system. Such lack of compliance may be caused by a variety of different factors, including the user being uncomfortable during use of the respiratory therapy system, the respiratory therapy system being less ineffective than intended in treating the individual’s disorder, etc.
- the present disclosure is directed to solving this and other problems.
- a method of optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system comprises receiving data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system.
- the method further comprises determining an initial value of each of the plurality of parameters.
- Each of the plurality of parameters is associated with a comfort level of the user.
- the determination of the initial values is based at least in part on the user data.
- the method further comprises receiving usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system during a first period of time. During use of the respiratory therapy system in the first period of time, each of the plurality of parameters has its initial value.
- the method further comprises generating a recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters for use of the respiratory therapy system during a second period of time after the first period of time.
- the generation of the recommended values is based at least in part on the user data and the usage data.
- determining the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters includes inputting the user data into a first final model and receiving from the first final model a plurality of initial treatment effects for the user.
- Each initial treatment effect corresponds to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, and is a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
- determining the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters includes inputting the user data into a second final model and receiving from the second final model a plurality of recommended treatment effects for the user.
- Each recommended treatment effect corresponds to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters, and is a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
- a method of optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system comprises receiving user data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system; inputting at least the user data into a final model; receiving from the final model a plurality of treatment effects for the user, each treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, each treatment effect being a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric; and determining a value of each of the plurality of parameters by selecting the one distinct combination of values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters.
- a method of training a model to optimize a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system comprises receiving a first training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data for the respective prior user, (ii) a combination of values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, and (iii) an outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for the use metric; training a treatment model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the prescribed combination of values for each respective prior user, an expected one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user; training an outcome model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the outcome indicator for each respective prior user, a compliance probability for the respective prior user; determining, for each respective prior user in the first training dataset, a
- FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram of a system for detecting rainout in a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the system of FIG. 1, a user of the system, and a bed partner of the user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure
- FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary timeline for a sleep session, according to some implementations of the present disclosure
- FIG. 4 illustrates an exemplary hypnogram associated with the sleep session of FIG. 3, according to some implementations of the present disclosure
- FIG. 5 is a process flow diagram of a method for optimizing sleep for a user of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 6A is a plot of an adjusted pressure and adjusted ramp pressure, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 6B is a plot of an adjusted pressure response, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7 is a process flow diagram of a method for optimizing one or more parameters of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 8 is a causal diagram demonstrating how various data and settings of a respiratory therapy system influence whether compliance is achieved by a user of the respiratory therapy device, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 9 is a causal diagram used in the generation of a first machine learning model trained to generate values of a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 10 is a SHAP summary plot of input features into the first machine learning model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 11A is a first SHAP force plot for input features into the first machine learning model for a first user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 IB is a second SHAP force plot for input features into the first machine learning model for a second user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12A is a distribution of CATE estimates generated by the first machine learning model for different age groups, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12B is a distribution of CATE estimates generated by the first machine learning model for different genders, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12C is a distribution of CATE estimates generated by the first machine learning model for different AHI groups, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 13 is a heatmap of maximum standardized mean differences between inputs into a treatment model used to train the first machine learning model for each pair of combinations of values of the plurality of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 14A is a calibration plot for an outcome model used to train the first machine learning model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 14B is a calibration curve for the outcome model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 15 is a causal diagram used in the generation of a second machine learning model trained to generate values of a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16 is a distribution of propensity scores determined by a treatment model used to train the second machine learning model for different combinations of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 17A is a calibration plot for an outcome model used to train the second machine learning model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 17B is a calibration curve for the outcome model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 18A is a SHAP summary plot of input features into the second machine learning model for each different combination of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 18B is a SHAP summary plot comparing the importance of each input for each different combination of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 19A is a first SHAP force plot for input features into the second machine learning model for a first user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 19B is a second SHAP force plot for input features into the second machine learning model for a second user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 20 is a plot of an expiratory pressure relief setting with an initial value and a plot of the expiratory pressure relief setting with a recommended value, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 21 is a user device presenting recommended values of a plurality of parameters to a user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
- sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders include Periodic Limb Movement Disorder (PLMD), Restless Leg Syndrome (RLS), Sleep-Disordered Breathing (SDB), Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA), Central Sleep Apnea (CSA), other types of apneas, Cheyne-Stokes Respiration (CSR), respiratory insufficiency, Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome (OHS), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), Neuromuscular Disease (NMD), and chest wall disorders.
- PLMD Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
- RLS Restless Leg Syndrome
- SDB Sleep-Disordered Breathing
- OSA Obstructive Sleep Apnea
- CSA Central Sleep Apnea
- CSR Cheyne-Stokes Respiration
- OLS Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome
- COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- NMD Neuromuscular Disease
- PLMD Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
- RLS Restless Leg Syndrome
- SDB Sleep-Disordered Breathing
- OSA Obstructive Sleep Apnea
- CSA Central Sleep Apnea
- RERA Respiratory Effort Related Arousal
- CSR Cheyne-Stokes Respiration
- OLS Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome
- COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- NMD Neuromuscular Disease
- Obstructive Sleep Apnea a form of Sleep Disordered Breathing (SDB), is characterized by events including occlusion or obstruction of the upper air passage during sleep resulting from a combination of an abnormally small upper airway and the normal loss of muscle tone in the region of the tongue, soft palate, and posterior oropharyngeal wall.
- Central Sleep Apnea CSA is another form of sleep disordered breathing. CSA results when the brain temporarily stops sending signals to the muscles that control breathing.
- Other types of apneas include hypopnea, hyperpnea, and hypercapnia. Hypopnea is generally characterized by slow or shallow breathing caused by a narrowed airway, as opposed to a blocked airway.
- Hyperpnea is generally characterized by an increase depth and/or rate of breathing. Hypercapnia is generally characterized by elevated or excessive carbon dioxide in the bloodstream, typically caused by inadequate respiration.
- a Respiratory Effort Related Arousal (RERA) event is typically characterized by an increased respiratory effort for ten seconds or longer leading to arousal from sleep and which does not fulfill the criteria for an apnea or hypopnea event.
- RERAs are defined as a sequence of breaths characterized by increasing respiratory effort leading to an arousal from sleep, but which does not meet criteria for an apnea or hypopnea.
- a Nasal Cannula/Pressure Transducer System is adequate and reliable in the detection of RERAs.
- a RERA detector may be based on a real flow signal derived from a respiratory therapy device. For example, a flow limitation measure may be determined based on a flow signal. A measure of arousal may then be derived as a function of the flow limitation measure and a measure of sudden increase in ventilation.
- WO 2008/138040 and U.S. Patent No. 9,358,353 assigned to ResMed Ltd., the disclosure of each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- CSR Cheyne- Stokes Respiration
- OHS is defined as the combination of severe obesity and awake chronic hypercapnia, in the absence of other known causes for hypoventilation.
- Symptoms include dyspnea, morning headache and excessive daytime sleepiness.
- COPD encompasses any of a group of lower airway diseases that have certain characteristics in common, such as increased resistance to air movement, extended expiratory phase of respiration, and loss of the normal elasticity of the lung.
- NMD encompasses many diseases and ailments that impair the functioning of the muscles either directly via intrinsic muscle pathology, or indirectly via nerve pathology.
- Chest wall disorders are a group of thoracic deformities that result in inefficient coupling between the respiratory muscles and the thoracic cage.
- Many of these disorders are characterized by particular events (e.g., snoring, an apnea, a hypopnea, a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, or any combination thereof) that can occur when the individual is sleeping.
- events e.g., snoring, an apnea, a hypopnea, a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, or any combination thereof.
- a wide variety of types of data can be used to monitor the health of individuals having any of the above types of sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders (or other disorders).
- the Apnea-Hypopnea Index is an index used to indicate the severity of sleep apnea during a sleep session.
- the AHI is calculated by dividing the number of apnea and/or hypopnea events experienced by the user during the sleep session by the total number of hours of sleep in the sleep session. The event can be, for example, a pause in breathing that lasts for at least 10 seconds.
- An AHI that is less than 5 is considered normal.
- An AHI that is greater than or equal to 5, but less than 15 is considered indicative of mild sleep apnea.
- An AHI that is greater than or equal to 15, but less than 30 is considered indicative of moderate sleep apnea.
- An AHI that is greater than or equal to 30 is considered indicative of severe sleep apnea. In children, an AHI that is greater than 1 is considered abnormal. Sleep apnea can be considered “controlled” when the AHI is normal, or when the AHI is normal or mild. The AHI can also be used in combination with oxygen desaturation levels to indicate the severity of Obstructive Sleep Apnea.
- the system 100 includes a control system 110, a memory device 114, an electronic interface 119, one or more sensors 130, and optionally one or more user devices 170.
- the system 100 further includes a respiratory therapy system 120 (that includes a respiratory therapy device 122), a blood pressure device 180, an activity tracker 190, or any combination thereof.
- the system 100 can be used to optimize the values of one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system.
- the control system 110 includes one or more processors 112 (hereinafter, processor 112).
- the control system 110 is generally used to control (e.g., actuate) the various components of the system 100 and/or analyze data obtained and/or generated by the components of the system 100.
- the processor 112 can be a general or special purpose processor or microprocessor. While one processor 112 is shown in FIG. 1, the control system 110 can include any suitable number of processors (e.g., one processor, two processors, five processors, ten processors, etc.) that can be in a single housing, or located remotely from each other.
- the control system 110 (or any other control system) or a portion of the control system 110 such as the processor 112 (or any other processor(s) or portion(s) of any other control system), can be used to carry out one or more steps of any of the methods described and/or claimed herein.
- the control system 110 can be coupled to and/or positioned within, for example, a housing of the user device 170, and/or within a housing of one or more of the sensors 130.
- the control system 110 can be centralized (within one such housing) or decentralized (within two or more of such housings, which are physically distinct). In such implementations including two or more housings containing the control system 110, such housings can be located proximately and/or remotely from each other.
- the memory device 114 stores machine-readable instructions thereon that are executable by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the memory device 114 can be any suitable computer readable storage device or media, such as, for example, a random or serial access memory device, a hard drive, a solid state drive, a flash memory device, etc. While one memory device 114 is shown in FIG. 1, the system 100 can include any suitable number of memory devices 114 (e.g., one memory device, two memory devices, five memory devices, ten memory devices, etc.).
- the memory device 114 can be coupled to and/or positioned within a housing of the respiratory therapy device 122 of the respiratory therapy system 120, within a housing of the user device 170, within a housing of one or more of the sensors 130, or any combination thereof. Like the control system 110, the memory device 114 can be centralized (within one such housing) or decentralized (within two or more of such housings, which are physically distinct).
- the memory device 114 stores a user profile associated with the user.
- the user profile can include, for example, demographic information associated with the user, biometric information associated with the user, medical information associated with the user, self-reported user feedback, sleep parameters associated with the user (e.g., sleep- related parameters recorded from one or more earlier sleep sessions), or any combination thereof.
- the demographic information can include, for example, information indicative of an age of the user, a gender of the user, a race of the user, a family medical history (such as a family history of insomnia or sleep apnea), an employment status of the user, an educational status of the user, a socioeconomic status of the user, or any combination thereof.
- the medical information can include, for example, information indicative of one or more medical conditions associated with the user, medication usage by the user, or both.
- the medical information data can further include a fall risk assessment associated with the user (e.g., a fall risk score using the Morse fall scale), a multiple sleep latency test (MSLT) result or score and/or a Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) score or value.
- the self-reported user feedback can include information indicative of a self-reported subjective sleep score (e.g., poor, average, excellent), a self-reported subjective stress level of the user, a self-reported subjective fatigue level of the user, a self-reported subjective health status of the user, a recent life event experienced by the user, or any combination thereof.
- the electronic interface 119 is configured to receive data (e.g., physiological data and/or acoustic data) from the one or more sensors 130 such that the data can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the electronic interface 119 can communicate with the one or more sensors 130 using a wired connection or a wireless connection (e.g., using an RF communication protocol, a WiFi communication protocol, a Bluetooth communication protocol, an IR communication protocol, over a cellular network, over any other optical communication protocol, etc.).
- the electronic interface 119 can include an antenna, a receiver (e.g., an RF receiver), a transmitter (e.g., an RF transmitter), a transceiver, or any combination thereof.
- the electronic interface 119 can also include one more processors and/or one more memory devices that are the same as, or similar to, the processor 112 and the memory device 114 described herein. In some implementations, the electronic interface 119 is coupled to or integrated in the user device 170. In other implementations, the electronic interface 119 is coupled to or integrated (e.g., in a housing) with the control system 110 and/or the memory device 114.
- the system 100 optionally includes a respiratory therapy system 120 (also referred to as a respiratory pressure therapy system).
- the respiratory therapy system 120 can include a respiratory therapy device 122 (also referred to as a respiratory pressure device), a user interface 124 (also referred to as a mask or a patient interface), a conduit 126 (also referred to as a tube or an air circuit), a display device 128, a humidification tank 129, a receptacle 182, or any combination thereof.
- the control system 110, the memory device 114, the display device 128, one or more of the sensors 130, the humidification tank 129, and the receptacle 182 are part of the respiratory therapy device 122.
- Respiratory pressure therapy refers to the application of a supply of air to an entrance to a user’s airways at a controlled target pressure that is nominally positive with respect to atmosphere throughout the user’s breathing cycle (e.g., in contrast to negative pressure therapies such as the tank ventilator or cuirass).
- the respiratory therapy system 120 is generally used to treat individuals suffering from one or more sleep-related respiratory disorders (e.g., obstructive sleep apnea, central sleep apnea, or mixed sleep apnea), other respiratory disorders such as COPD, or other disorders leading to respiratory insufficiency, that may manifest either during sleep or wakefulness.
- sleep-related respiratory disorders e.g., obstructive sleep apnea, central sleep apnea, or mixed sleep apnea
- other respiratory disorders such as COPD, or other disorders leading to respiratory insufficiency, that may manifest either during sleep or wakefulness.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 is generally used to generate pressurized air that is delivered to a user (e.g., using one or more motors (such as a blower motor) that drive one or more compressors). In some implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 generates continuous constant air pressure that is delivered to the user. In other implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 generates two or more predetermined pressures (e.g., a first predetermined air pressure and a second predetermined air pressure). In still other implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 is configured to generate a variety of different air pressures within a predetermined range.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can deliver at least about 6 cm H2O, at least about 10 cm H2O, at least about 20 cm H2O, between about 6 cm H2O and about 10 cm H2O, between about 7 cm H2O and about 12 cm H2O, etc.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can also deliver pressurized air at a predetermined flow rate between, for example, about -20 L/min and about 150 L/min, while maintaining a positive pressure (relative to the ambient pressure).
- the control system 110, the memory device 114, the electronic interface 119, or any combination thereof can be coupled to and/or positioned within a housing of the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the user interface 124 engages a portion of the user’s face and delivers pressurized air from the respiratory therapy device 122 to the user’s airway to aid in preventing the airway from narrowing and/or collapsing during sleep. This may also increase the user’s oxygen intake during sleep.
- the user interface 124 may form a seal, for example, with a region or portion of the user’s face, to facilitate the delivery of gas at a pressure at sufficient variance with ambient pressure to effect therapy, for example, at a positive pressure of about 10 cm H2O relative to ambient pressure.
- the user interface may not include a seal sufficient to facilitate delivery to the airways of a supply of gas at a positive pressure of about 10 crnFfcO.
- the user interface 124 is or includes a facial mask that covers the nose and mouth of the user (as shown, for example, in FIG. 2).
- the user interface 124 is or includes a nasal mask that provides air to the nose of the user or a nasal pillow mask that delivers air directly to the nostrils of the user.
- the user interface 124 can include a strap assembly that has a plurality of straps (e.g., including hook and loop fasteners) for positioning and/or stabilizing the user interface 124 on a portion of the user interface 124 on a desired location of the user (e.g., the face), and a conformal cushion (e.g., silicone, plastic, foam, etc.) that aids in providing an air-tight seal between the user interface 124 and the user.
- the user interface 124 may include a connector 127 and one or more vents 125. The one or more vents 125 can be used to permit the escape of carbon dioxide and other gases exhaled by the user.
- the user interface 124 includes a mouthpiece (e.g., a night guard mouthpiece molded to conform to the user’s teeth, a mandibular repositioning device, etc.).
- the connector 127 is distinct from, but couplable to, the user interface 124 (and/or conduit 126). The connector 127 is configured to connect and fluidly couple the user interface 124 to the conduit 126.
- the conduit 126 allows the flow of air between two components of a respiratory therapy system 120, such as the respiratory therapy device 122 and the user interface 124.
- a respiratory therapy system 120 forms an air pathway that extends between a motor of the respiratory therapy device 122 and the user and/or the user’s airway.
- the air pathway generally includes at least a motor of the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, and the conduit 126.
- One or more of the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the display device 128, and the humidification tank 129 can contain one or more sensors (e.g., a pressure sensor, a flow rate sensor, or more generally any of the other sensors 130 described herein). These one or more sensors can be used, for example, to measure the air pressure and/or flow rate of pressurized air supplied by the respiratory therapy device 122.
- sensors e.g., a pressure sensor, a flow rate sensor, or more generally any of the other sensors 130 described herein.
- the display device 128 is generally used to display image(s) including still images, video images, or both and/or information regarding the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the display device 128 can provide information regarding the status of the respiratory therapy device 122 (e.g., whether the respiratory therapy device 122 is on/off, the pressure of the air being delivered by the respiratory therapy device 122, the temperature of the air being delivered by the respiratory therapy device 122, etc.) and/or other information (e.g., a sleep score or a therapy score (such as a my Air® score, such as described in WO 2016/061629 and US 2017/0311879, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety), the current date/time, personal information for the user, a questionnaire for the user, etc.).
- a sleep score or a therapy score such as a my Air® score, such as described in WO 2016/061629 and US 2017/0311879, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety
- the display device 128 acts as a human-machine interface (HMI) that includes a graphic user interface (GUI) configured to display the image(s) as an input interface.
- HMI human-machine interface
- GUI graphic user interface
- the display device 128 can be an LED display, an OLED display, an LCD display, or the like.
- the input interface can be, for example, a touchscreen or touch-sensitive substrate, a mouse, a keyboard, or any sensor system configured to sense inputs made by a human user interacting with the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the humidification tank 129 is coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122 and includes a reservoir of water that can be used to humidify the pressurized air delivered from the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can include a heater to heat the water in the humidification tank 129 in order to humidify the pressurized air provided to the user.
- the conduit 126 can also include a heating element (e.g., coupled to and/or imbedded in the conduit 126) that heats the pressurized air delivered to the user.
- the humidification tank 129 can be fluidly coupled to a water vapor inlet of the air pathway and deliver water vapor into the air pathway via the water vapor inlet, or can be formed in-line with the air pathway as part of the air pathway itself.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 or the conduit 126 can include a waterless humidifier.
- the waterless humidifier can incorporate sensors that interface with other sensor positioned elsewhere in system 100.
- the system 100 can be used to deliver at least a portion of a substance from the receptacle 182 to the air pathway of the user based at least in part on the physiological data, the sleep-related parameters, other data or information, or any combination thereof.
- modifying the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway can include (i) initiating the delivery of the substance into the air pathway, (ii) ending the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway, (iii) modifying an amount of the substance delivered into the air pathway, (iv) modifying a temporal characteristic of the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway, (v) modifying a quantitative characteristic of the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway, (vi) modifying any parameter associated with the delivery of the substance into the air pathway, or (vii) a combination of (i)-(vi).
- Modifying the temporal characteristic of the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway can include changing the rate at which the substance is delivered, starting and/or finishing at different times, continuing for different time periods, changing the time distribution or characteristics of the delivery, changing the amount distribution independently of the time distribution, etc.
- the independent time and amount variation ensures that, apart from varying the frequency of the release of the substance, one can vary the amount of substance released each time. In this manner, a number of different combination of release frequencies and release amounts (e.g., higher frequency but lower release amount, higher frequency and higher amount, lower frequency and higher amount, lower frequency and lower amount, etc.) can be achieved.
- Other modifications to the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway can also be utilized.
- the respiratory therapy system 120 can be used, for example, as a ventilator or a positive airway pressure (PAP) system, such as a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) system, an automatic positive airway pressure system (APAP), a bi-level or variable positive airway pressure system (BPAP or VPAP), or any combination thereof.
- PAP positive airway pressure
- CPAP continuous positive airway pressure
- APAP automatic positive airway pressure system
- BPAP or VPAP bi-level or variable positive airway pressure system
- the CPAP system delivers a predetermined air pressure (e.g., determined by a sleep physician) to the user.
- the APAP system automatically varies the air pressure delivered to the user based at least in part on, for example, respiration data associated with the user.
- the BPAP or VPAP system is configured to deliver a first predetermined pressure (e.g., an inspiratory positive airway pressure or IPAP) and a second predetermined pressure (e.g., an expiratory positive airway pressure or EPAP) that is lower than the first predetermined pressure.
- a first predetermined pressure e.g., an inspiratory positive airway pressure or IPAP
- a second predetermined pressure e.g., an expiratory positive airway pressure or EPAP
- FIG. 2 a portion of the system 100 (FIG. 1), according to some implementations, is illustrated.
- a user 210 of the respiratory therapy system 120 and a bed partner 220 are located in a bed 230 and are laying on a mattress 232.
- the user interface 124 (e.g., a full facial mask) can be worn by the user 210 during a sleep session.
- the user interface 124 is fluidly coupled and/or connected to the respiratory therapy device 122 via the conduit 126.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 delivers pressurized air to the user 210 via the conduit 126 and the user interface 124 to increase the air pressure in the throat of the user 210 to aid in preventing the airway from closing and/or narrowing during sleep.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can include the display device 128, which can allow the user to interact with the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can also include the humidification tank 129, which stores the water used to humidify the pressurized air.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can be positioned on a nightstand 240 that is directly adjacent to the bed 230 as shown in FIG. 2, or more generally, on any surface or structure that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210.
- the user can also wear the blood pressure device 180 and the activity tracker 190 while lying on the mattress 232 in the bed 230. [0064] Referring back to FIG.
- the one or more sensors 130 of the system 100 include a pressure sensor 132, a flow rate sensor 134, temperature sensor 136, a motion sensor 138, a microphone 140, a speaker 142, a radio-frequency (RF) receiver 146, an RF transmitter 148, a camera 150, an infrared (IR) sensor 152, a photoplethysmogram (PPG) sensor 154, an electrocardiogram (ECG) sensor 156, an electroencephalography (EEG) sensor 158, a capacitive sensor 160, a force sensor 162, a strain gauge sensor 164, an electromyography (EMG) sensor 166, an oxygen sensor 168, an analyte sensor 174, a moisture sensor 176, a light detection and ranging (LiDAR) sensor 178, or any combination thereof.
- IR infrared
- PPG photoplethysmogram
- ECG electrocardiogram
- EEG electroencephalography
- capacitive sensor 160 a force sensor 162
- each of the one or sensors 130 are configured to output sensor data that is received and stored in the memory device 114 or one or more other memory devices.
- the sensors 130 can also include, an electrooculography (EOG) sensor, a peripheral oxygen saturation (SpO?) sensor, a galvanic skin response (GSR) sensor, a carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor, or any combination thereof.
- EOG electrooculography
- SpO peripheral oxygen saturation
- GSR galvanic skin response
- CO2 carbon dioxide
- the one or more sensors 130 are shown and described as including each of the pressure sensor 132, the flow rate sensor 134, the temperature sensor 136, the motion sensor 138, the microphone 140, the speaker 142, the RF receiver 146, the RF transmitter 148, the camera 150, the IR sensor 152, the PPG sensor 154, the ECG sensor 156, the EEG sensor 158, the capacitive sensor 160, the force sensor 162, the strain gauge sensor 164, the EMG sensor 166, the oxygen sensor 168, the analyte sensor 174, the moisture sensor 176, and the LiDAR sensor 178, more generally, the one or more sensors 130 can include any combination and any number of each of the sensors described and/or shown herein.
- the one or more sensors 130 can be used to generate, for example physiological data, acoustic data, or both, that is associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system 120 (such as the user 210 of FIG. 2), the respiratory therapy system 120, both the user and the respiratory therapy system 120, or other entities, objects, activities, etc.
- Physiological data generated by one or more of the sensors 130 can be used by the control system 110 to determine a sleepwake signal associated with the user during the sleep session and one or more sleep-related parameters.
- the sleep-wake signal can be indicative of one or more sleep stages (sometimes referred to as sleep states), including sleep, wakefulness, relaxed wakefulness, microawakenings, or distinct sleep stages such as a rapid eye movement (REM) stage (which can include both a typical REM stage and an atypical REM stage), a first non-REM stage (often referred to as “Nl”), a second non-REM stage (often referred to as “N2”), a third non-REM stage (often referred to as “N3”), or any combination thereof.
- REM rapid eye movement
- Nl first non-REM stage
- N2 second non-REM stage
- N3 third non-REM stage
- the sleep-wake signal can also be timestamped to indicate a time that the user enters the bed, a time that the user exits the bed, a time that the user attempts to fall asleep, etc.
- the sleep-wake signal can be measured one or more of the sensors 130 during the sleep session at a predetermined sampling rate, such as, for example, one sample per second, one sample per 30 seconds, one sample per minute, etc.
- Examples of the one or more sleep-related parameters that can be determined for the user during the sleep session based at least in part on the sleepwake signal include a total time in bed, a total sleep time, a total wake time, a sleep onset latency, a wake-after-sleep-onset parameter, a sleep efficiency, a fragmentation index, an amount of time to fall asleep, a consistency of breathing rate, a fall asleep time, a wake time, a rate of sleep disturbances, a number of movements, or any combination thereof.
- Physiological data and/or acoustic data generated by the one or more sensors 130 can also be used to determine a respiration signal associated with the user during a sleep session.
- the respiration signal is generally indicative of respiration or breathing of the user during the sleep session.
- the respiration signal can be indicative of, for example, a respiration rate, a respiration rate variability, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspirationexpiration amplitude ratio, an inspiration-expiration duration ratio, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, pressure settings of the respiratory therapy device 122, or any combination thereof.
- the event(s) can include snoring, apneas, central apneas, obstructive apneas, mixed apneas, hypopneas, RERAs, a flow limitation (e.g., an event that results in the absence of the increase in flow despite an elevation in negative intrathoracic pressure indicating increased effort), a mask leak (e.g., from the user interface 124), a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, a heart rate variation, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, a fever, a cough, a sneeze, a snore, a gasp, the presence of an illness such as the common cold or the flu, an elevated stress level, etc. Events can be detected by any means known in the art such as described in, for example, US 5,245,995, US 6,502,572, WO 2018/050913,
- the pressure sensor 132 outputs pressure data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the pressure sensor 132 is an air pressure sensor (e.g., barometric pressure sensor) that generates sensor data indicative of the respiration (e.g., inhaling and/or exhaling) of the user of the respiratory therapy system 120 and/or ambient pressure.
- the pressure sensor 132 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the pressure sensor 132 can be, for example, a capacitive sensor, an electromagnetic sensor, an inductive sensor, a resistive sensor, a piezoelectric sensor, a strain-gauge sensor, an optical sensor, a potentiometric sensor, or any combination thereof. In one example, the pressure sensor 132 can be used to determine a blood pressure of the user.
- the flow rate sensor 134 outputs flow rate data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the flow rate sensor 134 is used to determine an air flow rate from the respiratory therapy device 122, an air flow rate through the conduit 126, an air flow rate through the user interface 124, or any combination thereof.
- the flow rate sensor 134 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, or the conduit 126.
- the flow rate sensor 134 can be a mass flow rate sensor such as, for example, a rotary flow meter (e.g., Hall effect flow meters), a turbine flow meter, an orifice flow meter, an ultrasonic flow meter, a hot wire sensor, a vortex sensor, a membrane sensor, or any combination thereof.
- the temperature sensor 136 outputs temperature data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the temperature sensor 136 generates temperatures data indicative of a core body temperature of the user, a skin temperature of the user 210, a temperature of the air flowing from the respiratory therapy device 122 and/or through the conduit 126, a temperature in the user interface 124, an ambient temperature, or any combination thereof.
- the temperature sensor 136 can be, for example, a thermocouple sensor, a thermistor sensor, a silicon band gap temperature sensor or semiconductor-based sensor, a resistance temperature detector, or any combination thereof.
- the motion sensor 138 outputs motion data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the motion sensor 138 can be used to detect movement of the user during the sleep session, and/or detect movement of any of the components of the respiratory therapy system 120, such as the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, or the conduit 126.
- the motion sensor 138 can include one or more inertial sensors, such as accelerometers, gyroscopes, and magnetometers.
- the motion sensor 138 can be used to detect motion or acceleration associated with arterial pulses, such as pulses in or around the face of the user and proximal to the user interface 124, and configured to detect features of the pulse shape, speed, amplitude, or volume.
- the motion sensor 138 alternatively or additionally generates one or more signals representing bodily movement of the user, from which may be obtained a signal representing a sleep state of the user; for example, via a respiratory movement of the user.
- the microphone 140 outputs acoustic data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110.
- the acoustic data generated by the microphone 140 is reproducible as one or more sound(s) during a sleep session (e.g., sounds from the user) to determine (e.g., using the control system 110) one or more sleep- related parameters, as described in further detail herein.
- the acoustic data from the microphone 140 can also be used to identify (e.g., using the control system 110) an event experienced by the user during the sleep session, as described in further detail herein.
- the acoustic data from the microphone 140 is representative of noise associated with the respiratory therapy system 120.
- the acoustic data from the microphone 140 can be analyzed to detect the presence of liquid in the respiratory therapy system 120, in particular in the user interface 124 and/or the conduit 126, as explained in further detail herein.
- the system 100 includes a plurality of microphones (e.g., two or more microphones and/or an array of microphones with beamforming) such that sound data generated by each of the plurality of microphones can be used to discriminate the sound data generated by another of the plurality of microphones.
- the microphone 140 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy system 120 (or the system 100) generally in any configuration.
- the microphone 140 can be disposed inside the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, or other components.
- the microphone 140 can also be positioned adjacent to or coupled to the outside of the respiratory therapy device 122, the outside of the user interface 124, the outside of the conduit 126, or outside of any other components.
- the microphone 140 could also be a component of the user device 170 (e.g., the microphone 140 is a microphone of a smart phone).
- the microphone 140 can be integrated into the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the respiratory therapy device 122, or any combination thereof.
- the microphone 140 can be located at any point within or adjacent to the air pathway of the respiratory therapy system 120, which includes at least the motor of the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, and the conduit 126.
- the air pathway can also be referred to as the acoustic pathway.
- the speaker 142 outputs sound waves that are typically audible to the user.
- the sound waves can be audible to a user of the system 100 or inaudible to the user of the system (e.g., ultrasonic sound waves).
- the speaker 142 can be used, for example, as an alarm clock or to play an alert or message to the user (e.g., in response to an event).
- the speaker 142 can be used to communicate the acoustic data generated by the microphone 140 to the user.
- the speaker 142 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, or the user device 170.
- the microphone 140 and the speaker 142 can be used as separate devices.
- the microphone 140 and the speaker 142 can be combined into an acoustic sensor 141 (e.g., a SONAR sensor), as described in, for example, WO 2018/050913 and WO 2020/104465, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- the speaker 142 generates or emits sound waves at a predetermined interval and/or frequency, and the microphone 140 detects the reflections of the emitted sound waves from the speaker 142.
- the sound waves generated or emitted by the speaker 142 have a frequency that is not audible to the human ear (e.g., below 20 Hz or above around 18 kHz) so as not to disturb the sleep of the user or a bed partner of the user (such as bed partner 220 in FIG. 2).
- the control system 110 can determine a location of the user and/or one or more of the sleep-related parameters described in herein, such as, for example, a respiration signal, a respiration rate, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, a sleep stage, pressure settings of the respiratory therapy device 122, a mouth leak status, or any combination thereof.
- a SONAR sensor may be understood to concern an active acoustic sensing, such as by generating/transmitting ultrasound or low frequency ultrasound sensing signals (e.g., in a frequency range of about 17- 23 kHz, 18-22 kHz, or 17-18 kHz, for example), through the air.
- an active acoustic sensing such as by generating/transmitting ultrasound or low frequency ultrasound sensing signals (e.g., in a frequency range of about 17- 23 kHz, 18-22 kHz, or 17-18 kHz, for example), through the air.
- ultrasound or low frequency ultrasound sensing signals e.g., in a frequency range of about 17- 23 kHz, 18-22 kHz, or 17-18 kHz, for example
- the speaker 142 is a bone conduction speaker.
- the one or more sensors 130 include (i) a first microphone that is the same or similar to the microphone 140, and is integrated into the acoustic sensor 141 and (ii) a second microphone that is the same as or similar to the microphone 140, but is separate and distinct from the first microphone that is integrated into the acoustic sensor 141.
- the RF transmitter 148 generates and/or emits radio waves having a predetermined frequency and/or a predetermined amplitude (e.g., within a high frequency band, within a low frequency band, long wave signals, short wave signals, etc.).
- the RF receiver 146 detects the reflections of the radio waves emitted from the RF transmitter 148, and this data can be analyzed by the control system 110 to determine a location of the user and/or one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein.
- An RF receiver (either the RF receiver 146 and the RF transmitter 148 or another RF pair) can also be used for wireless communication between the control system 110, the respiratory therapy device 122, the one or more sensors 130, the user device 170, or any combination thereof.
- the RF receiver 146 and RF transmitter 148 are shown as being separate and distinct elements in FIG. 1, in some implementations, the RF receiver 146 and RF transmitter 148 are combined as a part of an RF sensor 147 (e.g., a RADAR sensor). In some such implementations, the RF sensor 147 includes a control circuit. The specific format of the RF communication could be WiFi, Bluetooth, etc. [0077] In some implementations, the RF sensor 147 is a part of a mesh system.
- a mesh system is a WiFi mesh system, which can include mesh nodes, mesh router(s), and mesh gateway(s), each of which can be mobile/movable or fixed.
- the WiFi mesh system includes a WiFi router and/or a WiFi controller and one or more satellites (e.g., access points), each of which include an RF sensor that the is the same as, or similar to, the RF sensor 147.
- the WiFi router and satellites continuously communicate with one another using WiFi signals.
- the WiFi mesh system can be used to generate motion data based at least in part on changes in the WiFi signals (e.g., differences in received signal strength) between the router and the satellite(s) due to an object or person moving partially obstructing the signals.
- the motion data can be indicative of motion, breathing, heart rate, gait, falls, behavior, etc., or any combination thereof.
- the camera 150 outputs image data reproducible as one or more images (e.g., still images, video images, thermal images, or a combination thereof) that can be stored in the memory device 114.
- the image data from the camera 150 can be used by the control system 110 to determine one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein.
- the image data from the camera 150 can be used to identify a location of the user, to determine a time when the user enters the user’s bed (such as bed 230 in FIG. 2), and to determine a time when the user exits the bed 230.
- the camera 150 can also be used to track eye movements, pupil dilation (if one or both of the user’s eyes are open), blink rate, or any changes during REM sleep.
- the camera 150 can also be used to track the position of the user, which can impact the duration and/or severity of apneic episodes in users with positional obstructive sleep apnea.
- the IR sensor 152 outputs infrared image data reproducible as one or more infrared images (e.g., still images, video images, or both) that can be stored in the memory device 114.
- the infrared data from the IR sensor 152 can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters during the sleep session, including a temperature of the user and/or movement of the user.
- the IR sensor 152 can also be used in conjunction with the camera 150 when measuring the presence, location, and/or movement of the user.
- the IR sensor 152 can detect infrared light having a wavelength between about 700 nm and about 1 mm, for example, while the camera 150 can detect visible light having a wavelength between about 380 nm and about 740 nm.
- the PPG sensor 154 outputs physiological data associated with the user that can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters, such as, for example, a heart rate, a heart rate pattern, a heart rate variability, a cardiac cycle, respiration rate, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, estimated blood pressure parameter(s), or any combination thereof.
- the PPG sensor 154 can be worn by the user, embedded in clothing and/or fabric that is worn by the user, embedded in and/or coupled to the user interface 124 and/or its associated headgear (e.g., straps, etc.), etc.
- the ECG sensor 156 outputs physiological data associated with electrical activity of the heart of the user.
- the ECG sensor 156 includes one or more electrodes that are positioned on or around a portion of the user during the sleep session.
- the physiological data from the ECG sensor 156 can be used, for example, to determine one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein.
- the EEG sensor 158 outputs physiological data associated with electrical activity of the brain of the user.
- the EEG sensor 158 includes one or more electrodes that are positioned on or around the scalp of the user during the sleep session.
- the physiological data from the EEG sensor 158 can be used, for example, to determine a sleep stage of the user at any given time during the sleep session.
- the EEG sensor 158 can be integrated in the user interface 124 and/or the associated headgear (e.g., straps, etc.).
- the capacitive sensor 160, the force sensor 162, and the strain gauge sensor 164 output data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and used by the control system 110 to determine one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein.
- the EMG sensor 166 outputs physiological data associated with electrical activity produced by one or more muscles.
- the oxygen sensor 168 outputs oxygen data indicative of an oxygen concentration of gas (e.g., in the conduit 126 or at the user interface 124).
- the oxygen sensor 168 can be, for example, an ultrasonic oxygen sensor, an electrical oxygen sensor, a chemical oxygen sensor, an optical oxygen sensor, or any combination thereof.
- the one or more sensors 130 also include a galvanic skin response (GSR) sensor, a blood flow sensor, a respiration sensor, a pulse sensor, a sphygmomanometer sensor, an oximetry sensor, or any combination thereof.
- GSR galvanic skin response
- the analyte sensor 174 can be used to detect the presence of an analyte in the exhaled breath of the user.
- the data output by the analyte sensor 174 can be stored in the memory device 114 and used by the control system 110 to determine the identity and concentration of any analytes in the user’s breath.
- the analyte sensor 174 is positioned near a mouth of the user to detect analytes in breath exhaled from the user’s mouth.
- the user interface 124 is a facial mask that covers the nose and mouth of the user
- the analyte sensor 174 can be positioned within the facial mask to monitor the user mouth breathing.
- the analyte sensor 174 can be positioned near the nose of the user to detect analytes in breath exhaled through the user’s nose.
- the analyte sensor 174 can be positioned near the user’s mouth when the user interface 124 is a nasal mask or a nasal pillow mask.
- the analyte sensor 174 can be used to detect whether any air is inadvertently leaking from the user’s mouth.
- the analyte sensor 174 is a volatile organic compound (VOC) sensor that can be used to detect carbon-based chemicals or compounds, such as carbon dioxide.
- VOC volatile organic compound
- the analyte sensor 174 can also be used to detect whether the user is breathing through their nose or mouth. For example, if the data output by an analyte sensor 174 positioned near the mouth of the user or within the facial mask (in implementations where the user interface 124 is a facial mask) detects the presence of an analyte, the control system 110 can use this data as an indication that the user is breathing through their mouth.
- the moisture sensor 176 outputs data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and used by the control system 110.
- the moisture sensor 176 can be used to detect moisture in various areas surrounding the user (e.g., inside the conduit 126 or the user interface 124, near the user’s face, near the connection between the conduit 126 and the user interface 124, near the connection between the conduit 126 and the respiratory therapy device 122, etc.).
- the moisture sensor 176 can be coupled to or integrated into the user interface 124 or in the conduit 126 to monitor the humidity of the pressurized air from the respiratory therapy device 122.
- the moisture sensor 176 is placed near any area where moisture levels need to be monitored.
- the moisture sensor 176 can also be used to monitor the humidity of the ambient environment surrounding the user, for example the air inside the user’s bedroom.
- the moisture sensor 176 can also be used to track the user’s biometric response to environmental changes.
- LiDAR sensors 178 can be used for depth sensing.
- This type of optical sensor e.g., laser sensor
- LiDAR can generally utilize a pulsed laser to make time of flight measurements.
- LiDAR is also referred to as 3D laser scanning.
- a fixed or mobile device such as a smartphone having a LiDAR sensor 178 can measure and map an area extending 5 meters or more away from the sensor.
- the LiDAR data can be fused with point cloud data estimated by an electromagnetic RADAR sensor, for example.
- the LiDAR sensor 178 may also use artificial intelligence (Al) to automatically geofence RADAR systems by detecting and classifying features in a space that might cause issues for RADAR systems, such a glass windows (which can be highly reflective to RADAR).
- LiDAR can also be used to provide an estimate of the height of a person, as well as changes in height when the person sits down, or falls down, for example.
- LiDAR may be used to form a 3D mesh representation of an environment.
- the LiDAR may reflect off such surfaces, thus allowing a classification of different type of obstacles.
- any combination of the one or more sensors 130 can be integrated in and/or coupled to any one or more of the components of the system 100, including the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the humidification tank 129, the control system 110, the user device 170, or any combination thereof.
- the acoustic sensor 141 and/or the RF sensor 147 can be integrated in and/or coupled to the user device 170.
- the user device 170 can be considered a secondary device that generates additional or secondary data for use by the system 100 (e.g., the control system 110) according to some aspects of the present disclosure.
- the pressure sensor 132 and/or the flow rate sensor 134 are integrated into and/or coupled to the respiratory therapy device 122.
- at least one of the one or more sensors 130 is not coupled to the respiratory therapy device 122, the control system 110, or the user device 170, and is positioned generally adjacent to the user during the sleep session (e.g., positioned on or in contact with a portion of the user, worn by the user, coupled to or positioned on the nightstand, coupled to the mattress, coupled to the ceiling, etc.). More generally, the one or more sensors 130 can be positioned at any suitable location relative to the user such that the one or more sensors 130 can generate physiological data associated with the user and/or the bed partner 220 during one or more sleep session.
- the data from the one or more sensors 130 can be analyzed to determine one or more sleep-related parameters, which can include a respiration signal, a respiration rate, a respiration pattern, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, an occurrence of one or more events, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, an average duration of events, a range of event durations, a ratio between the number of different events, a sleep stage, an apnea-hypopnea index (AHI), or any combination thereof.
- sleep-related parameters can include a respiration signal, a respiration rate, a respiration pattern, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, an occurrence of one or more events, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, an average duration of events, a range of event durations, a ratio between the number of different events, a sleep stage, an apnea-hypopne
- the one or more events can include snoring, apneas, central apneas, obstructive apneas, mixed apneas, hypopneas, an intentional user interface leak, an unintentional user interface leak, a mouth leak, a cough, a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, increased blood pressure, hyperventilation, or any combination thereof. Many of these sleep-related parameters are physiological parameters, although some of the sleep-related parameters can be considered to be non-physiological parameters.
- the user device 170 includes a display device 172.
- the user device 170 can be, for example, a mobile device such as a smart phone, a tablet, a laptop, a gaming console, a smart watch, or the like.
- the user device 170 can be an external sensing system, a television (e.g., a smart television) or another smart home device (e.g., a smart speaker(s) such as Google Home®, Google Nest®, Amazon Echo®, Amazon Echo Show®, Alexa®-enabled devices, etc.).
- the user device 170 is a wearable device (e.g., a smart watch).
- the display device 172 is generally used to display image(s) including still images, video images, or both.
- the display device 172 acts as a humanmachine interface (HMI) that includes a graphic user interface (GUI) configured to display the image(s) and an input interface.
- HMI humanmachine interface
- GUI graphic user interface
- the display device 172 can be an LED display, an OLED display, an LCD display, or the like.
- the input interface can be, for example, a touchscreen or touch-sensitive substrate, a mouse, a keyboard, or any sensor system configured to sense inputs made by a human user interacting with the user device 170.
- one or more user devices 170 can be used by and/or included in the system 100.
- the blood pressure device 180 is generally used to aid in generating physiological data for determining one or more blood pressure measurements associated with a user.
- the blood pressure device 180 can include at least one of the one or more sensors 130 to measure, for example, a systolic blood pressure component and/or a diastolic blood pressure component.
- the blood pressure device 180 is a sphygmomanometer including an inflatable cuff that can be worn by a user and a pressure sensor (e.g., the pressure sensor 132 described herein).
- a pressure sensor e.g., the pressure sensor 132 described herein.
- the blood pressure device 180 can be worn on an upper arm of the user.
- the blood pressure device 180 also includes a pump (e.g., a manually operated bulb) for inflating the cuff.
- the blood pressure device 180 is coupled to the respiratory therapy device 122 of the respiratory therapy system 120, which in turn delivers pressurized air to inflate the cuff.
- the blood pressure device 180 can be communicatively coupled with, and/or physically integrated in (e.g., within a housing), the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, the user device 170, and/or the activity tracker 190.
- the activity tracker 190 is generally used to aid in generating physiological data for determining an activity measurement associated with the user.
- the activity measurement can include, for example, a number of steps, a distance traveled, a number of steps climbed, a duration of physical activity, a type of physical activity, an intensity of physical activity, time spent standing, a respiration rate, an average respiration rate, a resting respiration rate, a maximum respiration rate, a respiration rate variability, a heart rate, an average heart rate, a resting heart rate, a maximum heart rate, a heart rate variability, a number of calories burned, blood oxygen saturation, electrodermal activity (also known as skin conductance or galvanic skin response), or any combination thereof.
- the activity tracker 190 includes one or more of the sensors 130 described herein, such as, for example, the motion sensor 138 (e.g., one or more accelerometers and/or gyroscopes), the PPG sensor 154, and/or the ECG sensor 156.
- the motion sensor 138 e.g., one or more accelerometers and/or gyroscopes
- the PPG sensor 154 e.g., one or more accelerometers and/or gyroscopes
- ECG sensor 156 e.g., ECG sensor
- the activity tracker 190 is a wearable device that can be worn by the user, such as a smartwatch, a wristband, a ring, or a patch.
- the activity tracker 190 is worn on a wrist of the user.
- the activity tracker 190 can also be coupled to or integrated a garment or clothing that is worn by the user.
- the activity tracker 190 can also be coupled to or integrated in (e.g., within the same housing) the user device 170.
- the activity tracker 190 can be communicatively coupled with, or physically integrated in (e.g., within a housing), the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, the user device 170, and/or the blood pressure device 180.
- the control system 110 and the memory device 114 are described and shown in FIG. 1 as being a separate and distinct component of the system 100, in some implementations, the control system 110 and/or the memory device 114 are integrated in the user device 170 and/or the respiratory therapy device 122.
- control system 110 or a portion thereof can be located in a cloud (e.g., integrated in a server, integrated in an Internet of Things (loT) device, connected to the cloud, be subject to edge cloud processing, etc.), located in one or more servers (e.g., remote servers, local servers, etc., or any combination thereof.
- a cloud e.g., integrated in a server, integrated in an Internet of Things (loT) device, connected to the cloud, be subject to edge cloud processing, etc.
- servers e.g., remote servers, local servers, etc., or any combination thereof.
- a first alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, and at least one of the one or more sensors 130.
- a second alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, at least one of the one or more sensors 130, and the user device 170.
- a third alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, at least one of the one or more sensors 130, and the user device 170.
- a fourth alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, at least one of the one or more sensors 130, the user device 170, and the blood pressure device 180 and/or activity tracker 190.
- various systems for modifying pressure settings can be formed using any portion or portions of the components shown and described herein and/or in combination with one or more other components.
- the control system 110, the memory device 114, any of the one or more sensors 130, or a combination thereof can be located on and/or in any surface and/or structure that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210.
- at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a first position on and/or in one or more components of the respiratory therapy system 120 adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210.
- the one or more sensors 130 can be coupled to the respiratory therapy system 120, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the display device 128, the humidification tank 129, or a combination thereof.
- At least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a second position on and/or in the bed 230 (e.g., the one or more sensors 130 are coupled to and/or integrated in the bed 230). Further, alternatively or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a third position on and/or in the mattress 232 that is adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210 (e.g., the one or more sensors 130 are coupled to and/or integrated in the mattress 232). Alternatively, or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a fourth position on and/or in a pillow that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210.
- At least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a fifth position on and/or in the nightstand 240 that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210.
- at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a sixth position such that the at least one of the one or more sensors 130 are coupled to and/or positioned on the user 210 (e.g., the one or more sensors 130 are embedded in or coupled to fabric, clothing, and/or a smart device worn by the user 210). More generally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be positioned at any suitable location relative to the user 210 such that the one or more sensors 130 can generate sensor data associated with the user 210.
- a primary sensor such as the microphone 140
- the acoustic data can be based on, for example, acoustic signals in the conduit 126 of the respiratory therapy system 120.
- one or more microphones can be integrated in and/or coupled to (i) a circuit board of the respiratory therapy device 122, (ii) the conduit 126, (iii) a connector between components of the respiratory therapy system 120, (iv) the user interface 124, (v) a headgear (e.g., straps) associated with the user interface, or (vi) a combination thereof.
- the microphone 140 is in fluid communication with the airflow pathway (e.g., an airflow pathway between the flow generator/motor and the distal end of the conduit).
- the airflow pathway e.g., an airflow pathway between the flow generator/motor and the distal end of the conduit.
- fluid communication it is intended to also include configurations wherein the microphone is in acoustic communication with the airflow pathway without being in direct or physical contact with the airflow.
- the microphone is positioned on a circuit board and in fluid communication, optionally via a duct sealed by a membrane, to the airflow pathway.
- one or more secondary sensors may be used in addition to the primary sensor to generate additional data.
- the one or more secondary sensors include: a microphone (e.g., the microphone 140 of the system 100), a flow rate sensor (e.g., the flow rate sensor 134 of the system 100), a pressure sensor (e.g., the pressure sensor 132 of the system 100), a temperature sensor (e.g., the temperature sensor 136 of the system 100), a camera (e.g., the camera 150 of the system 100), a vane sensor (VAF), a hot wire sensor (MAF), a cold wire sensor, a laminar flow sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, an inertial sensor, or a combination thereof.
- VAF vane sensor
- MAF hot wire sensor
- one or more microphones can be integrated in and/or coupled to a co-located smart device, such as the user device 170, a TV, a watch (e.g., a mechanical watch or another smart device worn by the user), a pendant, the mattress 232, the bed 230, beddings positioned on the bed 230, the pillow, a speaker (e.g., the speaker 142 of FIG. 1), a radio, a tablet device, a waterless humidifier, or a combination thereof.
- a co-located smart device such as the user device 170, a TV, a watch (e.g., a mechanical watch or another smart device worn by the user), a pendant, the mattress 232, the bed 230, beddings positioned on the bed 230, the pillow, a speaker (e.g., the speaker 142 of FIG. 1), a radio, a tablet device, a waterless humidifier, or a combination thereof.
- a co-located smart device such as the user device 170,
- a co-located smart device can be any smart device that is within range for detecting sounds emitted by the user, the respiratory therapy system 120, and/or any portion of the system 100.
- the co-located smart device is a smart device that is in the same room as the user during the sleep session.
- one or more microphones can be remote from the system 100 (FIG. 1) and/or the user 210 (FIG. 2), so long as there is an air passage allowing acoustic signals to travel to the one or more microphones.
- the one or more microphones can be in a different room from the room containing the system 100.
- a sleep session can be defined in a number of ways based at least in part on, for example, an initial start time and an end time.
- a sleep session is a duration where the user is asleep, that is, the sleep session has a start time and an end time, and during the sleep session, the user does not wake until the end time. That is, any period of the user being awake is not included in a sleep session. From this first definition of sleep session, if the user wakes ups and falls asleep multiple times in the same night, each of the sleep intervals separated by an awake interval is a sleep session.
- a sleep session has a start time and an end time, and during the sleep session, the user can wake up, without the sleep session ending, so long as a continuous duration that the user is awake is below an awake duration threshold.
- the awake duration threshold can be defined as a percentage of a sleep session.
- the awake duration threshold can be, for example, about twenty percent of the sleep session, about fifteen percent of the sleep session duration, about ten percent of the sleep session duration, about five percent of the sleep session duration, about two percent of the sleep session duration, etc., or any other threshold percentage.
- the awake duration threshold is defined as a fixed amount of time, such as, for example, about one hour, about thirty minutes, about fifteen minutes, about ten minutes, about five minutes, about two minutes, etc., or any other amount of time.
- a sleep session is defined as the entire time between the time in the evening at which the user first entered the bed, and the time the next morning when user last left the bed.
- a sleep session can be defined as a period of time that begins on a first date (e.g., Monday, January 6, 2020) at a first time (e.g., 10:00 PM), that can be referred to as the current evening, when the user first enters a bed with the intention of going to sleep (e.g., not if the user intends to first watch television or play with a smart phone before going to sleep, etc.), and ends on a second date (e.g., Tuesday, January 7, 2020) at a second time (e.g., 7:00 AM), that can be referred to as the next morning, when the user first exits the bed with the intention of not going back to sleep that next morning.
- a first date e.g., Monday, January 6, 2020
- a first time e.g., 10:00 PM
- a second date e.g., Tuesday, January 7, 2020
- a second time e.g., 7:00 AM
- the user can manually define the beginning of a sleep session and/or manually terminate a sleep session. For example, the user can select (e.g., by clicking or tapping) one or more user-selectable element that is displayed on the display device 172 of the user device 170 (FIG. 1) to manually initiate or terminate the sleep session.
- the user can select (e.g., by clicking or tapping) one or more user-selectable element that is displayed on the display device 172 of the user device 170 (FIG. 1) to manually initiate or terminate the sleep session.
- the timeline 300 includes an enter bed time (tbed), a go-to-sleep time (tors), an initial sleep time (tsieep), a first micro-awakening MAi, a second micro-awakening MA2, an awakening A, a wake-up time (twake), and a rising time (Vise).
- the enter bed time tbed is associated with the time that the user initially enters the bed (e.g., bed 230 in FIG. 2) prior to falling asleep (e.g., when the user lies down or sits in the bed).
- the enter bed time tbed can be identified based at least in part on a bed threshold duration to distinguish between times when the user enters the bed for sleep and when the user enters the bed for other reasons (e.g., to watch TV).
- the bed threshold duration can be at least about 10 minutes, at least about 20 minutes, at least about 30 minutes, at least about 45 minutes, at least about 1 hour, at least about 2 hours, etc.
- the enter bed time tbed is described herein in reference to a bed, more generally, the enter time tbed can refer to the time the user initially enters any location for sleeping (e.g., a couch, a chair, a sleeping bag, etc.).
- the go-to-sleep time is associated with the time that the user initially attempts to fall asleep after entering the bed (tbed). For example, after entering the bed, the user may engage in one or more activities to wind down prior to trying to sleep (e.g., reading, watching TV, listening to music, using the user device 170, etc.).
- the initial sleep time is the time that the user initially falls asleep. For example, the initial sleep time (tsieep) can be the time that the user initially enters the first non-REM sleep stage.
- the wake-up time twake is the time associated with the time when the user wakes up without going back to sleep (e.g., as opposed to the user waking up in the middle of the night and going back to sleep).
- the user may experience one of more unconscious microawakenings (e.g., microawakenings MAi and MA2) having a short duration (e.g., 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, etc.) after initially falling asleep.
- the wake-up time twake the user goes back to sleep after each of the microawakenings MAi and MA2.
- the user may have one or more conscious awakenings (e.g., awakening A) after initially falling asleep (e.g., getting up to go to the bathroom, attending to children or pets, sleep walking, etc.). However, the user goes back to sleep after the awakening A.
- the wake-up time twake can be defined, for example, based at least in part on a wake threshold duration (e.g., the user is awake for at least 15 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, etc.).
- the rising time trise is associated with the time when the user exits the bed and stays out of the bed with the intent to end the sleep session (e.g., as opposed to the user getting up during the night to go to the bathroom, to attend to children or pets, sleep walking, etc.).
- the rising time trise is the time when the user last leaves the bed without returning to the bed until a next sleep session (e.g., the following evening).
- the rising time trise can be defined, for example, based at least in part on a rise threshold duration (e.g., the user has left the bed for at least 15 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, etc.).
- the enter bed time tbed time for a second, subsequent sleep session can also be defined based at least in part on a rise threshold duration (e.g., the user has left the bed for at least 4 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 8 hours, at least 12 hours, etc.).
- a rise threshold duration e.g., the user has left the bed for at least 4 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 8 hours, at least 12 hours, etc.
- the user may wake up and get out of bed one more times during the night between the initial tbed and the final trise.
- the final wake-up time twake and/or the final rising time trise that are identified or determined based at least in part on a predetermined threshold duration of time subsequent to an event (e.g., falling asleep or leaving the bed).
- a threshold duration can be customized for the user.
- any period between the user waking up (twake) or raising up (trise), and the user either going to bed (tbed), going to sleep (tors) or falling asleep (tsieep) of between about 12 and about 18 hours can be used.
- shorter threshold periods may be used (e.g., between about 8 hours and about 14 hours). The threshold period may be initially selected and/or later adjusted based at least in part on the system monitoring the user’s sleep behavior.
- the total time in bed (TIB) is the duration of time between the time enter bed time tbed and the rising time trise.
- the total sleep time (TST) is associated with the duration between the initial sleep time and the wake-up time, excluding any conscious or unconscious awakenings and/or micro-awakenings therebetween.
- the total sleep time (TST) will be shorter than the total time in bed (TIB) (e.g., one minute short, ten minutes shorter, one hour shorter, etc.).
- the total sleep time (TST) spans between the initial sleep time t sieep and the wake-up time twake, but excludes the duration of the first micro-awakening MAi, the second micro-awakening MA2, and the awakening A.
- the total sleep time (TST) is shorter than the total time in bed (TIB).
- the total sleep time can be defined as a persistent total sleep time (PTST).
- the persistent total sleep time excludes a predetermined initial portion or period of the first non-REM stage (e.g., light sleep stage).
- the predetermined initial portion can be between about 30 seconds and about 20 minutes, between about 1 minute and about 10 minutes, between about 3 minutes and about 5 minutes, etc.
- the persistent total sleep time is a measure of sustained sleep, and smooths the sleep-wake hypnogram.
- the user when the user is initially falling asleep, the user may be in the first non-REM stage for a very short time (e.g., about 30 seconds), then back into the wakefulness stage for a short period (e.g., one minute), and then goes back to the first non- REM stage.
- the persistent total sleep time excludes the first instance (e.g., about 30 seconds) of the first non-REM stage.
- the sleep session is defined as starting at the enter bed time (tbed) and ending at the rising time (trise), i.e., the sleep session is defined as the total time in bed (TIB).
- a sleep session is defined as starting at the initial sleep time (tsieep) and ending at the wake-up time (twake).
- the sleep session is defined as the total sleep time (TST).
- a sleep session is defined as starting at the go-to-sleep time (tors) and ending at the wake-up time (twake).
- a sleep session is defined as starting at the go-to-sleep time (tors) and ending at the rising time (trise).
- a sleep session is defined as starting at the enter bed time (tbed) and ending at the wake-up time (twake). In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as starting at the initial sleep time (tsieep) and ending at the rising time (trise). [0117] Referring to FIG. 4, an exemplary hypnogram 400 corresponding to the timeline 300 (FIG. 3), according to some implementations, is illustrated. As shown, the hypnogram 400 includes a sleep-wake signal 401, a wakefulness stage axis 410, a REM stage axis 420, a light sleep stage axis 430, and a deep sleep stage axis 440. The intersection between the sleep-wake signal 401 and one of the axes 410-440 is indicative of the sleep stage at any given time during the sleep session.
- the sleep-wake signal 401 can be generated based at least in part on physiological data associated with the user (e.g., generated by one or more of the sensors 130 described herein).
- the sleep-wake signal can be indicative of one or more sleep stages, including wakefulness, relaxed wakefulness, microawakenings, a REM stage, a first non-REM stage, a second non- REM stage, a third non-REM stage, or any combination thereof.
- one or more of the first non-REM stage, the second non-REM stage, and the third non-REM stage can be grouped together and categorized as a light sleep stage or a deep sleep stage.
- the light sleep stage can include the first non-REM stage and the deep sleep stage can include the second non-REM stage and the third non-REM stage.
- the hypnogram 400 is shown in FIG. 4 as including the light sleep stage axis 430 and the deep sleep stage axis 440, in some implementations, the hypnogram 400 can include an axis for each of the first non- REM stage, the second non-REM stage, and the third non-REM stage.
- the sleep-wake signal can also be indicative of a respiration signal, a respiration rate, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration amplitude ratio, an inspiration-expiration duration ratio, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, or any combination thereof.
- Information describing the sleep-wake signal can be stored in the memory device 114.
- the hypnogram 400 can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters, such as, for example, a sleep onset latency (SOL), wake-after-sleep onset (WASO), a sleep efficiency (SE), a sleep fragmentation index, sleep blocks, or any combination thereof.
- SOL sleep onset latency
- WASO wake-after-sleep onset
- SE sleep efficiency
- sleep fragmentation index sleep blocks, or any combination thereof.
- the sleep onset latency is defined as the time between the go-to-sleep time (tors) and the initial sleep time (t sieep ). In other words, the sleep onset latency is indicative of the time that it took the user to actually fall asleep after initially attempting to fall asleep.
- the sleep onset latency is defined as a persistent sleep onset latency (PSOL).
- PSOL persistent sleep onset latency
- the persistent sleep onset latency differs from the sleep onset latency in that the persistent sleep onset latency is defined as the duration time between the go-to-sleep time and a predetermined amount of sustained sleep.
- the predetermined amount of sustained sleep can include, for example, at least 10 minutes of sleep within the second non-REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM stage with no more than 2 minutes of wakefulness, the first non-REM stage, and/or movement therebetween.
- the persistent sleep onset latency requires up to, for example, 8 minutes of sustained sleep within the second non- REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM stage.
- the predetermined amount of sustained sleep can include at least 10 minutes of sleep within the first non-REM stage, the second non-REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM stage subsequent to the initial sleep time.
- the predetermined amount of sustained sleep can exclude any micro-awakenings (e.g., a ten second micro-awakening does not restart the 10-minute period).
- the wake-after-sleep onset is associated with the total duration of time that the user is awake between the initial sleep time and the wake-up time.
- the wake-after- sleep onset includes short and micro-awakenings during the sleep session (e.g., the microawakenings MAi and MA2 shown in FIG. 4), whether conscious or unconscious.
- the wake-after-sleep onset (WASO) is defined as a persistent wake-after- sleep onset (PWASO) that only includes the total durations of awakenings having a predetermined length (e.g., greater than 10 seconds, greater than 30 seconds, greater than 60 seconds, greater than about 5 minutes, greater than about 10 minutes, etc.)
- the sleep efficiency (SE) is determined as a ratio of the total time in bed (TIB) and the total sleep time (TST). For example, if the total time in bed is 8 hours and the total sleep time is 7.5 hours, the sleep efficiency for that sleep session is 93.75%.
- the sleep efficiency is indicative of the sleep hygiene of the user. For example, if the user enters the bed and spends time engaged in other activities (e.g., watching TV) before sleep, the sleep efficiency will be reduced (e.g., the user is penalized).
- the sleep efficiency (SE) can be calculated based at least in part on the total time in bed (TIB) and the total time that the user is attempting to sleep.
- the total time that the user is attempting to sleep is defined as the duration between the go-to-sleep (GTS) time and the rising time described herein. For example, if the total sleep time is 8 hours (e.g., between 11 PM and 7 AM), the go- to-sleep time is 10:45 PM, and the rising time is 7: 15 AM, in such implementations, the sleep efficiency parameter is calculated as about 94%.
- the fragmentation index is determined based at least in part on the number of awakenings during the sleep session. For example, if the user had two micro-awakenings (e.g., micro-awakening MAi and micro-awakening MA2 shown in FIG. 4), the fragmentation index can be expressed as 2. In some implementations, the fragmentation index is scaled between a predetermined range of integers (e.g., between 0 and 10).
- the sleep blocks are associated with a transition between any stage of sleep (e.g., the first non-REM stage, the second non-REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM) and the wakefulness stage.
- the sleep blocks can be calculated at a resolution of, for example, 30 seconds.
- the systems and methods described herein can include generating or analyzing a hypnogram including a sleep-wake signal to determine or identify the enter bed time (tbed), the go-to-sleep time (tors), the initial sleep time (t sieep ), one or more first micro-awakenings (e.g., MAi and MA2), the wake-up time (twake), the rising time (trise), or any combination thereof based at least in part on the sleep-wake signal of a hypnogram.
- a sleep-wake signal to determine or identify the enter bed time (tbed), the go-to-sleep time (tors), the initial sleep time (t sieep ), one or more first micro-awakenings (e.g., MAi and MA2), the wake-up time (twake), the rising time (trise), or any combination thereof based at least in part on the sleep-wake signal of a hypnogram.
- one or more of the sensors 130 can be used to determine or identify the enter bed time (tbed), the go-to-sleep time (tors), the initial sleep time (t sieep ), one or more first micro-awakenings (e.g., MAi and MA2), the wake-up time (twake), the rising time (trise), or any combination thereof, which in turn define the sleep session.
- the enter bed time tbed can be determined based at least in part on, for example, data generated by the motion sensor 138, the microphone 140, the camera 150, or any combination thereof.
- the go- to-sleep time can be determined based at least in part on, for example, data from the motion sensor 138 (e.g., data indicative of no movement by the user), data from the camera 150 (e.g., data indicative of no movement by the user and/or that the user has turned off the lights), data from the microphone 140 (e.g., data indicative of the using turning off a TV), data from the user device 170 (e.g., data indicative of the user no longer using the user device 170), data from the pressure sensor 132 and/or the flow rate sensor 134 (e.g., data indicative of the user turning on the respiratory therapy device 122, data indicative of the user donning the user interface 124, etc.), or any combination thereof.
- data from the motion sensor 138 e.g., data indicative of no movement by the user
- data from the camera 150 e.g., data indicative of no movement by the user and/or that the user has turned off the lights
- data from the microphone 140 e.g., data indicative of
- a user who is prescribed usage of the respiratory therapy system 120 will tend to experience higher quality sleep and less fatigue during the day after using the respiratory therapy system 120 during the sleep compared to not using the respiratory therapy system 120 (especially when the user suffers from sleep apnea or other sleep related disorders).
- the user 210 may suffer from obstructive sleep apnea and rely on the user interface 124 (e.g., a full face mask) to deliver pressurized air from the respiratory therapy device 122 via conduit 126.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 can be a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) machine used to increase air pressure in the throat of the user 210 to prevent the airway from closing and/or narrowing during sleep.
- CPAP continuous positive airway pressure
- her airway can narrow or collapse during sleep, reducing oxygen intake, and forcing her to wake up and/or otherwise disrupt her sleep.
- the CPAP machine prevents the airway from narrowing or collapsing, thus minimizing the occurrences where she wakes up or is otherwise disturbed due to reduction in oxygen intake.
- the respiratory therapy device 122 strives to maintain a medically prescribed air pressure or pressures during sleep, the user can experience sleep discomfort due to the therapy.
- FIG. 5 illustrates a method 500 for optimizing sleep for a user of a respiratory therapy system (such as respiratory therapy system 120) that includes a respiratory therapy device configured to supply pressurized air (such as respiratory therapy device 122), and a user interface (such as user interface 124) coupled to the respiratory therapy device via a conduit (such as conduit 126).
- the user interface is configured to engage with the user, and aids in directing the pressurized air to the user’s airway.
- a control system having one or more processors (such as control system 110 of system 100) is configured to carry out the steps of method 500.
- a memory device (such as memory device 114 of system 100) can be used to store machine-readable instructions that are executed by the control system to carry out the steps of method 500.
- the memory device can also store any type of data utilized in the steps of method 500.
- method 500 can be implemented using a system (such as system 100) that includes the respiratory therapy system, the control system, and the memory device.
- therapy instructions to be implemented using the respiratory therapy system 120 for a sleep session are received.
- the therapy instructions can be entered or preprogramed into the respiratory therapy system 120 by a care provider or by the user 210.
- the therapy instructions can include a plurality of prescribed control parameters.
- the therapy instructions can include a prescribed pressure and pressure ranges (e.g., a target pressure, a minimum and maximum pressure).
- the therapy instruction can also include a prescribed ramp rate, or ranges of ramp rates, to achieve the prescribed pressure or pressures.
- control parameter includes a sound, an Expiratory Pressure Relief (EPR) setting, a humidification level, a device movement, a light turning on or changing in brightness, a fan turning on or changing in output, or any combination thereof.
- EPR Expiratory Pressure Relief
- Sounds that can be used as a control parameter include, without limitation, white noise, pink noise, brown noise, violet noise a soothing sound, music, an alarm, an alert, beeping, or a combination thereof.
- some variants of the flat shaped white noise sound are referred to as pink noise, brown noise, violet noise, etc.
- the sounds e.g., white noise, pink noise, brown noise, violet, etc.
- the sounds aid in masking noises from the respiratory therapy system or the environment.
- the sounds e.g., soothing sounds and music
- the sound can be provided by the one or more speakers 142 of system 100.
- the system 100 includes multiple speakers 142 to provide localized sound emission.
- the speakers 142 can include in the ear speakers, over the ear speakers, adjacent to the ear speakers, ear buds, ear pods, or any combination thereof.
- the speakers 142 can be wired or wireless speakers (e.g., headphones, bookshelf speakers, floor standing speakers, television speakers, in-wall speakers, in-ceiling speakers, etc.).
- the speakers 142 are worn by the user 210 and/or the bed partner 220.
- the provided speakers 142 can supply a masking noise without impacting the bed partner as the sound would be localized via the type of the speakers 142.
- respective localized speakers 142 could be provided for the respiration user 210 and/or the bed partner 220.
- the speaker 142 is attached to one or more of a strap or strap segments of the user interface 124.
- the user 210 FIG. 2 and/or the bed partner 220 has the choice to perceive a relatively flat shaped white noise sound, or for a quieter (lower level and/or low pass filtered) shaped noise signal.
- the higher frequency sounds/noises e.g., “harsher” sounds
- the system 100 can select an optimized set of fill-in sound frequencies to achieve a target noise profile.
- the system 100 can select fill-in sounds with sound parameters/characteristics that fill in the quieter frequency bands, for example, up to a target amplitude level.
- the system 100 is able to adaptively attenuate the higher and/or lower frequency components using active adaptive masking and/or as adaptive noise canceling such that the perceived sound is more pleasant and relaxing to the ear (the latter being more suited to more slowly varying and predictable sounds).
- EPR is a feature on some respiratory therapy devices (e.g., CPAP machines) that allows users to adjust between different comfort settings to alleviate feelings of breathlessness some users experience. For example, a drop of 2 cm H2O between inspiration and expiration.
- the EPR setting can be implemented by the system 100 without direct manual user input according to some implementations of this description to provide a desired sleep comfort.
- a control parameter is the humidity of the air delivered to the user 210.
- the humidity level can be chosen to mitigate discomfort due to dryness of the sinuses or mouth.
- the humidity level can also be chosen to optimize a seal between the user interface 124 and user 210.
- a device that is actuated or moved as a control parameter can include, without limitation, a smart pillow, an adjustable bed frame, an adjustable mattress, a fan, an adjustable blanket, or any combination thereof.
- the device is under control of control system 110.
- the smart pillow, smart mattress, or adjustable blanket can include one or more inflatable compartments or bladders that can inflate or deflate.
- the actuated device can thereby change the orientation of user.
- a pillow 260 can be a smart pillow including one or more inflatable bladders that change the orientation of user 210 if the user’s head is in an orientation that increases the likelihood of increasing the AHI.
- an adjustable bed frame can include sections that can rise or lower as driven by a motor and cause the user 210 to change orientation, e.g., forcing user 210 to roll from their side to their back.
- the fan for example a fan placed on nightstand 240, a fan in a window or a ceiling fan, turns on responsive to the likelihood of an AHI increasing due to orientation of the user 210.
- the fan generates white noise. The fan can increase in speed and movement of air gradually, so as to not wake and/or disturb the user 210 and/or the bed partner 220 with a sudden change of air movement or sound from the fan.
- control parameter is injection of a substance into the pressurized air to be being delivered to the user interface 124.
- receptacle 182 can be charged with a substance, the receptacle having an outlet that is in direct or indirect fluid communication with the conduit 126.
- the substance can be configured or selected to invoke a physical reaction by the user 210.
- the user 210 may change orientation.
- the substance can include a medicament, such as anti-inflammatory medicine, medicine to treat an asthma attack, medicine to treat a heart attack, etc.
- a medicament such as anti-inflammatory medicine, medicine to treat an asthma attack, medicine to treat a heart attack, etc.
- any type of medicament that is used to treat any ailment, symptom, disease, etc. can be delivered to the airway of the user 210.
- the substance is a medicament, the substance generally includes one or more active ingredients, and one or more excipients.
- the excipients serve as the medium for conveying the active ingredient, and can include substances such as bulking agents, fillers, diluents, antiadherents, binders, coatings, colors, disintegrants, flavors, glidants, lubricants, preservatives, sorbents, sweeteners, vehicles, or any combinations thereof.
- the active ingredient is generally the portion of the medicament that actually causes the effect brought on by the medicament.
- the substance can also optionally be an aroma compound (e.g., a substance that delivers scents and/or aromas to the airway of the user 210), a sleep-aid (e.g., a substance that aids the user 210 in falling asleep), a consciousness-arousing compound (e.g., a substance that aids the user 210 in waking up, also referred to as a sleep inhibitor), a cannabidiol oil, an essential oil (such as lavender, valerian, clary sage, sweet maijoram, roman chamomile, bergamot, etc.).
- the substance can generally be a solid, a liquid, a gas, or any combination thereof.
- the substance can alternatively or additionally include one or more nanoparticles.
- the prescribed control parameters for a therapy is a function of the sleep stage or sleep architecture.
- a pressure ramp may be initiated to achieve a first target pressure from ambient pressure.
- the ramp can be implemented so as to gradually accustom the user 210 to the pressure change.
- the first target pressure may be maintained according to the user’s prescription. Since during REM most users are more likely to experience an increase in apneas, a higher pressure from a previous sleep state is often prescribed for REM sleep stages. Accordingly, a ramp to the higher pressure can be implemented for REM sleep.
- the sleep state can be determined, as previously described, by monitoring physiological parameters using sensors (e.g., one or more sensors 130, blood pressure device 180, or activity tracker 190 of FIG. 1).
- a desired sleep comfort level is entered into the respiratory therapy system 120.
- the desired sleep comfort may be selected based on how important the sleep comfort is to the user 210 for the sleep session. For example, a first time user 210 might be encouraged to select a high comfort level. A more experienced user 210 may not prioritize sleep comfort or they do not feel any significant discomfort when using the respiratory therapy system 120 with the prescribed control settings. In some instances, a user 210 may generally desire a high sleep comfort but has need for high quality sleep and is willing to have a lower comfort level for a specific sleep session and so selects a low desired sleep comfort level.
- the system 100 can automatically set a sleep comfort level for the user 210.
- the automatically set sleep comfort level can be based at least in part on data associated with the user 210 and or data based on the user’s experience and/or length of time and/or hours using the respiratory therapy system 120 and/or sleep therapy.
- the automatically set sleep comfort level can be set based on the number of days the user has been using sleep therapy, or the number of logged hours using a respiratory therapy system 120.
- one aspect of sleep comfort relates to how the user 210 or a population of users rate a sleeping experience.
- the user or users can, after a sleeping session, rate the sleep comfort experience.
- the rating system can include different criteria including, for example, data of reported symptoms of aerophagia, difficulty in getting to sleep, dry sinuses/mouth, muscle soreness, and dry skin.
- the criteria can be subdivided and quantified such as by rating any pain due to aerophagia from low (e.g., mild gas), medium lingering discomfort (e.g., bloating), to high (e.g., cramps).
- Difficulty in getting to sleep can be rated as how many times the user might recall checking the time or noting noise or air pressure from the respiratory therapy system 120. Incidences of dry skin, sinuses or mouth, and muscle soreness can also be reported and used to rate the sleep comfort.
- the rating can be facilitated by a questionnaire with or without care provider’s help.
- the questionnaire may also gather information such as whether the user 210 experiences restless sleep, insomnia, arousals during pressure therapy, bed partner’s sleep comfort ratings (e.g., how it affects the bed partner) and other motivational feedback questions, such as increased activity in the following day after pressure therapy, etc.
- the questionnaire can be presented and the ratings entered by an interactive app via the user interface 124, a touchscreen of the respiratory therapy device 122, a voice input, or the user device 170 (e.g., a smart phone).
- the example questionnaire rates the sleep comfort (or discomfort) due to aerophagia, dry sinuses/mouth, dry skin, while going to sleep, muscle soreness, and sleep quality.
- the questionnaire rates these factors from low to high with 5 possible increments.
- Sleep quality relates to how well rested user 210 feels. For example, being clear headed and alert. Where the sleep quality does not characterize sleep comfort, it can often inversely relate to the sleep comfort. Including sleep quality in the sleep comfort rating can help in determining how much the sleep comfort can be modified without reducing the sleep comfort to levels where the therapy is not effective.
- a total rated sleep comfort score can be determined as a function of the sleep comfort for each item listed in Table 1. Equation 1 shows one implementation of how a sleep comfort rating questionnaire can be used to provide a total rated sleep score.
- Total Rated Sleep Comfort Score (mi)(aerophagia) + (m2)(dry sinuses/mouth) + (m3)(dry skin) + (nuXgoing to sleep)+(m5)(muscle soreness)-(me)(sleep quality); Equation 1
- mi is a weighting factor selected for aerophagia
- m2 is a weight factor selected for dry sinuses/mouth
- m3 is a weight factor for dry skin
- nu is a weight factor for going to sleep
- ms is the weight factor for muscle soreness
- me is a weight factor for sleep quality.
- the Total Rated Sleep Comfort Score value can also be normalized e.g., to have a minimum of 0 or 1, and maximum of 5, 10, 20, 50 or 100.
- the weight factor relates to the importance of a specific item to sleep comfort. For example, the “aerophagia” item may ultimately be more important to sleep quality than the “going to sleep” item and a greater weight factor is selected or assigned for aerophagia than for going to sleep.
- the weight factors can be assigned by a first machine learning algorithm, for example, by providing data from multiple sleep sessions for one or more users.
- a “true” sleep comfort level for each individual sleep session is also used for training the first algorithm.
- the “true” sleep comfort refers to a user, or users, provided overall assessment of the sleep comfort, which can be assigned a value for training the first machine learning algorithm.
- the first machine learning algorithm can also determine the overall function, including items other than those listed in Table 1, to provide the most accurate total rated sleep comfort score.
- the first machine learning algorithm can learn how an individual user 210 rates criteria that is subjective. For example, a first user may rate a sore muscle as more detrimental to sleep comfort than a second user. The first algorithm can learn this difference between the first and second user and accordingly modify the function to determine the Total Rated Sleep Comfort Score, depending on which user is using the respiratory therapy system 120. For example, if equation 1 is used, the weighing factor ms associated with muscle soreness for the first user would be less than the same weighing factor for the second user.
- an aspect of sleep comfort relates to monitoring a user 210 or users of the respiratory therapy system 120 with sensors, such as sensors 130, during sleep sessions.
- the sleep architecture for the sleep session is determined as previously described, and the achieved sleep comfort level is determined as a function of sleep architecture.
- a user 210 may be detected as moving during a non-REM sleep session.
- a user may be unconsciously trying to, or succeeding at, remove a user interface 124 in an N1 or other sleep phase.
- a user may be in a sleep position in a non-REM sleep phase (e.g., back vs side) which leads to poor sleep comfort.
- These activities can be factors influencing sleep comfort and can be monitored using sensors such as motion sensor 138, camera 150, or microphone 140, blood pressure device 180, activity tracker 190, or any combination thereof.
- Other indicators of sleep comfort that can be monitored can include noises from the respiratory therapy system 120 such as a pump or a leak at the user interface 124 (e.g., a mask leak).
- the ambient temperature as measured by temperature sensor 136 can also be indicative of sleep comfort. For example, a temperature that is higher or lower than an ideal temperature (e.g., 63 °F) can impact sleep comfort. While a user 210 may not instantly know how the various sensor monitored factors are impacting their sleep, the sensors can monitor these in real time as well as track and provide the data for analyses after the sleep session.
- Table 2 lists the number of non-REM movements, percent time on back vs side, average room temperature, number of mask leaks, number of incidence of noises above a whisper (e.g., about 40 dB), and AHI.
- AHI is not a direct measure of sleep comfort it can be inversely proportional or otherwise counter to the sleep comfort. Including AHI can provide a balancing consideration since reducing AHI is an important objective of sleep therapies for various sleeping disorders.
- a total measured sleep comfort score can be determined as a function of these sensor measurable factors. Any useful function can be implemented. An embodiment of a simple function is shown by equation 2.
- Total Measured Sleep Comfort Score (m?)(N-REM Movements) + (ms)(% Time on Back/Side) + (m9)(Ave. Rm. Temp)+(mio)(# of Mask Leaks) +(mn)(# Noises)-(mi2)(AHI); where m? is a weighting factor selected for N-REM movements, ms is a weight factor selected for % time on back/side, mg is a weight factor for average room temperature, mw is a weight factor for number of mask leaks, mu is a weight factor for number of noise incidences > 40 dB, and m 12 is a weight factor for AHI.
- the weight factors, and the overall form of the function can be determined by using a second machine learning algorithm.
- the Total Measured Sleep Comfort Score value can also be normalized e.g., to have a minimum of 0 or 1, and maximum of 5, 10, 20, 50 or 100.
- Data from the user or multiple users over multiple sleep sessions can be input into the second machine learning algorithm.
- a true sleep comfort can be used for training the second machine learning algorithm.
- the first machine learning algorithm provides a rated sleep comfort which can be used to train the second machine learning algorithm to determine the measured sleep comfort. For example, the rated sleep comfort from the first algorithm is used as the true sleep comfort for training the second algorithm.
- data from user 210 rated sleep comfort (e.g., Table 1) is combined with data from sensor measured sleep comfort factors (e.g., Table 2).
- an overall sleep comfort score can be determined using user reported sleep comfort and measured sleep comfort.
- a function for an Overall Sleep Comfort Score can be a combination of equation 1 and 2.
- the Overall Sleep Comfort Score value can also be normalized e.g., to have a minimum of 0 or 1, and maximum of 5, 10, 20, 50 or 100.
- the first algorithm and second algorithm are combined as a single machine learning algorithm.
- the desired sleep comfort level can be a value selected from a series of incrementally increasing values between a first value, indicative that the comfort experience is not important to the user, and a second value, indicative that the user desires the best possible sleep comfort experience.
- the values can be scaled similarly to the sleep comfort score that is used i.e., the Rated Sleep Comfort Score (e.g., Table 1, equation 1), the Measured Sleep Comfort Score (e.g., Table 2, equation 2) or the Overall Sleep Comfort Score (e.g., the combination of the Rated Sleep Comfort Score and the Measured Sleep Comfort Score).
- the minimum and maximum values for the various scores correspond to the minimum and maximum values the user 210 can select for the desired sleep comfort.
- the values can be on a continuous scale, such as an analog volume control, or they can be digital.
- the sleep comfort can have digital value.
- the values can be integers between 1 and 10, where 1 is indicative that the user does not desire an improvement in sleep comfort, and where 10 indicates the user desires the best possible sleep comfort experience.
- the sleep comfort level can be selected or dialed in according to the desired sleep comfort of the user.
- the desired comfort level is selected when a user 210 goes to bed for a sleep session
- the comfort level can be changed by the user 210 during the sleep session.
- a user 210 may wake up after some combination of non-REM and REM sleep and decide that they are uncomfortable or can’t get back to sleep.
- the user 210 can accordingly decide to increase the sleep comfort level.
- the user 210 may wake up during a sleep session and notice the time is 4 am and decide they need to get a couple more hours of high quality sleep so they decrease the sleep comfort to improve their sleep quality.
- historic control parameters and historic sleep comfort levels can be entered into the respiratory therapy system 120.
- “historic” relates to one or more previous sleep sessions.
- a historic sleep comfort might be a user selected value of 8 (e.g., on a scale of 1-10) which the user may have selected for a sleep session just prior to the current sleep session.
- the historic control parameters are control parameters from the previous sleep session implemented using the respiratory therapy system 120 to target the desired sleep comfort of 8.
- a user may, after assessing the previous sleep session, determine that the comfort level actually achieved (the historic sleep comfort) is lower or higher than what they had entered.
- the received historic parameters and sleep comfort can be used for the current sleep session to more accurately achieve the desired sleep comfort for the sleep session where the user input indicates a gap between. For example, the user can select a higher or lower sleep comfort level based on their personal experience to self-titrate the desired sleep comfort.
- the use of historic data relates to training of the system and can be implemented with the use of artificial intelligence.
- a third machine learning algorithm can include the data used in the first machine learning algorithm (user reported sleep comfort), the second machine training algorithm (user measured sleep comfort), and a historic adjusted control parameter.
- the third machine learning algorithm is a combination of or includes elements from the first and second machine training algorithms.
- step 540 the control parameters are adjusted from the prescribed control parameters and the adjusted control parameters are implemented during the sleep session. Where the prescribed control parameters are implemented to improve the sleep quality of the user 210, the adjusted control parameters are implemented to achieve the desired sleep comfort level of the user 210.
- the received therapy instructions are provided to aid a user in achieving a target therapy parameter during a sleep session, and the adjusted one of more values or range of values of the plurality of control parameters provides a therapy parameter that is different from the target therapy parameter.
- the adjusted one or more of the values or the range of values of the plurality of control parameters provides a therapy parameter that is greater than the target therapy parameter.
- the adjusted one or more of the values or the range of values of the plurality of control parameters provides a therapy parameter that is less than the target therapy parameter.
- the received therapy instructions are provided to aid a user in achieving a target AHI for the user during the sleep session. While in some implementations, the achieved AHI is about the same as the target for the therapy, in some other implementation the adjusted control parameter can lead to an AHI that is greater than (e.g., worse than) the target AHI.
- the sleep comfort can therefore be improved at the expense of a degradation in the quality of the sleep.
- the control parameters are adjusted to maximized the sleep quality and maximize the sleep comfort.
- maximizing sleep quality and sleep comfort can be a feature of a machine learning algorithm such as the third machine learning algorithm.
- the pressure, range of pressures, or pressure ramps are adjusted up or down from the prescribe pressure, ranges of pressures, or pressure ramps. In some implementations, the pressure, range of pressures, or pressure ramps are adjusted to be lower than the prescribed pressure for at least a portion of the sleep session. In some implementations, the pressure, range of pressures, or pressure ramps are adjusted to be higher than the prescribed pressure for at least a portion of the sleep session. In some implementations, the pressure or range of pressures are adjusted to be higher than the prescribed pressure for at least a portion of the sleep session, and the average adjusted pressure during the entire sleep session is lower than the average prescribed pressure for the entire sleep session.
- sounds that are provided by the one or more speakers 142 of system 100 are adjusted from prescribed sounds.
- white noise, pink noise, brown noise, violet noise a soothing sound, or music is increased in volume, decreased in volume, increased in duration or decreased in duration from the prescription.
- an alarm or alert that indicates a poor sleeping position with respect to sleep quality is turned off. The silencing of the alarm allows the user 210 to continue sleeping, albeit in a poor position, but providing more sleep comfort.
- an EPR setting is adjusted up or down from a prescribed value.
- the adjusted setting can be 1 cm H2O, 1.5 cm H2O, or 2.0 cm H2O.
- the humidity of the air delivered to the user 210 is adjusted up or down from a prescribed value. For example, in some implementations the humidity is increased to mitigate discomfort due to dry skin or dry sinuses/mouth. In some other implementations the humidity is decreased to mitigate discomfort due to the user 210 feeling discomfort due to slickness or stickiness of the user interface 124 (e.g., a face mask). The decrease in humidity can lead to a decrease in sleep quality, for example, due to increase face leaks, but the sleep comfort is increased.
- an adjusted control parameter includes a device that is actuated or moved.
- the device may cause a user 210 to change position to reduce or avoid a mask leak.
- a user 210 may tend to move to a position that causes a mask leak, the repeated actuation of the device to try and force the user to a different position might cause sleep discomfort. For, example, forcing the user to assume a position that causes muscle soreness or causes aerophagia.
- the adjustment can be a decrease or increase in the delivered substance.
- a consciousness-arousing compound can be prescribed to limit the sleep session.
- the delivery of the substance can be delayed to a later time in the sleep session thereby prolonging the sleep session and improving the sleep quality.
- the prescribed control parameters maintain an ideal sleep architecture.
- the adjusted control parameters can change the ideal sleep architecture. For example, with adjusted control parameters less REM might be occur due to an increase in apneas occurring.
- the selected desired sleep comfort level does not provide any measurable increase in sleep quality but can be used to allow a user 210, such as a first time user, to adopt the sleep therapy.
- the user 210 can gradually, optionally with guidance from a care provider, decrease the comfort level to improve the sleep quality in a “weaning” process.
- the weaning process is part of a program extending over several days, weeks or months and can be an automatically implemented feature of the control system 110.
- the weaning program can be a feature of one or more of the machine learning algorithms described herein.
- Step 550 shows an optional implementation wherein the control parameters are adjusted during the sleep session responsive to a current sleep comfort and the desired sleep comfort.
- the current sleep comfort is an estimated sleep comfort of the user and does not require any direct or conscious input from the user.
- the current sleep comfort can be determined by monitoring the user 210 using sensors such as sensors 130, blood pressure device 180, or activity tracker 190 of FIG. 1.
- Table 2 shows measured sleep comfort for an entire sleep session, the various factors that can be monitored using sensors can be sampled and tallied during a sleep session. How these factors change during the sleep session can be used to predict the sleep comfort that will be achieved during the sleep session. Where the trajectory of the predicted sleep comfort based on the current sleep comfort deviates from the desired sleep comfort level, corrective action can be implemented.
- the corrective action can be implemented by modification of the control parameters. For example, if the temperature is high and predicted to decrease the sleep comfort, a thermostat can be reset or a fan turned on. If a muscle soreness is predicted due to a user 210 sleeping position, a device such as a smart pillow, smart mattress, or adjustable blanket can be activated to cause the user 210 to change position.
- the prediction can be implemented using a prediction algorithm.
- the prediction algorithm can be a fourth machine learning algorithm, that can include the previously described first, second and third algorithms.
- Step 560 is an optional step that includes determining the sleep comfort level achieved by user 210 in the sleep session.
- the sleep comfort level achieved can be determined as previously described, for example, using the user rated sleep comfort and measured sleep comfort.
- the sleep comfort is determined using a fifth machine learning algorithm that can be any combination of the first, second, third and fourth machine learning algorithms previously discussed.
- the sleep comfort is reported out to the user, for example through the user device 170.
- any of the plurality of prescribed control parameters can be adjusted to improve the sleep comfort.
- the plurality of control parameters can include a prescribed pressure, a range of prescribed pressures, a range of prescribed pressures ramps, and a range of prescribed step pressures changes, and one or more of the prescribed pressure, the range of prescribed pressures, the range of prescribed pressures ramps, and the range of prescribed step pressures changes are adjusted to improve the sleep comfort.
- the prescribed pressure is adjusted to an adjusted pressure that is less than the prescribed pressure or range of prescribed pressures.
- the prescribed pressure range is adjusted to a range of pressures that is lower than the prescribed range of pressures. For example, the average or mean of the prescribed pressure range can be adjusted to be lower, or one or more of the maximum or minimum pressure can be adjusted lower.
- FIG. 6A are plots showing an implementation according to some aspects of the disclosure.
- the plots in FIG. 6A show pressure ramps that can be implemented at or near the beginning of a sleep session, for example to aiding the user in falling asleep at the beginning of the sleep session.
- the left side plot shows an adjusted target maximum pressure 602, an adjusted pressure ramp 603, and a respiratory flow 601.
- the right side plot shows the therapeutic prescribed maximum pressure 604, the prescribed pressure ramp 605, and the respiratory flow 601.
- a user may be prescribed the prescribed maximum pressure 604 to be implemented with respiratory therapy system 120.
- the prescribed maximum pressure 604 can be, for example, 15 mm H2O. This pressure is prescribed to provide a target AHI, such as 10 or less per sleep session.
- the prescribed target AHI and pressure can be determined, for example, during a titration experiment supervised by a care provider.
- the user 210 may find the prescribed maximum pressure 604 and/or the prescribed pressure ramp 605 reduces their sleep comfort.
- the user 210 may have symptoms of aerophagia after a sleep session where the prescribed maximum pressure 604 is implemented.
- the user 210 may find the prescribed pressure ramp 605 increases the pressure too rapidly, making it difficult to fall asleep.
- the adjusted target maximum pressure 602 and the adjusted pressure ramp 603 are responsive to the user 210 selecting a desired sleep comfort level. For example, a user feeling bloated when the prescribed pressure ramp 605 is implemented, selects a sleep comfort level to decrease the bloating and increase sleep comfort.
- the more gradual increase in the adjusted pressure ramp 603 as compared to the prescribed pressure ramp 605 can provide a gentler transition for user 210 to go to sleep.
- the adjusted target maximum pressure 602 and the adjusted pressure ramp 603 can provide better sleep comfort as compared to the prescribed maximum pressure 604 and the prescribed pressure ramp 605, the sleep quality can be reduced.
- the AHI achieved can be higher using prescribed maximum pressure 604 as compared to the AHI achieved using adjusted target maximum pressure 602.
- the user 210 may find that the prescribed pressure ramp 605 starts at a pressure that is too low, which does not deliver a large enough quantity of breathing air and creates an uncomfortable feeling of hungering for air, called “air hunger”. This may also reduce sleep comfort and make it difficult to fall asleep.
- the prescribed pressure ramp 605 may then be adjusted by the user to a desired sleep comfort level such that there is an appropriate adjusted pressure ramp 603, which enables the user 210 to provide sufficient breathing air and go to sleep, while on therapy.
- the plots illustrated in FIG. 6A also show another aspect according to some implementations.
- a delta 606 between the prescribed maximum pressure 604 and the adjusted target maximum pressure 602 is shown. Where a higher pressure causes more sleep discomfort, a larger delta 606 indicates the user 120 has selected a higher desired sleep comfort. In comparison, a smaller delta 606 would indicate a selected a lower sleep comfort.
- other control factors can be similarly manipulated and the delta between a prescribed and adjusted value is responsive to the desired sleep comfort level. In some implementation, an increase in a control parameter will provide better sleep comfort.
- the prescribed control parameter is a concentration of a medicament provided to the user via the respiratory therapy system 120
- an increase of the medicament could cause more apneas.
- the increase in the medicament is an adjustment of a control parameter to a higher level from the prescribed control parameter.
- FIG. 6B shows an implementation according to another aspect of the description.
- the left side plot shows an adjusted pressure and ramp profile.
- the plots in FIG. 6B show pressure ramps that can be implemented in response to a user experiencing an event during a sleep session.
- the left side plot shows a respiratory flow 608 and time segments 616, 618A and 620. After time segment 616, an apnea is shown in time segment 618A.
- a ramp 609 from an initial pressure 610 to a second higher pressure 612 is implemented by respiratory therapy system 120. After a delay 611, the apnea is stopped and regular breathing continues in time segment 620.
- the right side plot shows a prescribed pressure and ramp profile.
- an apnea occurs in time segment 618B.
- a prescribed pressure ramp 614 to a higher target pressure of 617 is implemented.
- the prescribed pressure ramp 614 is steeper (positive) than ramp 609, and the pressure 617 is also higher than the second pressure 612.
- the apnea segment 618B is shorter than the apnea time segment 618A.
- the apnea time segment 618B is shorter than the apnea time segment 618A according to this implementation because the apnea is more quickly stopped after implementation of the prescribed pressure ramp 614, than after implementation of pressure ramp 609.
- no delay 611 shown in the left side plot, is seen in the right side plot.
- the more aggressive control parameters implemented using the prescribed pressure ramp 614 and pressure 617 can more effectively eliminate an apnea, this can lead to sleep discomfort.
- the less aggressive pressure ramp 609 and the second pressure 612 reduces the discomfort.
- FIG. 7 illustrates a method 700 for optimizing one or more parameters of a respiratory therapy system (such as respiratory therapy system 120).
- the respiratory therapy system includes a respiratory therapy device configured to supply pressurized air (such as respiratory therapy device 122), and a user interface (such as user interface 124) coupled to the respiratory therapy device via a conduit (such as conduit 126).
- the user interface is configured to engage with the user, and aids in directing the pressurized air to the user’s airway.
- a control system having one or more processors (such as control system 110 of system 100) is configured to carry out the steps of method 700.
- a memory device (such as memory device 114 of system 100) can be used to store machine- readable instructions that are executed by the control system to carry out the steps of method 700.
- the memory device can also store any type of data utilized in the steps of method 700.
- method 700 can be implemented using a system (such as system 100) that includes the respiratory therapy system, the control system, and the memory device.
- the respiratory therapy system is used according to a variety of different parameters. These parameters can include settings of the respiratory therapy system, but may also include other parameters relevant to the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system, such as light levels in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, sound levels in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, the position in which the user is in during their use of the respiratory therapy system, and other parameters. All of these parameters contribute to the user’s experience when using the respiratory therapy system, and can generally have a number of different values. The values of all of these parameters related to how effective the respiratory therapy system is in treating any issues that the user is currently experiencing (such as SDB and/or OSA).
- the values of the parameters also impact the user’s comfort when using the respiratory therapy system, which in turn can impact the user’s compliance with a prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system.
- the user’s compliance can be measured in a variety of different ways. In some cases, compliance is defined as adherence to the prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system during an initial 90-day period. In other cases, compliance can be defined as short-term adherence or long-term adherence, both of which can depend on external requirements set by insurance guidelines, medical guidelines, industry guidelines (e.g., standards set by industry), government guidelines (e.g., guidelines from the appropriate governing body or regulatory agency), and others.
- compliance is defined as using the respiratory therapy system for a minimum number of days (or sleep sessions) D min within a time period containing a total number of days (or sleep sessions) D tot .
- the minimum number of days D min could be defined as a raw number of days, or as a percentage of the total number of days D tot .
- compliance is defined as using the respiratory therapy system for at least a minimum number of hours h min per use (e.g., per sleep session).
- the minimum number of hours h min could be defined as a raw number of hours, or as a percentage of the length of the sleep session.
- compliance can be defined as using the respiratory therapy system for both (i) the minimum number of days D min within the total number of days D tot , and (ii) the minimum number of hours h min per use.
- compliance is defined as using the respiratory therapy system for at least 70% of the first 90 days, and for using the respiratory therapy system for at least 4 hours per night (either across the number of nights the respiratory therapy system was used, or across all 90 nights).
- the term compliance generally refers to adhering to any type of prescribed use or plan of use for a respiratory therapy system, regardless of the length of the prescribed use, the source of the prescribed use, and any factors impacting the prescribed use.
- Method 700 is directed to techniques for optimizing a plurality of parameters of the respiratory therapy system, in order to improve the user’s comfort when using the respiratory therapy system and in turn improve the user’s compliance with the prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system.
- various parameters of the respiratory therapy system can have a range of values while still providing an effective therapeutic benefit to the user.
- Optimizing the plurality of parameters can include identifying certain values or sub-ranges of values within the broader ranges of values that still provide the therapeutic benefit to the user, but improve the user’s comfort while using the respiratory therapy system.
- step 710 data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system (also referred to herein as user data) is received.
- the received data is data that is specific to the user, e.g., personal data and/or demographic data.
- the received data can include the user’s age, sex, gender, and other physical characteristics of the user.
- the received data can also include clinical data of the user, which generally associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system.
- the clinical data can include data related to the user’s AHI associated with prior use of the respiratory therapy system, prescribed operating parameters of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., prescribed maximum pressure of the pressurize air, prescribed pressure ramp parameters, etc.), the user’s sleepiness/restlessness score or scores, the user’s reasons for using the respiratory therapy system (e.g., data associated with SDB and/or OSA experienced by the user), or any other relevant clinical and/or medical data.
- the received data can also indicate what type of user interface that the user wears when using the respiratory therapy system (e.g., face mask, nasal pillows, etc.), what type of sleep tests the user has taken, and other factors.
- a sleep test (sometimes referred to as a sleep study or polysomnography) is performed by monitoring the user using various sensors during a sleep session. These sensors can include an EEG sensor, an EOG sensor, an EMG sensor, an ECG sensor, and other sensors.
- the sleep study can be used to determine whether a user experiences OSA or SDB during the sleep session, as well as whether the user is suffering from any other conditions. Sleep tests can be home-based (e.g., performed at home by the user in their own bed), laboratory-based (e.g., performed while the user is in a clinical setting, such as a healthcare facility), or can be performed in other environments.
- the received data can also be associated with the user’s preferences for use of the respiratory therapy system. These preferences could be related to the type of user interface the user prefers to wear, the position the user prefers to sleep in, the light and/or sound levels in the room during the sleep session, how the respiratory therapy system adjusts the pressure of the pressurized air to deal with events (such as apneas), the pressure of the pressurized air as the user is attempting to fall asleep, balances between lower pressures for comfort and higher pressures to more quickly deal with events, etc.
- preferences for use of the respiratory therapy system could be related to the type of user interface the user prefers to wear, the position the user prefers to sleep in, the light and/or sound levels in the room during the sleep session, how the respiratory therapy system adjusts the pressure of the pressurized air to deal with events (such as apneas), the pressure of the pressurized air as the user is attempting to fall asleep, balances between lower pressures for comfort and higher pressures to more quickly deal with events, etc.
- the data associated with the user includes the age of the user (e.g., a numerical value or an age group, such as less than 45, between 45 and 60, greater than 60, etc.); the gender of the user (e.g., male, female, unknow/prefer not to say); the prescribed starting pressure for the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., the pressure that the respiratory therapy system will initially begin with at the beginning of the sleep session when the user initially dons the user interface and is likely still awake, which may also be referred to as the starting therapy pressure); the prescribed minimum pressure for the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., the minimum working pressure of the respiratory therapy system when the user is asleep which is generally prescribed by the user’s healthcare provider, which may also be referred to as the minimum therapy pressure); the user’s baseline AHI (e.g., a numerical value or an AHI group (in one example minimum, mild, moderate, severe, unknown; in another example less than 5, between 5 and 15, between 15 and 30,
- the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) a type of sleep test undergone by the user, (iv) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (v) a type of user interface worn by the user, (vi) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vii) a prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, (viii) a prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for by the user, or (ix) any combination thereof.
- AHI Apnea-Hypopnea Index
- the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (iv) a type of user interface worn by the user, (v) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vi) a BMI of the user, or (vii) any combination thereof.
- AHI Apnea-Hypopnea Index
- the data associated with the user includes data associated with sleep stages that the user spends time in during sleep sessions.
- the data associated with the user could indicate on average how much time the user spends in various different sleep stages when asleep, what percentage of a sleep session is spent in each sleep stage on average, other types of data, or any combinations thereof.
- the data may be received at any suitable location, such as the device or combination of devices that implement method 700.
- the data is received and stored in the memory device (such as memory device 114) of the system.
- the data is received and stored in other locations.
- an initial value of each of one or more parameters (also referred to herein as initial parameter values) of the respiratory therapy system is determined for use of the respiratory therapy system during a first period of time.
- the one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system can include any parameter related to the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system.
- the initial values of the parameters can be based at least in part on the received data (z.e., on the user data).
- the one or more parameters can include various settings of the respiratory therapy system.
- the parameters are associated with and/or impact a comfort level of the user during the sleep session.
- the parameters can include a pressure ramp setting, an event response setting, an expiratory pressure relief (EPR) setting, the temperature of the pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, the humidity of the pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, the standard pressure of the pressurized air during the sleep session, the temperature of the pressurized air, the temperature of the conduit connecting the user interface and the respiratory therapy device, the therapy mode of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., APAP, CPAP, BPAP, AUTO, etc.), the minimum pressure, the maximum pressure, the starting pressure, the trigger time, and others.
- EPR expiratory pressure relief
- the pressure ramp setting governs the gradual increase of the pressure of the pressurized air at the beginning of the sleep session (e.g., once the user initially dons the user interface during the sleep session).
- the pressure can increase from a starting pressure (e.g., 0) to some predetermined higher pressure. This allows the pressure to be gradually increased until the user is asleep, and prevents the user from experiencing higher pressures as they are trying to fall asleep.
- the pressure ramp setting generally includes multiple settings governing this increase.
- the pressure ramp setting may include both a pressure ramp mode setting and a pressure ramp duration setting (which can also be referred to as a pressure ramp rate setting).
- the pressure ramp mode setting determines whether a pressure ramp is implemented, and the pressure ramp duration setting defines how long it takes for the pressure to increase to the higher pressure (e.g., the rate at which the pressure is increased) once the ramp is implemented at the beginning of the sleep session.
- a pressure ramp final pressure setting defines the higher pressure that the pressure is increased to.
- the higher pressure that the pressure is increased to is the starting pressure that is used when the user is asleep during the sleep session. In other cases, the higher pressure is less than the starting pressure. In these cases, the pressure is maintained at the higher pressure until it is determined that the user is asleep, and then the pressure is increased to the starting pressure. In still other cases, the pressure is increased from the initial pressure to a pressure that is less than the higher pressure when the sleep session begins, and is then increased from that pressure to the higher pressure once it is determined that the user is asleep. In further cases, the pressure is increased to the higher pressure only after it is determined that the user is asleep.
- a higher pressure ramp duration value e.g., a slower increase
- a lower final pressure value e.g., an increase to a lower pressure
- OSA or SDB a pressure prescribed to treat the user’ s condition
- the possible values of the pressure ramp setting may vary in different implementations.
- the possible values of the pressure ramp mode setting are “On” and “Off’.
- On a pressure ramp is implemented at the beginning of the sleep session with some predetermined duration and final pressure.
- the duration of the pressure ramp when the pressure ramp mode setting is “On” is determined by the pressure ramp duration setting.
- the pressure ramp setting may additionally have a value of “Auto”.
- Auto a pressure ramp is implemented once it is determined that the user is asleep.
- the Auto value can cause the pressure ramp setting to either not implement any pressure ramp, or implement a small pressure ramp.
- the pressure ramp duration setting is set to NA, as the respiratory therapy system will automatically determine how to increase the pressure in response to detecting sleep onset.
- the possible values of the pressure ramp setting can be specific numerical values for the pressure ramp duration setting and the final pressure setting.
- the possible values of the pressure ramp setting are specific numeral values for the pressure ramp setting, which each refer to a distinct combination of a pressure ramp duration value and a final pressure value.
- the event response setting refers to how the respiratory therapy system adjusts the pressure of the pressurized air in response to the user experiencing an event. For example, if the user experiences an event (such as an apnea) during the sleep session, the pressure of the pressurize air may be gradually increased from its current pressure to some predetermined higher pressure, to aid in ending the event.
- the event response setting will define how the respiratory therapy system implements a pressure ramp (e.g., increase the pressure over some time period) in response to the event, where the pressure ramp is similar to the pressure ramp that may be implemented at the beginning of the sleep session in reference to the pressure ramp setting.
- the event response can additionally or alternatively define how other pressure changes besides a pressure ramp are implemented by the event response setting.
- the event response setting can itself include multiple settings, including any of an event response mode setting, an event response duration setting, and an event response final pressure setting.
- the event response duration setting defines the rate at which the pressure is changed (e.g., increased) in response to an event occurring.
- the event response final pressure setting defines the pressure (e.g., the higher pressure) that the pressure is changed (e.g., increased) to in response to an event.
- a higher event response duration value e.g., a slower increase in a pressure ramp implemented to aid in mitigating the event
- a lower event response final pressure value e.g., an increase to a lower pressure
- the possible values of the event response setting may vary in different implementations.
- the possible values of the event response setting are “Soft” and “Standard”.
- Soft the respiratory therapy system implements, in response to an event, a pressure ramp that is generally less aggressive (e.g., has a longer duration and/or a lower final pressure) than the pressure ramp implemented in response to an event when the value of the event response setting is set to Standard.
- the values in this implementation are instead referred to as “On” and “Off.” “On” refers to the soft response mode being active so that a less aggressive pressure ramp is implemented in response to a respiratory event occurring, and “Off’ refers to the soft response mode being inactive so that the standard more aggressive pressure ramp is implemented in response to a respiratory event occurring.
- the possible values of the event response setting can be specific numerical values for the event response duration setting and the event response final pressure setting.
- the possible values of the event response setting are specific numeral values for the event response setting, which each refer to a distinct combination of an event response duration value and an event response final pressure value.
- the possible values of the event response setting are “Event Ramp” and “No Event Ramp”. When set to Event Ramp, a predefined pressure ramp is implemented in response to an event occurring. When set to No Event Ramp, no pressure ramp is implemented in response to an event occurring.
- the pressure ramp setting and the event response setting are generally two different settings, even though they both can define a pressure ramp to be implemented by the respiratory therapy system.
- the pressure ramp setting generally defines a pressure ramp that can be implemented at the beginning (or toward the beginning) of a sleep session, that is designed to aid the user in falling asleep.
- the event response setting generally defines how the respiratory therapy system modifies the pressure of the pressurize air in response to the event, and in many cases defines a pressure ramp that is implemented by the respiratory therapy system in response to the event.
- the event response setting can define other pressure modification responses however.
- the EPR setting allows for the respiratory therapy system to provide different pressures for the pressurized air depending on whether the user is current inhaling or exhaling.
- the EPR setting depending on the value of the EPR setting, there can be a pressure drop in the pressurized air between inspiration and expiration.
- the EPR setting itself may include multiple setting. In some cases, these settings include one or both of an EPR Mode setting and an EPR level setting.
- the possible values of the EPR settings may vary in different implementations. For example, in some implementations, the possible values of the EPR mode setting are “On” and “Off’.
- the pressure When set to Off, the pressure is not lowered during expiration, and when set to On, the pressure is lowered during expiration.
- the possible values of the EPR mode setting are ’’Off,” “Ramp Only,” and “Full Time.”
- no expiratory pressure relief When set to Off, no expiratory pressure relief is implemented.
- expiratory pressure relief When set to Ramp Only, expiratory pressure relief is only implemented during the period of the sleep session prior to the user falling asleep when a pressure ramp is implemented. If no pressure ramp is implemented (e.g., if the pressure ramp mode setting is “Off’), then this value for the EPR mode setting would be NA.
- the EPR level setting is a numerical value that defines the size of the expiratory pressure relief.
- the EPR level setting could be 1 (e.g., a pressure drop of 1 cmFEO during expiration), 2 (e.g., a pressure drop of 2 cmFEO during expiration), or 3 (e.g., a pressure drop of 2 cmFEO during expiration).
- the EPR mode setting and the EPR level setting are combined, and the single EPR setting has values of “Off,” “On - 1,” “On - 2,” or “On - 3.” On - 2 implements a larger pressure drop during expiration than On - 1, and On - 3 implements a large pressure drop during expiration than On - 2.
- the possible values for the EPR setting are specific numerical values that correspond to the amount that the pressure drops during expiration.
- the minimum pressure setting refers to the minimum pressure of the pressurized air at any point during the sleep session once the user falls asleep. In some cases, the pressure may be decreased if the user has not experienced a respiratory event for a certain period of time, or if expiratory pressure relief is implemented. The minimum pressure setting thus governs the point at which no further decreases are allowed.
- the minimum pressure setting may generally have any value, but is often in a range of between 4.0 cmFEO and 8.0 cmEEO. For example, in some cases, the value of the minimum pressure setting is 4.0 cmEEO, 5.0 cmEEO, 6.0 cmEEO, or 8.0 cmFEO.
- the maximum pressure setting refers to the maximum pressure of the pressurized air at any point during the sleep session once the user falls asleep, and may also be referred to as the maximum therapy pressure. In some cases, the pressure may be increased if the user experiences respiratory events. The maximum pressure setting thus governs the point at which no further increases are allowed.
- the maximum pressure setting may generally have any value. For example, in some cases, the value of the maximum pressure setting is 10.0 cmFEO, 12.0 cmFEO, 15.0 cmEEO-lb.O cmFEO, or 17.0 cmH20-20.0 cmEEO.
- the parameters can also include parameters such as the light level in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, the sound level in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, and position the user is in when they use the respiratory therapy system, and others. Generally, all of the parameters can be adjusted in order to modify the user’s experience with the respiratory therapy system. Some parameters may be adjusted by only the user, some parameters may be adjusted by only the user’s care provider (e.g., doctor, caretaker, etc.), and some parameters may be adjusted by both the user and the user’s care provider (and in some cases other people as well).
- care provider e.g., doctor, caretaker, etc.
- the pressure ramp setting, the event response setting, the EPR setting, the temperature of the pressurize air, and the humidity of the pressurize air can all be adjusted by both the user and the user’s care provider.
- the set or starting pressure e.g., the standard pressure of the pressurized air during the sleep session
- the tidal volume, and other setting are adjustable only by the user’s care provider.
- one or more of the parameters may be associated with the user’s comfort levels during their use of the respiratory therapy system, and can be adjusted to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level during the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system.
- a longer pressure duration and a lower final pressure during a pressure ramp are generally more comfortable for the user.
- the value of the pressure ramp setting can be adjusted to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level.
- a lower pressure upon expiration can generally be more comfortable for the user.
- the value of the EPR setting can be adjusted to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level. Increased user comfort can in turn lead to greater compliance with the respiratory therapy system.
- the values of other parameters or settings can also be modified to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level and increase compliance with the respiratory therapy system.
- the initial values of the parameters are generated by a first trained model, which may include one or more trained machine learning algorithms.
- the first model can receive as input any one or more of the types of data associated with the user discussed herein, and/or other data.
- the first model analyzes the data and outputs the initial values of the parameters.
- models/algorithms can be used for the first model such as a causal interface recommendation algorithm, a content-based filtering recommendation algorithm, a reinforcement learning-based recommendation algorithm, a collaborative filtering recommendation algorithm, and others.
- the first model may actually be a combination of multiple different models and/or algorithms that are used in conjunction to determine the initial values of the parameters.
- the first model may comprise separate models that each generate the initial value of distinct one or more of the parameters.
- the first model may comprise a first sub-model that receives the user data and generates intermediate data, and a second sub-model that receives the intermediate data (and/or the user data) and generates the initial values of the parameters.
- the first model can be trained using training data generated from use of respiratory therapy systems by other users. The data that is input into the trained first model will change how various different settings of the parameters will impact the user’s comfort levels (which as discussed, can be measured/estimated by looking at the user’s compliance and/or other metrics).
- the trained first model can then analyze the data that is input for the user at issue to determine the initial values for the parameters.
- the trained first model is a causal inference model that determines the initial values of the parameters based on the user data.
- the first model directly outputs the initial values of the parameters.
- the first model matches the user to one of a plurality of pre-existing user profiles based on the data that is input into the first model (e.g., the data associated with the user), and then determines the initial values of the parameters based at least in part on the matched user profile.
- the user profiles can be generated based on data received from a plurality of users that use a respiratory therapy system. The user profiles can be based on a variety of different factors, including user age, user gender, preferred user interface type, preferred comfort settings, clinical data, and other factors.
- each profile has a predefined set of initial values for each parameters (and/or ranges of initial values for the parameters) that the first model can select after determining which profile the use fits in.
- the first model may determine the initial values of the parameters based on the profile, but without the initial values being predefined for the profile.
- the first model does not directly output the initial values of the parameters, but instead only matches the user to one of the plurality of pre-existing user profiles.
- the predefined initial parameter values e.g., values or ranges of values
- the predefined initial parameter values for that profile can be manually selected (e.g., the user and/or a third party can update the settings of the respiratory therapy system with the initial values parameter values for the matched profile).
- the first model when the first model matches the user to a user profile based at least in part on the user data, the first model may be matching the user to one of the distinct combination of initial parameter values based at least in part on the user data.
- the first model when the first model determines a combination of initial parameter values from at least the user data, the first model may be matching the user to one of the user profiles based on at least the user data, where each user profile is that combination of initial parameter values.
- each user profile is that combination of initial parameter values.
- the first model is trained to analyze the user data and determine which combination of initial parameter values is best for the user, which in effect matches the user to one of the user profiles.
- step 730 usage data is received.
- the usage data is associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions in a first period of time, when the initial values of the parameters are used.
- the first period of time will generally include an initial period of n sleep session (e.g., n days).
- the usage data can be continually collected during the first period of time, intermittently collected during the first period of time, or collected only after the first period of time is complete.
- the usage data is generally received by and stored at the same location as the data received in step 710, which can be, for example, the memory device of the system implementing method 700, another location, etc.
- the usage data includes information related to the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system (also referred to herein as usage data) during this period of time when using the initial values of the parameters.
- the usage data includes the average user interface leak for the sleep sessions in the first period of time (e.g., the average volume of air per leak, the average volume of air leaked per sleep session, etc.); the standard deviation of the user interface leak for the sleep sessions in the first period of time; the average pressure of the pressurized air for the sleep session in the first period of time; the standard deviation of the pressure of the pressurized air for the sleep session in the first period of time; the average duration of use of the respiratory therapy system during the sleep sessions in the first period of time when the respiratory therapy system was actually used (e.g., the average minutes of use per sleep session for sleep sessions where the respiratory therapy system was used); the standard deviation of the duration of use of the respiratory therapy system during the sleep sessions in the first period of time when the respiratory therapy system was actually used; the average duration of use of the respiratory therapy system
- Compliance during the first period of time may be determined using any sort of threshold, such as using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of sleep sessions during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours per sleep session during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours during each of a threshold number of sleep sessions during the first period of time, or any other suitable threshold or measure.
- any sort of threshold such as using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of sleep sessions during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours per sleep session during the first period of time, or any other suitable threshold or measure.
- the usage data can also include data associated with sleep stages that the user spent time in during the sleep sessions in the first period of time when the initial values of the parameters were used.
- the data can include an amount of time the user spent in each of a plurality of sleep stages during each sleep session, the average amount of time spent in each of the plurality of sleep stages during the sleep sessions of the first period of time (which may be all of the sleep sessions and/or all of the sleep sessions where the respiratory therapy system was used), the standard deviation of the amount of time spent in each of the plurality of sleep stages during the sleep sessions of the first period of time, the sleep stage the most time was spent in for each sleep session (which may be all of the sleep sessions and/or all of the sleep sessions where the respiratory therapy system was used), other types of data, or any combination thereof.
- the usage data can also include subjective input from the user, which can generally include any information that the user provides related to their use of the respiratory therapy system during the first period of time with the initial values of the parameters.
- the subjective input can include user-submitted information associated with the comfort level of the user interface worn during the sleep sessions in the first period of time, the comfort level of the user’s breathing during the sleep sessions in the first period of time (e.g., whether the user had any difficulty breathing in and out), an amount of restlessness the user experienced during the first period of time, or any combination thereof.
- the user can provide the subjective input in any suitable manner.
- the user can provide the subjective input using a mobile device such as a smart phone or a tablet computer.
- the user can also use an external computing device such as a laptop computer or a desktop computer.
- the user can further use the respiratory therapy system itself, if the respiratory therapy system can accept user input.
- the user can use any user device (such as user device 170) of the system.
- the usage data can be received in a variety of different manners.
- the usage data for the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time is received only after all of the sleep session in the first period of time are completed.
- the usage data for the first period of time is received continually during the first period of time.
- the usage data for the first period of time generally includes multiple portions of usage data, where each portion of usage data corresponds to a respective one of the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time. Each portion of usage data may be received after the completion of its respective sleep session, or may be received continually during its respective sleep session. In either case, the usage data for the first period of time is received continually during the first period of time.
- recommended values for the one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system are generated.
- the recommended values for the parameters can be based at least in part on the usage data, optionally in conjunction with the user data and/or other types of data.
- the recommended values for the parameters will generally be the parameter values that are determined to have the best probability of increasing the user’s compliance (or have the best probability of optimizing some other quantity or parameter, as discussed herein) for the user, and can be used during the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system during a second period of time.
- the first period of time includes a predetermined number of sleep sessions (e.g., a predetermined number of days/nights).
- the recommended values for the one or more parameters can be generated after completion of the predetermined number of sleep sessions.
- initial recommended values for the parameters could be generated after completion of the first sleep session, and then updated after completion of each subsequent sleep session in the first period of time, until the predetermined number of sleep sessions have been completed.
- the first period of time can include a variable number of sleep sessions.
- the recommended values for the parameters can be generated after any number of sleep sessions within the first period of time, based on a variety of different factors.
- the recommended values can be generated only after the final sleep session of the first period of time (whichever sleep session that happens to be), or initial recommended values can be generated after the first sleep session and then updated after completion of each subsequent sleep session, until the final sleep sessions (whichever sleep session that happens to be) is completed.
- the recommended values for the parameters are generated if it is determined that the user’s compliance with the respiratory therapy system during the first period of time fails to satisfy a predetermined threshold after a given sleep session.
- the final recommended values are generated if it is determined that the difference between the current value of at least one of the parameters and its continually update recommended value satisfies a predetermined threshold.
- the recommended values can be generated based on the subjective input of the user. For example, if the user indicates that the current values of the parameters are undesirable for some reason (e.g., the user indicating that they are uncomfortable during the sleep session), the recommended values can be generated.
- the user could be asked to provide their subjective input at any time. For example, the user could be asked to provide their subjective input about their use of the respiratory therapy system every n sleep session (which in most cases will be equal to every n days). The user could also proactively provide the subjective input.
- the recommended values can be generated if the user switches to a different user interface.
- the recommended values for the parameters may be better suited to the new user interface type, and will generally be designed to ensure that the user maintains (or improves) compliance with the new user interface type.
- the usage data may indicate that the user has switched from a full face mask to nasal pillows. When this change occurs, recommended values for the parameters that work better with nasal pillows can be generated.
- the recommended parameter values are generated by a second trained model, which may include one or more trained machine learning algorithms.
- the second model can receive as input any of the one or more types of usage data.
- the second model can also receive any of the one or more types of user data, the initial parameter values, other data, or any combination thereof.
- the second model analyzes at least the usage data and outputs the recommended values of the parameters.
- models/algorithms can be used for the second model such as a causal interface recommendation algorithm, a content-based filtering recommendation algorithm, a reinforcement learning-based recommendation algorithm, a collaborative filtering recommendation algorithm, and others.
- the second model may actually be a combination of multiple different models and/or algorithms that are used in conjunction to determine the recommended values of the parameters.
- the second model may comprise separate models that each generate the recommended value of a distinct one or more of the parameters.
- the second model may comprise a first submodel that receives the usage data (and/or any other data) and generates intermediate data, and a second sub-model that receives the intermediate data (and/or the usage data) and generates the recommended values of the parameters.
- the second model may be the same model as the first model, such that a single model generates both the initial values and the recommended values.
- the first model and the second model are distinct models (even if they are the same type of model).
- the second model can be trained using training data generated from use of respiratory therapy systems by other users, similar to the first model.
- the data that is input into the trained second model will change how various different settings of the parameters will impact the user’s comfort levels (which as discussed, can be measured/estimated by looking at the user’s compliance and/or other metrics).
- the trained second model can then analyze the data that is input for the user at issue to determine the recommended values for the parameters.
- the trained second model is a causal inference model that determines the recommended values of the parameters based at least in part on the usage data.
- the second model determines the recommended values of the parameters of the parameters based on the usage data, or based on the usage data and one or more other types of data, which can include the user data (which was input into the first model), the initial parameter values, the user profile to which the user was matched to by the first model, or any combination thereof. For example, in some implementations, the second model matches the user to a user profile (which may or may not be the same as the user profile determined by the first model) based on the user data, and then determines the recommended parameter values based on the user profile and the usage data. In some cases, each user profile can have a predefined recommended value (or range of values) for each parameter, that is then adjusted by the usage data.
- each user profile has, for each parameter, a plurality of potential recommended values (or ranges of values). After the user profile is determined based on the user data, the recommended value of each parameter is selected from the plurality of potential recommended values based on the usage data.
- the second model matches the user to a user profile based on the user data and the usage data. The user profile determined by the second model may have predefined recommended values for each parameter that can then be output by the second model. In additional implementations, the second model may also analyze the initial parameter values, and use the initial parameter values in conjunction with the usage data (and in some cases also in conjunction with the user data) to determine the user profile.
- the second model does not directly match the user to any user profile. Instead, the second model receives the usage data, and an indication of which user profile the user was matched to by the first model (which is based at least in part on the user data). The second model can then determine the recommended parameter values based on the usage data and the matched user profile. Thus, the second model can analyze how a certain user profile reacted with the initial parameter values, and set the recommended parameter values accordingly.
- the user data affects the determination of the final parameter values only insofar as that the final parameter values are based on the usage data and the user profile/set of initial parameter values the user was given based on the user data.
- the final parameter values are based on the usage data and the user data itself, instead of the user profile/set of initial parameter values dictated by the user data.
- two users whose user data resulted in them receiving the same initial parameter values could have different final parameter values — despite having the same or similar usage data — if their user data was different enough.
- the second model does not directly output the recommended values of the parameters, but instead only matches the user to one of the plurality of user profiles.
- predefined recommended parameter values e.g., values or ranges of values
- predefined recommended parameter values for that profile can be manually selected (e.g., the user and/or a third party can update the settings of the respiratory therapy system with the recommended values parameter values for the matched profile).
- the plurality of user profiles associated with the second model are simply the various different combinations of all possible recommended parameter values.
- the second model may be matching the user to one of the distinct combination of recommended parameter values based on the usage data, the usage data and the user data, or the usage data and any other combination of data.
- the second model may be matching the user to one of the user profiles based on at least the usage data, where each user profile is that combination of recommended parameter values.
- the second model is trained to analyze the usage data and/or the user data to determine which combination of recommended parameter values (each of which can be said to constitute a user profile) is best for the user, which in effect matches the user to one of the user profiles.
- the inputs to the first model and or the second model include the specific parameters that are able to be adjusted for that user. For example, a certain user may not have the ability to adjust the light and/or sound levels in their room, or may indicate that they prefer a lower pressure ramp duration. Thus, the inputs into the first model and/or the second model can include these preferences, so that the first model and/or the second model do not output initial values or recommended values for a parameter that the user is unable or unwilling to comply with.
- the recommended values for the parameters can be transmitted to the user, a care provider of the user (e.g., a doctor or caretaker), or both.
- the user and/or the care provider may need to manually update the values of the parameters to the recommended values, or the parameters can be updated automatically.
- the recommended values are presented to the user on an application interface (e.g., a display screen).
- the application interface may be located on the respiratory therapy device, a mobile device, an external computing device, or any other suitable device.
- the user could also be presented with an option to accept or decline the recommended values.
- multiple recommended values could be generated, and the selection of which recommend value can be presented to the user.
- the selection of a recommended value may include an option to increase or decrease the value.
- the user could also be provided with an option to accept or decline the recommended values, and/or to suggest their own values for various settings.
- generating the recommended values can be based on the degradation of the user interface.
- a sensor e.g., a camera, an acoustic sensor, etc.
- the degree of degradation can be determined visually, for example using a camera that generates visual evidence of the degradation.
- the degree of degradation can also be determined using an acoustic sensor that is used to detect the sound of air leaking from the user interface.
- a recommendation to obtain a new user interface can be generated and transmitted to the user.
- the system can optionally submit a resupply order if the user so chooses.
- method 700 can also include optional steps 750, 760, and 770.
- the one or more parameters are updated to their recommended values for use with the respiratory therapy system during the second period of time, and the user uses the respiratory therapy system for one or more sleep session in the second period of time with the recommended values.
- subsequent usage data is received.
- the subsequent usage data is associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system during the one or more sleep sessions of the second period of time.
- subsequent recommended values for the one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system are generated.
- the subsequent recommended values can be based at least in part on the user data, the subsequent usage data, or both.
- the subsequent recommended values can be used for the parameters during use of the respiratory therapy system in a third period of time after the second period of time.
- the subsequent usage data can include similar information as the usage data, except that it is related to use of the respiratory therapy system using the recommended values of the parameters.
- the subsequent usage data can be received continually during the second period of time (e.g., after each sleep session of the second period of time or continually during the sleep sessions of the second period of time), or after all of the sleep sessions in the second period of time have been completed. Similar to the first period of time, the second period of time can have a predetermined or variable number of sleep sessions, and the subsequent recommended values can be generated after all of the predetermined number of sleep sessions have been completed, or after a certain variable number of sleep sessions have been completed.
- the values of the parameters can be continually and/or dynamically updated to improve the user’s comfort and/or compliance with the respiratory therapy system.
- new recommended values for the parameters can be generated (or continually updated) periodically to provide the user with the best possible experience.
- New recommended values can be updated every n sleep sessions (or every n days).
- New recommended values can also be updated whenever the usage data indicates that new recommended values are needed, for example of the user’s compliance is decreasing or the subjective user input indicates that the user is not satisfied or comfortable.
- the user can provide their subjective input whenever they want, or the system could periodically ask the user to provide their subjective input.
- the first and second models directly output specific combinations of settings, and are generally what is referred to prescriptive models.
- Prescriptive models search for the best or optimal output given the inputs.
- the models do not compare a user to past users, or compare user data to user data from past users. Instead, the models are trained to determine the best treatment option given the user data (and in some cases also usage data) that is input into the model. These models are trained on a large amount of observational data that is used to form the training datasets.
- This observational data includes information about past users, the treatments that the users used (e.g., the combinations of settings used with the respiratory therapy systems), and outcome data (e.g., an indication of whether the user complied with a predetermined standard of compliance).
- outcome data e.g., an indication of whether the user complied with a predetermined standard of compliance.
- this observational data will generally come with a significant amount of bias.
- the same user may be prescribed to different treatments (e.g., combinations of settings) by two different doctors, even though the data about the user is the same.
- one doctor may have a tendency to primarily prescribe one treatment to their users regardless of differences between their users, while another doctor may have a tendency to prescribe more varied treatments to their users.
- method 700 can utilize doubly robust learner techniques for the first model that is used to generate the initial parameter values at step 720, and/or for the second model used to generate the recommended parameter values at step 740.
- the first model and the second model are multi-stage models that combine a propensity model, an outcome model, and then a final model that utilizes the outputs of the propensity model and the outcome model.
- the propensity model is trained to predict the probability of receiving a certain treatment (e.g., a specific combination of settings) given the user data and/or usage data.
- the propensity model reduces (and/or removes) the bias in the observational data so that the more closely approximates a randomized controlled trial (which is controlled so there is little or no bias in the data).
- the outcome model predicts outcomes for specific combinations of settings and user data and/or usage data. This predicted outcome will generally be in the form of a probability that the predetermined compliance threshold will be met given the specific combination of settings and the user data and/or usage data.
- the final model utilizes the outputs of the propensity model and the outcome model to predict the outcome for a specific set of user data. Similar to the outcome model, predicted outcome of the final model will generally be in the form of a probability that the predetermined compliance threshold will be met, but given only the user data and/or usage data, and not a specific combination of settings.
- the propensity model receives the user data and/or usage data associated with that user, and outputs a propensity score for each individual combination of settings.
- This propensity score is indicative of the likelihood that each of the individual combination of settings would have been prescribed to the user by their doctor, given the specific user data and/or usage data.
- the outcome model receives the user data for the user, and outputs conditional compliance probabilities for that specific user data conditioned on using each of the different combinations of settings.
- conditional probabilities can be expressed as E [K
- the propensity scores and the conditional probabilities are combined in a final model that receives the user data and/or usage data, and outputs the difference between (i) the compliance probability for one of the combination of settings that is considered the default combination of settings (which may also be referred to as the conditional average treatment effect), and (ii) the compliance probability of each of the possible different combinations of settings (besides the default) given that user data and/or usage data.
- the combination of settings with the highest difference in compliance probability relative to the default combination of settings can then be selected for the user.
- the final model predicts the conditional average treatment effect by regressing a pseudo-outcome Y DR on data X directly, where: [0237]
- Y DR is the difference in compliance probability between the default combination of settings and a specific combination of settings W n(X is the propensity score (determined by the propensity model) for the combination of settings IV based on the data X Y is the real outcome;
- p. o is the predicted outcome of the default combination of settings given the data X determined by the outcome model; and is the predicted outcome of the combination of settings W determined by the outcome model.
- the final model is used to directly calculate the difference in compliance probability for a given set of settings W and data X.
- the above formula for Y DR is used with an assumption that the outcome for settings W will be satisfaction of the compliance threshold, and thus the value of the real outcome Y is set as 1.
- the data X is input into the propensity and outcome models to obtain the propensity score and the predicted outcome for the different combinations of setting, which are then all input into the final model which determines the predicted outcome for each combination of settings.
- the final model is used to predict the difference in compliance probability, and this is trained on the training data.
- the value of the real outcome Y is set according to whether the user with user data X actually satisfied the compliance threshold with user settings W. If the compliance threshold was satisfied, Y is set as 1, and if the compliance threshold was not satisfied Y is set as 0.
- the final model can be used on its own to predict the outcome for each combination of settings for the new user based only on the data X that is input into the final model.
- a single final model could be trained to predict the outcome for all of the possible combinations of settings, or a separate model be trained for each possible combination of settings.
- both the first model used to generate the initial parameter values in step 720 and the second model used to generate the recommended parameter values in step 740 can have this multi-model form.
- the primary (and sometimes only) difference between the first model and the second model is that in the first model, the X variable contains only the user data, and in the second model, the X variable contains both the user data and the usage data.
- the dataset used to train and test the first and second models included data associated with 492,076 users.
- the data included values for each individual feature in the user data (e.g., age, gender, user interface type, baseline AHI group, etc.), the specific combination of settings used by the user, an indication of whether the user satisfied the predetermined compliance threshold, and values for each individual feature in the usage data (e.g., average user interface leak, average duration of use per night, average residual AHI, etc.).
- the users were split into a training group that included 60% of the users, a validation group that included 15% of the users, and a testing group that include 25% of the users.
- other splits and total numbers of users may be used to train models such as those described herein.
- method 700 utilizes double machine learning techniques for the first model that is used to generate the initial parameter values at step 720, and/or for the second model that is used to generate the recommended parameter values at step 740.
- the inputs into the first model and/or the second model are complex and are associated with each other via a large amount of non-linear relationships. Double machine learning techniques can be useful in these situations involving non-linear related inputs.
- FIG. 8 shows an example causal diagram 800 that illustrates the relationship between various different inputs (also referred to as confounders) and how these inputs affect both the combination of settings that is used and whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied, and also how the combination of settings used affects whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied.
- the causal diagram 800 includes four different inputs 802A-802D.
- each of these inputs 802A-802D is a data point associated with the user such as age, gender, BMI, AHI, other clinical and/or medical data, etc.
- An arrow extends from each of the inputs 802A-802D to the settings combination output 804, indicating that each of the inputs 802A-802D affects the settings combination output 804.
- the settings combination output 804 in turn affects the compliance result 806 (which is simply an indication of whether the compliance threshold was satisfied).
- Input 802C has additional arrows extending to inputs 802B and 802D, indicating that input 802C affects input 802B and input 802D.
- Input 802D has an additional arrow extending to input 802C, indicating that input 802D affects input 802C.
- each of the inputs 802A-802D includes an arrow extending directly to the compliance result 806, indicating that the inputs 802A-802D affect both the settings combination output 804 and the compliance result 806, separately from how the settings combination output 804 affects the compliance result 806.
- causal diagram 800 illustrates a variety of other inputs 808A-808D with arrows extending only to the compliance result 806, indicating that these inputs 808A-808D do not affect/determine the settings combination output 840, but do affect the compliance result 806. Due to the complexity of the relations between the various inputs 802A-802D (e.g., the confounders) and 808A-808D, the settings combination output 804, and the compliance result 806, double machine learning techniques can be utilized to predict the settings combination.
- the first model and the second model are both models that are trained by two prior models, a treatment model and an outcome model.
- the treatment model that is used with the double machine learning techniques is similar to the propensity model that is used with the doubly robust learner techniques discussed here, and is used predict the probability of receiving a certain treatment (e.g., a specific combination of settings) given the user data and/or the usage data.
- the treatment model is specifically trained to estimate the expected value of a treatment T (e.g., an expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values (initial and/or recommended) of the plurality of parameters) given specific data X (which may include only user data, only usage data, or both user data and usage data).
- Each training datapoint includes a specific set of data X for a prior user, a specific combination of settings T that was prescribed to/used by the prior user with the data X, and an outcome indicator Y for the prior user with the settings T (e.g., a binary indication of whether the compliance threshold (or other use metric threshold) was satisfied).
- the data X is input into the treatment model, and the outcome of the treatment model (e.g., estimated value of T) is compared to the actual value of T.
- the accuracy of the treatment model can be determined using a loss function, and the treatment model can then be adjusted.
- the treatment model can continue to be trained in this manner until the value of the loss function is satisfied.
- the outcome indicator Y is not used to train the treatment model.
- the outcome model that is used with the double machine learning techniques is different than the outcome model that is used with the doubly robust learner techniques discussed here.
- the outcome model used with the doubly robust learner techniques estimated the conditional compliance probabilities based on user and/or usage data and a specific treatment (e.g., a specific combination of settings)
- the outcome model that is used with the double machine learning techniques is used to predict the probability of satisfying the compliance threshold given specific data (e.g., irrespective of which treatment is used).
- the outcome model is specifically trained to estimate a compliance probability Y given specific data X (which may include only user data, only usage data, or both user data and usage data).
- the compliance probability Y is the probability that the user with data X will satisfy the threshold for the use metric (e.g., will satisfy the compliance threshold).
- Y will have a value that is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1, but in some cases Y may be a binary variable that is either 0 or 1.
- each training datapoint includes the specific set of data X for a prior user, the specific combination of settings T that was prescribed to/used by the prior user with the data X, and the outcome indicator Y for the prior user (e.g., the binary indication of whether the compliance threshold (or other use metric threshold) was satisfied).
- the data X is input into the outcome model, and the compliance probability output by the outcome model (e.g., estimated value of T) is compared to the outcome indicator (e.g., the actual value of T).
- the accuracy of the outcome model can be determined using a loss function, and the outcome model can then be adjusted.
- the outcome model can continue to be trained in this manner until the value of the loss function is satisfied.
- the treatment and outcome models can in turn be used to train the first and second models (also referred to as the final model).
- the labeled training dataset is used to train the first model, along with the outputs of the treatment model and the outcome model.
- the expected value of the treatment for a prior user with data X (denoted as E [T
- the treatment residual T is the difference between the expected treatment E [T
- a treatment residual T can be calculated for each different settings combination.
- the expected value of the outcome for the prior user with data X (denoted as EfTIX]) determined by the outcome model is used to calculate an outcome residual Y.
- the outcome residual Y is the difference between the expected outcome E[Y
- only a single outcome residual Y is determined for each training datapoint.
- each training datapoint in the labeled training dataset includes data X, a plurality of treatment residuals f, and an outcome residual Y.
- the final model is trained to receive the user data and outputs the difference between (i) the compliance probability for one of the combination of settings that is considered the default combination of settings, and (ii) the compliance probability of each of the possible different combinations of settings (besides the default) given that user data.
- the combination of settings with the highest difference in compliance probability relative to the default combination of settings can then be selected for the user.
- the difference in compliance probability may be referred to as the treatment effect (or conditional average treatment effect).
- the final model operates according to:
- the treatment residual T is determined using the treatment model
- the outcome residual Y is determined from the outcome model
- X is the user data
- 0(A) is the average treatment effect.
- This equation generally states that if the treatment effect 0(A) is correct, then the expected value of (K — 0(A) • f ) - T (given a specific set of user data X) is 0, because 0(X) • T will be approximately equal to Y, on average.
- the term (P — 0(A) • f ) represents the difference between the observed outcome (K) and the expected outcome (0(X) ⁇ T).
- the treatment residual T gives more weight to instances with larger treatment residuals, and setting the expectation to 0 ensures that the treatment effect 0(A) balances positive and negative deviations.
- the final model is trained to determine the treatment effect 0 that satisfies the above equation, which thus adjusts for any confounding captured in the treatment model and the outcome model.
- a single final model is trained so that for a new user with data X, a plurality of different treatment effects 0 are generated, each treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of the possible treatments T (e.g., a respective one of the combinations of parameter values).
- T e.g., a respective one of the combinations of parameter values
- the final model is trained to output n distinct treatment effects.
- a separate final model is trained for each individual treatment (e.g., each distinct combination of parameter values), so that the data X is input into multiple different final models in order to determine all the treatment effects 0.
- the combination of settings with the largest treatment effect 0 can be selected as the combination of parameter values (initial or recommended) to be provided to the user.
- the term “final model” refers both to a single final model that is trained to output a separate treatment effect for each combination of parameter values, and to a plurality of separate final models that are each trained to output a treatment effect for one combination of parameter values.
- one or both of the treatment model and the outcome model are gradient boosting classifiers.
- the final model is a random forest model that combines a plurality of different decision trees that are each trained to determine a value for the conditional average treatment effect.
- the conditional average treatment effect 0 ( (X) determined by each of the decision trees can be used to determine the overall conditional average treatment effect 0(X) for a given combination of settings T.
- the overall conditional average treatment effect 0(X)for a combination of settings T could be the maximum of all the individual conditional average treatment effects 0 ( ( ), the mean of all the individual conditional average treatment effects 0i(X), the median of the individual conditional average treatment effects 0i(X), a weighted mean of the individual conditional average treatment effects 0 ( ( ), or any other suitable combination of the individual conditional average treatment effects 0i(X).
- the final model can be trained using any suitable techniques for training random forest models, including bootstrap aggregating, the random subspace method, and others.
- both the first model used to generate the initial parameter values in step 720 and the second model used to generate the recommended parameter values in step 740 can be a final model trained using a treatment model and an outcome model.
- the models used to generate the initial parameter values will include a first treatment model, a first outcome model, and a first final model.
- the first treatment model is used to generate the expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters for each user in the training dataset.
- the plurality of treatment residuals also referred to as the initial treatment residuals
- the first outcome model is used to generate an initial compliance probability for each user in the training dataset.
- the outcome residual also referred to as the initial outcome residual for each of the users in the training dataset can then be generated.
- the plurality of initial treatment residuals for each user, the initial outcome residual for each user, and the data for each user is then used to train the first final model to generate an initial treatment effect for each combination of initial values.
- the data that is input into the first treatment model, the first outcome model, and the first final model will include user data but not usage data. This data will include user data and not usage data for each user in the training dataset (when training the first treatment, first outcome, and first final models), and will include user data and not usage data for a new user when utilizing the trained first final model to generate the initial parameter values for the new user.
- an initial outcome indicator is an outcome indicator based on user data and not usage data
- an initial compliance probability is a compliance probability based on user data and not usage data
- an initial treatment effect is a treatment effect based on user data and not usage data
- an initial treatment residual is a treatment residual based on user data and not usage data
- an initial outcome residual is an outcome residual based on user data and not usage data.
- each initial treatment effect is the difference between (i) the probability that each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
- the models used to generate the recommended parameter values will include a second treatment model, a second outcome model, and a seconds final model.
- the second treatment model is used to generate the expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters for each user in the training dataset.
- the plurality of treatment residuals also referred to as the recommended treatment residuals
- the second outcome model is used to generate a recommended compliance probability for each user in the training dataset.
- the outcome residual also referred to as the recommended outcome residual
- the plurality of recommended treatment residuals for each user, the recommended outcome residual for each user, and the data for each user is then used to train the second final model to generate a recommended treatment effect for each combination of recommended values.
- the primary (and sometimes only) difference between the first set of models (for the initial parameter values) and the second set of models (for the recommended parameter values) is that the data for the first set of models includes only user data, whereas the data that is input into the second set of models includes user data and usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system with the initial parameter values.
- This user data and usage data will include user data and usage data for each user in the training dataset (when training the second treatment, second outcome, and second final models), and will include user data and usage data for a new user when utilizing the trained second final model to generate the recommended parameter values for the new user.
- a recommended outcome indicator is an outcome indicator based on user data and usage data
- a recommended compliance probability is a compliance probability based on user data and usage data
- a recommended treatment effect is a treatment effect based on user data and usage data
- a recommended treatment residual is a treatment residual based on user data and usage data
- a recommended outcome residual is an outcome residual based on user data and usage data.
- each recommended treatment effect is the difference between (i) the probability that each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
- FIGS. 9-14B show a first example of double machine learning techniques to train models to generate the initial and final parameter values.
- FIG. 9 shows a causal diagram 900 used in this example, which illustrates the relationship between specific inputs, and how the inputs affect the combination of settings that is used, and whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied.
- this example includes eight inputs 902A- 902H: an age input 902A (e.g., the age of the user, the age group the user falls in, etc.); a mask type input 902B (e.g., the type of mask the user wears and/or will wear); a baseline AHI input 902C (e.g., the baseline AHI of the user, the baseline AHI group the user falls in, etc.); a daytime sleepiness level input 902D (e.g., a characterization of the user’s level of daytime sleepiness prior to starting therapy, such as a qualification or a quantification); a sleep test type input 902E (e.g., the type of sleep test the user underwent to initial diagnose OSA); a minimum pressure input 902F (e.g., the minimum pressure of the pressurized air that the user will be able
- the age input 902A in this example is less than 45, between 45 and 60, or greater than 60.
- the mask type input 902B in this example is nasal, nasal pillows, or full-face.
- the baseline AHI input 902C in this example is minimum (less than 5), mild (between 5 and 15), moderate (between 15 and 30), severe (greater than 30), or unknown.
- the daytime sleepiness level input 902D in this example is user-reported, and is “Not at all,” “Slightly,” “Moderately,” “Very,” “Extremely,” or “Unknown.”
- the sleep test type input 902E in this example is either a home sleep test, or an in-lab polysomnography test.
- the minimum pressure input 902F in this example ranges from 4.0 cmH20 to 20.0 cmH20 in increments of 0.2 cmH20.
- the starting pressure input 902G in this example ranges from 4.0 cmH20 to 20.0 cmH20 in increments of 0.2 cmH20.
- the gender input 902H in this example is user-reported, and is “Male,” “Female,” or “Prefer not to say.”
- an arrow extends from each of these inputs 902A-902H, indicating that each of them affects the settings combination output 904. However, an arrow also extends from each of these inputs 902A-902H to the compliance result 906, indicating that they affect the compliance result 906 as well. Further, the settings combination output 904 separately affects the compliance result 906, indicated by the arrow extending between the two.
- an initial dataset of 1,431,103 users was collected. Each of these users used a respiratory therapy system with a known combination of settings over a period of time. 1,036,184 users were excluded for one or more of the following reasons: using more than one mode of operation of the respiratory therapy system, not using an AUTOSET mode of the respiratory therapy system (where the pressure of the pressurized air is adjusted in response to the user experiencing respiratory events), changing settings after achieving compliance, changing settings multiple times, not being a new user, not having one of a pre-determined settings combinations, or having any sort of outlier characteristics and/or data.
- the remaining 394,919 users were separated into a training dataset of 237,095 users (60.04%), a validation dataset of 59,235 users (15%), and a test dataset of 98,589 users (24.96%).
- the settings/parameters that were to be determined by the model included a Soft Response Mode setting, a Ramp Mode setting, a Ramp Time setting, an EPR Mode setting, and an EPR Level setting.
- the Soft Response Mode setting is either On or Off, and when On, allows for the pressure to increase more gradually in response to respiratory events.
- the Ramp Mode setting is On, Off, or Auto. When On or Auto, the respiratory therapy system begins therapy at a lower pressure at the beginning of the sleep session and gradually increases the therapy to a prescribed therapeutic level, either over a fixed period or upon detection of sleep onset. When the Ramp Mode is On, the pressure increases over a period of time governed by the Ramp Time setting.
- the Ramp Time setting is not applicable (NA) and the respiratory therapy system autonomously determines when to increase the pressure based on detected sleep onset.
- the EPRMode setting is Off, Ramp Only, or Full Time, and determines when exhalation pressure relief is applied.
- the EPR Level setting specifies the magnitude of exhalation pressure relief, and is 1 cmEEO, 2 cmEEO, 3, cmEEO, or not applicable (NA) if the EPR Mode setting is Off.
- Compliance was based on the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) compliance criteria, which defines a user as compliant if they use the respiratory therapy system for at least 4 hours per night on at least 70% of the nights during any consecutive 30-day period within the first 90 days of use of the respiratory therapy system. Compliance was assessed using a device-reported CMS compliance flag. Secondary outcomes included average usage duration (in minutes) and average number of days with any recorded device use during the first 90 days of therapy.
- CMS U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
- the causal diagram 900 in FIG. 9 was constructed to visually represent the hypothesized relationships between comfort settings (treatment), user CMS compliance (outcome), and user input features (covariates).
- the causal diagram 900 allowed potential confounding variables (e.g., age, gender, OSA severity, mask type, pressure settings) to be explicitly defined, which are factors that may influence both the assigned comfort settings and the likelihood of CMS compliance.
- This structured representation informed variable selection and guided adjustment strategies to ensure that the causal estimates were not biased by backdoor paths (non-causal associations due to confounding).
- the Average Treatment Effect (ATE) at the group level was estimated using standard covariate adjustment methods (e.g., regression-based or propensity-based methods).
- ATE Average Treatment Effect
- DML Double Machine Learning
- Causal Forests was developed to estimate the Conditional Average Treatment Effect (CATE) at the individual user level, enabling personalized comfort setting recommendations tailored to each user’s baseline profile. This dual approach allowed for the assessment of both population-wide impact and individualized benefit of comfort personalization.
- the DML framework with causal forest model used as the final estimator for the CATE allows for the estimation of heterogeneous treatment effects while adjusting for observed confounders, supporting individualized treatment decisions.
- the set of models used to generate the initial and final parameter values include a treatment model (to predict treatment assignment using user input features), an outcome model (to predict outcome using user input features), and a final model (to predict treatment effect using user input features).
- Residuals from the treatment and outcome models were determined and were passed into the final model, which learned how treatment affects vary across different populations using tree-based splits to detect treatment heterogeneity, estimating an individualized CATE for each user across all possible settings combinations. For each user, the settings combination with the highest predicted probability of compliance was selected as the recommended combination.
- the models were evaluated on the held-out test dataset by comparing outcomes (e.g., compliance) between (i) a treatment group that included users whose actual settings combinations matched the model’s recommended settings combinations, and (ii) a control group that includes users whose actual settings combinations did not match the model’s recommended settings combinations.
- outcomes e.g., compliance
- the two groups were matched using propensity score matching (PSM) based on all baseline user covariates. This evaluation approximated the effect of following the model’s recommendations in a real -world setting in comparison to default-settings.
- PSM propensity score matching
- Table 4 shows the user characteristics for the overall dataset, and broken down for the training dataset, the validation dataset, and the test dataset. Comparative analyses of covariates across the three subsets revealed no significant differences.
- Table 5 shows a summary of the estimated average treatment effects (ATE).
- the treatment group included 5,875 users whose actual settings aligned with model recommendations, while the control group included 5,339 users who remained on default settings despite receiving an alternative recommendation.
- the estimated ATE indicated a ⁇ 4% increase in compliance among users who followed the model's recommendations.
- these users used their devices for ⁇ 12 minutes more per night compared to those who remained on default settings.
- FIG. 10 shows a SHAP (Shapley additive explanations) summary plot of input importance across the predicted combination of settings in the test dataset, which was used to visualize the contribution of individual inputs to the model’s predicted settings combination on the test dataset.
- the top three features were minimum pressure, starting pressure, and age group, which consistently showed the highest impact across users, highlighting their importance in differentiating between settings combinations.
- the minimum pressure has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.1
- the starting pressure has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.06
- the age group has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.03.
- FIGS. 11A and 11B are SHAP force plots showing input contributions toward the predicted combination of settings for two different users.
- the user had a severe baseline AHI (>30), a daytime sleepiness level of “Very,” and an elevated minimum pressure of 9.0 cndHFO.
- the model recommended enabling the Soft Response to allow increases during respiratory events, helping maintain sleep continuity despite the higher pressure.
- Ramp Mode was recommended to be turned off, so that therapy begins immediately at the prescribed pressure, supporting rapid and sustained intervention for severe OSA.
- EPR is set to Full Time with a moderate relief level of 2, enhancing comfort during exhalation and reducing potential discomfort from high inhalation pressure. Overall, the recommended settings appear to optimize both efficacy and user tolerability.
- the user had a minimal baseline AHI ( ⁇ 5), was of a younger age ( ⁇ 45), and had a low starting and minimum pressure (4.0 cmH20).
- Soft Response is disabled, as gradual pressure increases are unnecessary at the lowest therapeutic pressure of 4.
- Ramp Mode is also turned off, allowing therapy to begin immediately at the prescribed pressure, which is more appropriate for a younger user.
- EPR is not enabled, and EPR Level is not applicable, as the low pressure may not present significant exhalation effort that would require relief. Additionally, the use of a home-based diagnostic path contributed to more conservative settings.
- FIGS. 12A-12C The distribution of CATE estimates from the final model is plotted in FIGS. 12A-12C across key input subgroups to visualize how treatment effects vary among age, gender, and baseline AHI, providing insights into subgroup-specific causal impacts.
- FIG. 12A shows the distribution of CATE estimates across the three age groups: ⁇ 45, 45-60, and >60.
- FIG. 12B shows the distribution of CATE estimates across the three gender groups: male, female, and prefer not to say.
- FIG. 12C shows the distribution of CATE estimates across the five baseline AHI groups: unknown, minimum, mild, moderate, and severe. Overlaps observed between the distributions of different subgroups suggest that the estimated treatment effects are not markedly distinct, indicating that broadly similar causal impacts are experienced across the key subgroups.
- FIG. 13 shows a heatmap of the maximum standardized mean differences (SMD) between any two of the inputs for each pair of different settings combinations in the test dataset when evaluating the treatment model.
- SMD maximum standardized mean differences
- FIG. 14A shows a calibration plot for the outcome model.
- the outcome model s predictions of outcomes based on the user input data in the test dataset generally matches the predictions of a perfectly calibrated model.
- FIG. 14B shows a calibration curve for the outcome model with an expected calibration error of about 0.91% across all predicted probabilities in the test dataset, indicating good model calibration.
- the outcome model has an ECE of between about 0.8% and about 1.0%.
- outcome models trained in this manner may have an ECE of less than about 1.5%.
- BPL linear predictor
- This example demonstrates that applying a causal machine learning framework to personalize respiratory therapy system settings improves users’ compliance and usage.
- model-recommended configurations of settings outperformed device default settings, showing that precision adjustments based on individual characteristics can lead to better outcomes.
- the method goes beyond prediction task where the objective is not just to identify who is likely to fail the therapy, but to determine what comfort settings would most improve the likelihood of compliance for a given user.
- this approach estimates counterfactual outcomes enabling actionable recommendations grounded in causal reasoning.
- a key strength of this example is the clinical transparency of the model’s recommendations.
- the most influential factors guiding personalized comfort configurations are well aligned with how clinicians typically approach PAP therapy. For example, users initiated at higher minimum pressures were frequently recommended settings that improved exhalation comfort, such as enabling Expiratory Pressure Relief (EPR). Likewise, a lower ramp start pressure was more commonly recommended for users struggling with initial pressure tolerance, supporting easier sleep onset. Age also emerged as a consistent driver, with older users more often receiving comfort-enhancing settings, potentially reflecting differences in pressure sensitivity or sleep physiology.
- SHapley Additive Explanations were employed to analyze model behavior at both the group and individual levels.
- SHAP summary plots confirmed that clinically relevant features consistently influenced recommendations across the test population.
- Individual -level force plots provided further transparency, showing how specific features contributed to a user’s recommended setting.
- This interpretability is essential for clinical adoption, as it builds trust in model-guided recommendations and supports their use in real-world PAP therapy workflows.
- the model could be implemented as a clinical decision support tool during device setup, assisting clinicians or respiratory therapists in selecting comfort settings tailored to each user’s characteristics.
- the algorithm could be embedded within PAP device firmware or integrated into companion software platforms, enabling automated, personalized configuration during initial therapy initiation or remotely during early follow-up.
- a key advantage of this intervention is its scalability. It leverages features already available on most devices and does not require additional hardware, sensors, or user-facing tools. As a result, it is cost-effective, easy to implement, and applicable in both high- and low- touch care environments. Broad adoption could streamline setup processes, reduce early therapy dropout, enhance user comfort and satisfaction, and ultimately ease the workload for clinical teams managing adherence issues. By enabling data-driven personalization at scale, this model supports a more proactive and user-centered approach to OSA therapy.
- FIGS. 15-19B show a second example of double machine learning techniques to train models to generate the initial and final parameter values.
- FIG. 15 shows a causal diagram 1500 used in this example, which illustrates the relationship between specific inputs, and how the inputs affect the combination of settings that is used, and whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied.
- this example includes six inputs 1502A- 1502F that affect both the settings combination output 1504 and the compliance result 1506: an age input 1502A (e.g., the age of the user, the age group the user falls in, etc.); a mask type input 1502B (e.g., the type of mask the user wears and/or will wear); a gender input 1502C (e.g., the gender of the user); a baseline AHI input 1502D (e.g., the baseline AHI of the user, the baseline AHI group the user falls in, etc.); a daytime sleepiness level input 1502E (e.g., a characterization of the user’s level of daytime sleepiness prior to starting therapy, such as a qualification or a quantification); and a BMI input 1502F.
- an age input 1502A e.g., the age of the user, the age group the user falls in, etc.
- a mask type input 1502B e.g., the type of mask the user wears and
- the age input 1502A in this example is less than 45, between 45 and 60, or greater than 60.
- the mask type input 1502B in this example is nasal, nasal pillows, or full-face.
- the gender input 1502C in this example is user-reported, and is “Male,” “Female,” or “Prefer not to say.”
- the baseline AHI input 1502D in this example is minimum (less than 5), mild (between 5 and 15), moderate (between 15 and 30), severe (greater than 30), or unknown.
- the daytime sleepiness level input 1502E in this example is user-reported, and is “Not at all,” “Slightly,” “Moderately,” “Very,” “Extremely,” or “Unknown.”
- the BMI input 1502F in this example is “Normal,” “Overweight,” “Obese Class I”, “Obese Class II,” or “Obese Class III.”
- arrows extends from each of these inputs 1502A-1502F toward both the settings combination output 1504 and the compliance result 1506, indicating that each of them affects both the settings combination output 1504 and the compliance result 1506.
- arrows extend from the BMI input 1502F to both the baseline AHI input 1502D and the daytime sleepiness level input 1502E, indicating that the BMI input 1502F affects the values of those two inputs.
- the causal diagram 1500 further includes two inputs that affect the compliance result 1506, but not the settings combination output 1504. These inputs include a Reason for Therapy input 1508 A and a Humidifier Type input 1508B.
- the Reason for Therapy input 1508 A in this example is “Daytime Sleepiness,” “Restless Sleep,” “Other Sleep Issue,” “Partner Concerned,” “Other Health Risk,” and “Other.” These inputs 1508 A and 1508B are not inputs into determining the setting combination output 1504, but do still determine/affect the compliance result 1506.
- a training dataset of 99,914 users was used to train the models.
- the settings/parameters that were to be determined by the model included a minimum pressure and a maximum pressure.
- the analysis in this example was limited to 10 predefined combinations of minimum pressure and maximum pressure.
- Compliance was based on the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) compliance criteria, which defines a user as compliant if they use the respiratory therapy system for at least 4 hours per night on at least 70% of the nights during any consecutive 30-day period within the first 90 days of use of the respiratory therapy system. Compliance was assessed using a device-reported CMS compliance flag.
- CMS Medicare and Medicaid Services
- the DML framework with causal forest model used as the final estimator for the CATE allows for the estimation of heterogeneous treatment effects while adjusting for observed confounders, supporting individualized treatment decisions.
- the set of models used to generate the initial and final parameter values include a treatment model (to predict treatment assignment using user input features), an outcome model (to predict outcome using user input features), and a final model (to predict treatment effect using user input features). Residuals from the treatment and outcome models were determined and were passed into the final model, which learned how treatment affects vary across different populations using tree-based splits to detect treatment heterogeneity, estimating an individualized CATE for each user across all possible settings combinations. For each user, the settings combination with the highest predicted probability of compliance was selected as the recommended combination.
- FIG. 16 shows the distribution of propensity scores determined by the treatment model on a test dataset of users. As shown, the propensity score distribution shows strong overlap, indicating that the covariates were well balanced.
- FIG. 17A shows a calibration plot for the outcome model. As shown, the outcome model’s predictions of outcomes based on the user input data in the test dataset generally matches the predictions of a perfectly calibrated model.
- FIG. 17B shows a calibration curve for the outcome model with an expected calibration error of about 0.97% across all predicted probabilities in the test dataset, indicating good model calibration. In general, outcome models trained in this manner may have an ECE of less than about 1.5%.
- Table 7 shows the classification report for the outcome model on the test dataset, where a 0 indicates the outcome model predicting that a user in the test dataset did not satisfy the compliance threshold (e.g., predicting that the probability of compliance was less than or equal to 0.5), and a 1 indicates the outcome model predicting that a user in the test dataset did satisfy the compliance threshold (e.g., predicting that the probability of compliance was greater than or equal to 0.5).
- outcome models trained in this manner may have an ECE of less than about 1.5%.
- the final model to predict the conditional average treatment effect was trained using the propensity model and the outcome model and tuned based on out-of-sample R-score performance. It trains small forests having a size of 100 trees on a grid of parameters and tests the out of sample R-score. The best treatment is defined as the treatment that has the maximum predicted CATE by the model.
- the model was applied to the test data to determine the optimal treatment for each patient.
- the most common treatment combination was 5.0_12.0, assigned to 46% of patients, followed by 5.0 15.0-16.0 cmEEO, assigned to 39%. Other combinations, such as 6.0_12.0 (8.1%) and 8.0_17.0-20.0 (5.5%), were less frequent, while the remaining combinations were assigned to less than 1% of patients.
- FIG. 18A shows a SHAP summary plot of input importance across the predicted combination of settings (e.g., predicted combinations of minimum pressure and maximum pressure) in the test dataset, which was used to visualize the contribution of individual inputs to the model’s predicted settings combination on the test dataset.
- FIG. 18B shows a SHAP summary plot comparing the importance of each input to each of the individual settings combinations.
- the top four features were mask type (mean shape value of at least 0.03), daytime sleepiness (mean SHAP value of at least 0.03), BMI (mean SHAP value of at least 0.02), and AHI (mean SHAPE value of at least 0.02) which consistently showed the highest impact across users, highlighting their importance in differentiating between settings combinations.
- FIGS. 19A and 19B are SHAP force plots showing input contributions toward the predicted combination of settings for two different users.
- the user had a minimum baseline AHI, a mask type of nasal pillows, and a BMI of normal, which all had the strongest positive influence, pushing the model toward recommending 5.0 12.0 as the best treatment.
- the user also had a Daytime Sleepiness of “Very,” pulling the prediction of the model in the opposite direction. Despite the negative pull, the net effect leads to a final score supporting 5.0 12.0 as the optimal treatment for this patient.
- FIG. 19 A the user had a minimum baseline AHI, a mask type of nasal pillows, and a BMI of normal, which all had the strongest positive influence, pushing the model toward recommending 5.0 12.0 as the best treatment.
- the user also had a Daytime Sleepiness of “Very,” pulling the prediction of the model in the opposite direction. Despite the negative pull, the net effect leads to a final score supporting 5.0 12.0 as the optimal treatment for this patient.
- FIG. 19 A the user
- the user had a mild baseline AHI, a Daytime Sleepiness of “Not At All,” and a BMI of Obese Class III, which all had the strongest positive influence, pushing the model toward recommending 8.0 17.0-20.0 as the best treatment.
- the user did not have any inputs exerting a strong pull in the opposite direction.
- the first case compares a doctor’s decision that agrees with the model’s recommendation against the default settings.
- the second case compares a doctor’s decision that agrees with the model’s recommendation to a doctor’s decision that disagrees with the model’s decision but includes the default settings.
- the third case compares a doctor’s decision agreeing with the model’s recommendation to a doctor’s decision disagreeing with the model’s recommendation.
- the model has a positive impact with a lift of at least 3%.
- any suitable machine learning techniques can be used to generate the initial parameter values in step 720 and the recommended parameter values in step 740.
- the first model and the second model are the same type of model and/or utilize the same techniques, and generally only differ in whether the input data includes usage data from the period where the initial parameter values were used.
- the first and second models could both be multi-stage models utilizing doubly robust learner techniques, double machine learning techniques, and/or any other suitable machine learning techniques.
- the first model and the second model are different types of models and/or utilize different types of machine learning techniques.
- the first model could be a multi-stage model utilizing doubly robust learner techniques while the second model is a model utilizing double machine learning techniques (or vice-versa).
- the first and second models can both be single-stage models (the same model or different models), could both be multi-stage models (the same type of multi-stage model or different types of multi-stage models), or one of the first and second model can be a single-stage model while the other is a multi-stage model.
- final models trained and implemented according to the double machine learning techniques discussed herein identify values (initial and/or recommended) of the plurality of parameters that increase the probability of a user satisfying the threshold for the use metric by between about 3% and about 10% compared to default values.
- FIG. 20 includes two plots showing one implementation of method 700, according to aspects of the present disclosure.
- the left side plot 2002A shows the use of a respiratory therapy system with an initial value of the EPR setting.
- Plot 2002A shows a respiratory flow signal 2004, an inspiration pressure signal 2006A, and an expiration pressure signal 2008A.
- the pressure of the pressurized air during inspiration e.g., when the respiratory flow signal 2004 is increasing or when the slope of the respiratory flow signal 2004 is positive
- the pressure of the pressurized air during expiration e.g., when the respiratory flow signal 2004 is decreasing or when the slope of the respiratory flow signal 2004 is negative.
- This difference in pressures can be seen by comparing the inspiration pressure signal 2006A and the expiration pressure signal 2008A.
- the lower pressure during expiration as compared to inspiration is designed to provide a more comfortable experience to the user.
- the right side plot 2002B shows the result of the changing the value of the EPR setting to its recommended value, for example using the techniques of method 700.
- Plot 2002B includes the same respiratory flow signal 2004 as the left side plot 2002A, an inspiration pressure signal 2006B, and an expiration pressure signal 2008B.
- the value of the expiration pressure signal 2008B has been modified to be less than the value of the expiration pressure signal 2008A, resulting in a lower pressure during expiration. This greater difference in pressures between the inspiration pressure signal 2006B and the expiration pressure signal 2008B may be more comfortable for the user — even if it is less effective at mitigating events during the sleep session — and may result in increased user compliance with the respiratory therapy system.
- the inspiration pressure signals 2006A and 2006B generally have the same value.
- the pressure of the pressurized air during inspiration is generally the same in both cases.
- the recommended value of the EPR setting could include a change in the value of the inspiration pressure, in addition to or as an alternative to the change in the value of the expiration pressure.
- the inspiration pressure signal 2006B in plot 2002B could in some implementations be higher or lower than that shown in FIG. 20.
- FIG. 20 shows plots illustrating the result of the recommended value of the EPR setting being different than the initial value
- any parameter related to the use of the respiratory therapy system can have its value changed using the techniques of method 700.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are used herein to illustrate implementations of method 500
- modifications of the values of a pressure ramp setting according to method 700 can result in similar changes as those shown in FIGS. 6 A and 6B.
- FIG. 200 shows an example of an interface of a user device 2100 being used to transmit recommended values to the user and/or the user’s care provider, and to provide the user with an option to accept or decline the recommended values.
- the user device 2100 is a smart phone.
- any type of user device (tablet computer, laptop computer, smartwatch, etc.) can be used to present the user with the recommended values.
- the recommended values can also be presented on an application interface of the respiratory therapy device of the respiratory therapy system.
- the user device 2100 shows a table with initial values for the parameters in questions.
- the table includes cells 2102A, 2102B, and 2102C that show the name of the parameters in questions, and cells 2104A, 2104B, and 2104C that show the initial value of each of the parameters.
- the generic names “Parameter 1,” “Parameter 2,” and “Parameter 3” are used to show the parameters being modified, and the generic initial values “Valueii,” “Value2i,” and “Values;” are used to show the initial values of the parameters.
- the user device 2100 shows an additional table with the recommended values for the parameters to be modified.
- This table includes cells 2106A, 2106B, and 2106C that show the names of the parameters, and cells 2108 A, 2108B, and 2108C that show the recommended values of the parameters.
- the generic names are used to show the parameters being modified, and the generic recommended values “Valuer,” “Value2r,” and “Valuesr” are used to show the recommended values of the parameters.
- the recommended values are generated using method 700.
- the recommended values can be generated based on usage data of the respiratory therapy system (which may include subjective user input) and the user profile to which the user has been matched.
- the user device 2100 finally shows the words “Accept Changes? above three user- selectable icons 2110A, 2110B, and 2110C.
- User-selectable icon 2110A includes the text “Yes,” and can be selected by the user to accept the recommended values and use the recommended values during one or more subsequent sleep sessions.
- User-selectable icon 2110B includes the text “No,” and can be selected by the user to decline the recommended values and continue to use the initial values during one or more subsequent sleep sessions.
- User-selectable icon 21 IOC includes the text “Suggest Changes,” and can be selected by the user if the user wishes to modify the recommended values in some manner.
- the application interface in response to the user selecting icon 21 IOC, allows the users to directly input the user’s preferred values via an interactive text box.
- the application interface allows the user to increase or decrease the recommended values, for example by displaying user-selectable icons corresponding to an increase and a decrease.
- the application interface instead of showing user-selectable icon 21 IOC, shows an interactive text box and/or the increase and decrease icons.
- the recommended values for the parameters can be transmitted directly to the user and/or the user’s care provider after they are generated.
- the parameters being modified include a specific combination of two or more parameters that are associated with and/or impact (directly or indirectly) the comfort level of the user.
- the parameters being modified include any two or more parameters selected from at least the following list: (i) a pressure ramp setting of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) an event response setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iii) an expiratory pressure relief (EPR) setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iv) a temperature of pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, (v) a humidity of the pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, (vi) a minimum pressure, and (vii) a maximum pressure.
- the parameters being modified are the pressure ramp setting, the EPR setting, and the humidity of the pressurized air.
- the parameters being modified are the minimum pressure and the maximum pressure.
- the parameters being modified are the event response setting (with a value of On or Off), the ramp mode setting (with a value of On, Off, or Auto), the ramp duration setting (which has a value of NA if the ramp mode setting has a value of Off or Auto), the EPR mode setting (with a value of Off, Ramp Only, or Full Time), and the EPR level setting (with a value of 1, 2, or 3).
- the parameters being modified are the minimum pressure and the maximum pressure.
- the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) a type of sleep test undergone by the user, (iv) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (v) a type of user interface worn by the user, (vi) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vii) a prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, (viii) a prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for by the user, or (ix) any combination thereof; and the parameters being modified are the event response setting (with a value of On or Off), the ramp mode setting (with a value of On, Off, or Auto), the ramp mode duration setting (which has a value of NA if the ramp mode setting has a value of Off or Auto), the EPR mode setting (with a value of Off, Ramp Only, or Full Time), and the EPR level setting (with a value of 1, 2, or 3).
- the event response setting with a
- the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (iv) a type of user interface worn by the user, (v) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vi) a BMI of the user, or (vii) any combination thereof; and the parameters being modified are the minimum pressure and the maximum pressure.
- AHI Apnea-Hypopnea Index
- the combination of two or more parameters is selected based on the likelihood of success of the recommended values, weighted based on the user profile that the user is matched into. In other implementations, the combination of two or more parameters is selected based on balancing the effect of each of the parameters on the comfort of the user that belongs to a particular user profile. In general, the combination of two or more parameters may be selected or customized based on any requirements, such as improving the user’s compliance with a prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system, increasing the user’s comfort level, or other requirements.
- the recommended values of the one or more parameters are the values of the parameters that are estimated to improve and/or maximize compliance, however compliance is designed. However, the recommended values of the parameters can also be values that are estimated to affect other variables as well. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to improve and/or maximize a self-reported comfort score from the user. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the amount of time spent at or below a certain pressure while still achieving a target AHI. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the probability that the user will continue to use the respiratory therapy system after a trial period of using the respiratory therapy system.
- the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the number of days (or sleep sessions) that the user will use the respiratory therapy system within a certain time period. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the amount of time the user will use the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to decrease and/or minimize the number of disruptions to the use of the respiratory therapy system (such as the user removing the user interface, the user interface inadvertently being removed, the respiratory therapy device becoming disconnected, the conduit becoming disconnected, the user interface becoming disconnected, some other component becoming disconnected, etc.). In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to decrease and/or minimize the number of user interface on-off events during the sleep session.
- the recommended parameter values are the values having the highest probability (or estimated to have the highest probability) of resulting in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system.
- the use metric is generally any metric that can be used to measure the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system.
- the use metric could be the compliance with a prescribed plan of use of the respiratory therapy system, in which case satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes satisfying the minimum requirements of the prescribed plan of use of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., using the respiratory therapy system at least x hours per sleep session, using the respiratory therapy system for at least y sleep sessions within the first z months of use, etc.).
- satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes achieving at least a minimum acceptable value for some metric (e.g., achieving some minimum average amount of time spent using the respiratory therapy system per sleep session). In further cases, satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes not exceeding a maximum acceptable value for some metric (e.g., not exceeding a maximum average number of events per sleep session).
- the first model is trained to determine, for each distinct combination of initial parameter values (where each distinct combination can be said to constitute and/or correspond to a user profile), the probability that that combination will result in the user satisfying the threshold for a use metric during the first period of time. This determination can be based at least in part on the user data, e.g., the first model can be trained to determine how each combination of initial parameter values will impact the usage of a user that corresponds to the user data. The first model can then select the combination of initial parameter values (e.g., one of the user profiles) that has the highest probability among all of the possible combinations of initial parameter values.
- the second model is trained to generate the recommended parameter values based on the user data and/or the usage data (which may include information on how the user used the respiratory therapy system with the selected combination of initial parameter values (e.g., the selected user profile)). For example, based on the user data and/or the usage data, the second model may determine, for respective combination of recommended parameter values, the probability that the respective combination of recommended parameter values will result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric during the second time period. The combination of recommended parameter values with the highest probability can then be selected (e.g., the parameter values can be modified from the initial parameter values to the recommended parameter values).
- the selected combination of recommended parameter values maximizes the probability that the user will satisfy the threshold for the use metric during the second time period. In some cases, the selected combination of recommended parameter values will increase the probability that the threshold for the use metric will be satisfied during the second period of time as compared to the first period of time.
- method 700 can also include selecting the parameters to be optimized. For example, during the first period of time, the respiratory therapy system can be used while a plurality of parameters each have an initial value. After the first period of time one or more of these parameters can be selected to have their values modified, and the recommended values for those selected parameters can be generated. The selection of the parameters to modify and the generation of the recommendation can be based at least in part on usage data and/or the user profile to which the user has been matched.
- methods 500 and 700 can be implemented using a system having a control system with one or more processors, and a memory device storing machine readable instructions.
- the control system can be coupled to the memory device, and methods 500 and 700 can be implemented when the machine readable instructions are executed by at least one of the processors of the control system.
- Methods 500 and 700 can also be implemented using a computer program product (such as a non-transitory computer readable medium) comprising instructions that when executed by a computer, cause the computer to carry out the steps of methods 500 and 700.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Primary Health Care (AREA)
- Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
A method of optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system includes receiving data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system, determining an initial value of each of the parameters based at least in part on the received data, receiving usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system when each of the parameters has its initial value, and generating a recommended value of each of the parameters for later use of the respiratory therapy system based at least in part on the received data and the received usage data. In some examples, multi-stage models using doubly robust learner techniques or double machine learning techniques are used to generate the initial and final parameter values by estimating the probability that the user would satisfy a compliance metric using different combinations of parameter values.
Description
SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OPTIMIZING PARAMETERS OF A RESPIRATORY THERAPY SYSTEM
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of, and priority to, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/713,457 filed on October 29, 2024, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/651,846 filed on May 24, 2024, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system, and more particularly, to systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system based at least in part on user-associated data and usage data.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Many individuals suffer from sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders such as, for example, Sleep-Disordered Breathing (SDB), which can include Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA), Central Sleep Apnea (CSA), other types of apneas such as mixed apneas and hypopneas, and Respiratory Effort Related Arousal (RERA). These individuals may also suffer from other health conditions (which may be referred to as comorbidities), such as insomnia (characterized by, for example, difficult in initiating sleep, frequent or prolonged awakenings after initially falling asleep, and/or an early awakening with an inability to return to sleep), Periodic Limb Movement Disorder (PLMD), Restless Leg Syndrome (RLS), Cheyne-Stokes Respiration (CSR), respiratory insufficiency, Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome (OHS), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), Neuromuscular Disease (NMD), rapid eye movement (REM) behavior disorder (also referred to as RBD), dream enactment behavior (DEB), hypertension, diabetes, stroke, and chest wall disorders. These individuals are often treated using a respiratory therapy system (e.g., a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) system), which delivers pressurized air to aid in preventing the individual’s airway from narrowing or collapsing during sleep. The respiratory therapy system can include a conduit that delivers the pressurized air from a respiratory therapy device having a flow generator (e.g., a motor), to a user interface coupled to the individual’s face. In certain situations, the individual may have less than desirable compliance with the individual’s prescribed use of the respiratory
therapy system. Such lack of compliance may be caused by a variety of different factors, including the user being uncomfortable during use of the respiratory therapy system, the respiratory therapy system being less ineffective than intended in treating the individual’s disorder, etc. The present disclosure is directed to solving this and other problems.
SUMMARY
[0004] According to some implementations of the present disclosure, a method of optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system comprises receiving data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system. The method further comprises determining an initial value of each of the plurality of parameters. Each of the plurality of parameters is associated with a comfort level of the user. The determination of the initial values is based at least in part on the user data. The method further comprises receiving usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system during a first period of time. During use of the respiratory therapy system in the first period of time, each of the plurality of parameters has its initial value. The method further comprises generating a recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters for use of the respiratory therapy system during a second period of time after the first period of time. The generation of the recommended values is based at least in part on the user data and the usage data.
[0005] According to some implementations of the present disclosure, determining the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters includes inputting the user data into a first final model and receiving from the first final model a plurality of initial treatment effects for the user. Each initial treatment effect corresponds to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, and is a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
[0006] According to some implementations of the present disclosure, determining the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters includes inputting the user data into a second final model and receiving from the second final model a plurality of recommended treatment effects for the user. Each recommended treatment effect corresponds to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters, and is a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user
satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
[0007] According to some implementations of the present disclosure, a method of optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system comprises receiving user data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system; inputting at least the user data into a final model; receiving from the final model a plurality of treatment effects for the user, each treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, each treatment effect being a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric; and determining a value of each of the plurality of parameters by selecting the one distinct combination of values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters.
[0008] According to some implementations of the present disclosure, a method of training a model to optimize a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system comprises receiving a first training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data for the respective prior user, (ii) a combination of values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, and (iii) an outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for the use metric; training a treatment model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the prescribed combination of values for each respective prior user, an expected one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user; training an outcome model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the outcome indicator for each respective prior user, a compliance probability for the respective prior user; determining, for each respective prior user in the first training dataset, a plurality of treatment residuals that each correspond to a respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, the treatment residual for each respective combination being a difference between (i) the respective combination and (ii) the expected combination for the respective prior user that is generated by the treatment model; determining, for each respective prior user
in the first training dataset, an outcome residual, the outcome residual for each respective prior user being a difference between (i) the outcome indicator for the respective prior user and (ii) the compliance probability for the respective prior user that is generated by the outcome model; [0009] generating a second training dataset that includes, for each respective prior user, (i) the plurality of treatment residuals for the respective prior user, (ii) the outcome residual for the respective prior user, and (iii) the user data for the respective prior user; and training the final model using the second training dataset to determine a plurality of treatment effects for the user based at least in part on user data of the user
[0010] The above summary is not intended to represent each embodiment or every aspect of the present invention. Additional features and benefits of the present invention are apparent from the detailed description and figures set forth below.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0011] FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram of a system for detecting rainout in a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure;
[0012] FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the system of FIG. 1, a user of the system, and a bed partner of the user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure;
[0013] FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary timeline for a sleep session, according to some implementations of the present disclosure;
[0014] FIG. 4 illustrates an exemplary hypnogram associated with the sleep session of FIG. 3, according to some implementations of the present disclosure;
[0015] FIG. 5 is a process flow diagram of a method for optimizing sleep for a user of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0016] FIG. 6A is a plot of an adjusted pressure and adjusted ramp pressure, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0017] FIG. 6B is a plot of an adjusted pressure response, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0018] FIG. 7 is a process flow diagram of a method for optimizing one or more parameters of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0019] FIG. 8 is a causal diagram demonstrating how various data and settings of a respiratory therapy system influence whether compliance is achieved by a user of the respiratory therapy device, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0020] FIG. 9 is a causal diagram used in the generation of a first machine learning model trained to generate values of a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, according
to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0021] FIG. 10 is a SHAP summary plot of input features into the first machine learning model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0022] FIG. 11A is a first SHAP force plot for input features into the first machine learning model for a first user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0023] FIG. 1 IB is a second SHAP force plot for input features into the first machine learning model for a second user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0024] FIG. 12A is a distribution of CATE estimates generated by the first machine learning model for different age groups, according to some implementations of the present disclosure. [0025] FIG. 12B is a distribution of CATE estimates generated by the first machine learning model for different genders, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0026] FIG. 12C is a distribution of CATE estimates generated by the first machine learning model for different AHI groups, according to some implementations of the present disclosure. [0027] FIG. 13 is a heatmap of maximum standardized mean differences between inputs into a treatment model used to train the first machine learning model for each pair of combinations of values of the plurality of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0028] FIG. 14A is a calibration plot for an outcome model used to train the first machine learning model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0029] FIG. 14B is a calibration curve for the outcome model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0030] FIG. 15 is a causal diagram used in the generation of a second machine learning model trained to generate values of a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0031] FIG. 16 is a distribution of propensity scores determined by a treatment model used to train the second machine learning model for different combinations of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0032] FIG. 17A is a calibration plot for an outcome model used to train the second machine learning model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0033] FIG. 17B is a calibration curve for the outcome model, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0034] FIG. 18A is a SHAP summary plot of input features into the second machine learning model for each different combination of parameter values, according to some implementations
of the present disclosure.
[0035] FIG. 18B is a SHAP summary plot comparing the importance of each input for each different combination of parameter values, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0036] FIG. 19A is a first SHAP force plot for input features into the second machine learning model for a first user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0037] FIG. 19B is a second SHAP force plot for input features into the second machine learning model for a second user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure. [0038] FIG. 20 is a plot of an expiratory pressure relief setting with an initial value and a plot of the expiratory pressure relief setting with a recommended value, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0039] FIG. 21 is a user device presenting recommended values of a plurality of parameters to a user, according to some implementations of the present disclosure.
[0040] While the present disclosure is susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specific implementations and embodiments thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and will herein be described in detail. It should be understood, however, that it is not intended to limit the present disclosure to the particular forms disclosed, but on the contrary, the present disclosure is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the present disclosure as defined by the appended claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0041] The present disclosure is described with reference to the attached figures, where like reference numerals are used throughout the figures to designate similar or equivalent elements. The figures are not drawn to scale, and are provided merely to illustrate the instant disclosure. Several aspects of the disclosure are described below with reference to example applications for illustration.
[0042] Many individuals suffer from sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders. Examples of sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders include Periodic Limb Movement Disorder (PLMD), Restless Leg Syndrome (RLS), Sleep-Disordered Breathing (SDB), Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA), Central Sleep Apnea (CSA), other types of apneas, Cheyne-Stokes Respiration (CSR), respiratory insufficiency, Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome (OHS), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), Neuromuscular Disease (NMD), and chest wall disorders.
[0043] Many individuals suffer from sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders, such as Periodic Limb Movement Disorder (PLMD), Restless Leg Syndrome (RLS), Sleep-Disordered
Breathing (SDB) such as Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA), Central Sleep Apnea (CSA) and other types of apneas, Respiratory Effort Related Arousal (RERA), Cheyne-Stokes Respiration (CSR), respiratory insufficiency, Obesity Hyperventilation Syndrome (OHS), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), Neuromuscular Disease (NMD), and chest wall disorders. Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA), a form of Sleep Disordered Breathing (SDB), is characterized by events including occlusion or obstruction of the upper air passage during sleep resulting from a combination of an abnormally small upper airway and the normal loss of muscle tone in the region of the tongue, soft palate, and posterior oropharyngeal wall. Central Sleep Apnea (CSA) is another form of sleep disordered breathing. CSA results when the brain temporarily stops sending signals to the muscles that control breathing. Other types of apneas include hypopnea, hyperpnea, and hypercapnia. Hypopnea is generally characterized by slow or shallow breathing caused by a narrowed airway, as opposed to a blocked airway. Hyperpnea is generally characterized by an increase depth and/or rate of breathing. Hypercapnia is generally characterized by elevated or excessive carbon dioxide in the bloodstream, typically caused by inadequate respiration. A Respiratory Effort Related Arousal (RERA) event is typically characterized by an increased respiratory effort for ten seconds or longer leading to arousal from sleep and which does not fulfill the criteria for an apnea or hypopnea event. RERAs are defined as a sequence of breaths characterized by increasing respiratory effort leading to an arousal from sleep, but which does not meet criteria for an apnea or hypopnea. These events must fulfil both of the following criteria: (1) a pattern of progressively more negative esophageal pressure, terminated by a sudden change in pressure to a less negative level and an arousal, and (2) the event lasts ten seconds or longer. In some implementations, a Nasal Cannula/Pressure Transducer System is adequate and reliable in the detection of RERAs. A RERA detector may be based on a real flow signal derived from a respiratory therapy device. For example, a flow limitation measure may be determined based on a flow signal. A measure of arousal may then be derived as a function of the flow limitation measure and a measure of sudden increase in ventilation. One such method is described in WO 2008/138040 and U.S. Patent No. 9,358,353, assigned to ResMed Ltd., the disclosure of each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
[0044] Cheyne- Stokes Respiration (CSR) is a further form of SDB. CSR is a disorder of a patient's respiratory controller in which there are rhythmic alternating periods of waxing and waning ventilation known as CSR cycles. CSR is characterized by repetitive de-oxygenation and re-oxygenation of the arterial blood. OHS is defined as the combination of severe obesity and awake chronic hypercapnia, in the absence of other known causes for hypoventilation.
Symptoms include dyspnea, morning headache and excessive daytime sleepiness. COPD encompasses any of a group of lower airway diseases that have certain characteristics in common, such as increased resistance to air movement, extended expiratory phase of respiration, and loss of the normal elasticity of the lung. NMD encompasses many diseases and ailments that impair the functioning of the muscles either directly via intrinsic muscle pathology, or indirectly via nerve pathology. Chest wall disorders are a group of thoracic deformities that result in inefficient coupling between the respiratory muscles and the thoracic cage.
[0045] Many of these disorders are characterized by particular events (e.g., snoring, an apnea, a hypopnea, a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, or any combination thereof) that can occur when the individual is sleeping. A wide variety of types of data can be used to monitor the health of individuals having any of the above types of sleep-related and/or respiratory disorders (or other disorders).
[0046] The Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) is an index used to indicate the severity of sleep apnea during a sleep session. The AHI is calculated by dividing the number of apnea and/or hypopnea events experienced by the user during the sleep session by the total number of hours of sleep in the sleep session. The event can be, for example, a pause in breathing that lasts for at least 10 seconds. An AHI that is less than 5 is considered normal. An AHI that is greater than or equal to 5, but less than 15 is considered indicative of mild sleep apnea. An AHI that is greater than or equal to 15, but less than 30 is considered indicative of moderate sleep apnea. An AHI that is greater than or equal to 30 is considered indicative of severe sleep apnea. In children, an AHI that is greater than 1 is considered abnormal. Sleep apnea can be considered “controlled” when the AHI is normal, or when the AHI is normal or mild. The AHI can also be used in combination with oxygen desaturation levels to indicate the severity of Obstructive Sleep Apnea.
[0047] Referring to FIG. 1, a system 100, according to some implementations of the present disclosure, is illustrated. The system 100 includes a control system 110, a memory device 114, an electronic interface 119, one or more sensors 130, and optionally one or more user devices 170. In some implementations, the system 100 further includes a respiratory therapy system 120 (that includes a respiratory therapy device 122), a blood pressure device 180, an activity tracker 190, or any combination thereof. The system 100 can be used to optimize the values of one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system.
[0048] The control system 110 includes one or more processors 112 (hereinafter, processor 112). The control system 110 is generally used to control (e.g., actuate) the various components of the system 100 and/or analyze data obtained and/or generated by the components of the system 100. The processor 112 can be a general or special purpose processor or microprocessor. While one processor 112 is shown in FIG. 1, the control system 110 can include any suitable number of processors (e.g., one processor, two processors, five processors, ten processors, etc.) that can be in a single housing, or located remotely from each other. The control system 110 (or any other control system) or a portion of the control system 110 such as the processor 112 (or any other processor(s) or portion(s) of any other control system), can be used to carry out one or more steps of any of the methods described and/or claimed herein. The control system 110 can be coupled to and/or positioned within, for example, a housing of the user device 170, and/or within a housing of one or more of the sensors 130. The control system 110 can be centralized (within one such housing) or decentralized (within two or more of such housings, which are physically distinct). In such implementations including two or more housings containing the control system 110, such housings can be located proximately and/or remotely from each other.
[0049] The memory device 114 stores machine-readable instructions thereon that are executable by the processor 112 of the control system 110. The memory device 114 can be any suitable computer readable storage device or media, such as, for example, a random or serial access memory device, a hard drive, a solid state drive, a flash memory device, etc. While one memory device 114 is shown in FIG. 1, the system 100 can include any suitable number of memory devices 114 (e.g., one memory device, two memory devices, five memory devices, ten memory devices, etc.). The memory device 114 can be coupled to and/or positioned within a housing of the respiratory therapy device 122 of the respiratory therapy system 120, within a housing of the user device 170, within a housing of one or more of the sensors 130, or any combination thereof. Like the control system 110, the memory device 114 can be centralized (within one such housing) or decentralized (within two or more of such housings, which are physically distinct).
[0050] In some implementations, the memory device 114 stores a user profile associated with the user. The user profile can include, for example, demographic information associated with the user, biometric information associated with the user, medical information associated with the user, self-reported user feedback, sleep parameters associated with the user (e.g., sleep- related parameters recorded from one or more earlier sleep sessions), or any combination thereof. The demographic information can include, for example, information indicative of an
age of the user, a gender of the user, a race of the user, a family medical history (such as a family history of insomnia or sleep apnea), an employment status of the user, an educational status of the user, a socioeconomic status of the user, or any combination thereof. The medical information can include, for example, information indicative of one or more medical conditions associated with the user, medication usage by the user, or both. The medical information data can further include a fall risk assessment associated with the user (e.g., a fall risk score using the Morse fall scale), a multiple sleep latency test (MSLT) result or score and/or a Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) score or value. The self-reported user feedback can include information indicative of a self-reported subjective sleep score (e.g., poor, average, excellent), a self-reported subjective stress level of the user, a self-reported subjective fatigue level of the user, a self-reported subjective health status of the user, a recent life event experienced by the user, or any combination thereof.
[0051] The electronic interface 119 is configured to receive data (e.g., physiological data and/or acoustic data) from the one or more sensors 130 such that the data can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110. The electronic interface 119 can communicate with the one or more sensors 130 using a wired connection or a wireless connection (e.g., using an RF communication protocol, a WiFi communication protocol, a Bluetooth communication protocol, an IR communication protocol, over a cellular network, over any other optical communication protocol, etc.). The electronic interface 119 can include an antenna, a receiver (e.g., an RF receiver), a transmitter (e.g., an RF transmitter), a transceiver, or any combination thereof. The electronic interface 119 can also include one more processors and/or one more memory devices that are the same as, or similar to, the processor 112 and the memory device 114 described herein. In some implementations, the electronic interface 119 is coupled to or integrated in the user device 170. In other implementations, the electronic interface 119 is coupled to or integrated (e.g., in a housing) with the control system 110 and/or the memory device 114.
[0052] As noted above, in some implementations, the system 100 optionally includes a respiratory therapy system 120 (also referred to as a respiratory pressure therapy system). The respiratory therapy system 120 can include a respiratory therapy device 122 (also referred to as a respiratory pressure device), a user interface 124 (also referred to as a mask or a patient interface), a conduit 126 (also referred to as a tube or an air circuit), a display device 128, a humidification tank 129, a receptacle 182, or any combination thereof. In some implementations, the control system 110, the memory device 114, the display device 128, one or more of the sensors 130, the humidification tank 129, and the receptacle 182 are part of the
respiratory therapy device 122. Respiratory pressure therapy refers to the application of a supply of air to an entrance to a user’s airways at a controlled target pressure that is nominally positive with respect to atmosphere throughout the user’s breathing cycle (e.g., in contrast to negative pressure therapies such as the tank ventilator or cuirass). The respiratory therapy system 120 is generally used to treat individuals suffering from one or more sleep-related respiratory disorders (e.g., obstructive sleep apnea, central sleep apnea, or mixed sleep apnea), other respiratory disorders such as COPD, or other disorders leading to respiratory insufficiency, that may manifest either during sleep or wakefulness.
[0053] The respiratory therapy device 122 is generally used to generate pressurized air that is delivered to a user (e.g., using one or more motors (such as a blower motor) that drive one or more compressors). In some implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 generates continuous constant air pressure that is delivered to the user. In other implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 generates two or more predetermined pressures (e.g., a first predetermined air pressure and a second predetermined air pressure). In still other implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 is configured to generate a variety of different air pressures within a predetermined range. For example, the respiratory therapy device 122 can deliver at least about 6 cm H2O, at least about 10 cm H2O, at least about 20 cm H2O, between about 6 cm H2O and about 10 cm H2O, between about 7 cm H2O and about 12 cm H2O, etc. The respiratory therapy device 122 can also deliver pressurized air at a predetermined flow rate between, for example, about -20 L/min and about 150 L/min, while maintaining a positive pressure (relative to the ambient pressure). In some implementations, the control system 110, the memory device 114, the electronic interface 119, or any combination thereof can be coupled to and/or positioned within a housing of the respiratory therapy device 122.
[0054] The user interface 124 engages a portion of the user’s face and delivers pressurized air from the respiratory therapy device 122 to the user’s airway to aid in preventing the airway from narrowing and/or collapsing during sleep. This may also increase the user’s oxygen intake during sleep. Depending upon the therapy to be applied, the user interface 124 may form a seal, for example, with a region or portion of the user’s face, to facilitate the delivery of gas at a pressure at sufficient variance with ambient pressure to effect therapy, for example, at a positive pressure of about 10 cm H2O relative to ambient pressure. For other forms of therapy, such as the delivery of oxygen, the user interface may not include a seal sufficient to facilitate delivery to the airways of a supply of gas at a positive pressure of about 10 crnFfcO.
[0055] In some implementations, the user interface 124 is or includes a facial mask that covers the nose and mouth of the user (as shown, for example, in FIG. 2). Alternatively, the user interface 124 is or includes a nasal mask that provides air to the nose of the user or a nasal pillow mask that delivers air directly to the nostrils of the user. The user interface 124 can include a strap assembly that has a plurality of straps (e.g., including hook and loop fasteners) for positioning and/or stabilizing the user interface 124 on a portion of the user interface 124 on a desired location of the user (e.g., the face), and a conformal cushion (e.g., silicone, plastic, foam, etc.) that aids in providing an air-tight seal between the user interface 124 and the user. In some implementations, the user interface 124 may include a connector 127 and one or more vents 125. The one or more vents 125 can be used to permit the escape of carbon dioxide and other gases exhaled by the user. In other implementations, the user interface 124 includes a mouthpiece (e.g., a night guard mouthpiece molded to conform to the user’s teeth, a mandibular repositioning device, etc.). In some implementations, the connector 127 is distinct from, but couplable to, the user interface 124 (and/or conduit 126). The connector 127 is configured to connect and fluidly couple the user interface 124 to the conduit 126.
[0056] The conduit 126 allows the flow of air between two components of a respiratory therapy system 120, such as the respiratory therapy device 122 and the user interface 124. In some implementations, there can be separate limbs of the conduit for inhalation and exhalation. In other implementations, a single limb conduit is used for both inhalation and exhalation. Generally, the respiratory therapy system 120 forms an air pathway that extends between a motor of the respiratory therapy device 122 and the user and/or the user’s airway. Thus, the air pathway generally includes at least a motor of the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, and the conduit 126.
[0057] One or more of the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the display device 128, and the humidification tank 129 can contain one or more sensors (e.g., a pressure sensor, a flow rate sensor, or more generally any of the other sensors 130 described herein). These one or more sensors can be used, for example, to measure the air pressure and/or flow rate of pressurized air supplied by the respiratory therapy device 122.
[0058] The display device 128 is generally used to display image(s) including still images, video images, or both and/or information regarding the respiratory therapy device 122. For example, the display device 128 can provide information regarding the status of the respiratory therapy device 122 (e.g., whether the respiratory therapy device 122 is on/off, the pressure of the air being delivered by the respiratory therapy device 122, the temperature of the air being delivered by the respiratory therapy device 122, etc.) and/or other information (e.g., a sleep
score or a therapy score (such as a my Air® score, such as described in WO 2016/061629 and US 2017/0311879, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety), the current date/time, personal information for the user, a questionnaire for the user, etc.). In some implementations, the display device 128 acts as a human-machine interface (HMI) that includes a graphic user interface (GUI) configured to display the image(s) as an input interface. The display device 128 can be an LED display, an OLED display, an LCD display, or the like. The input interface can be, for example, a touchscreen or touch-sensitive substrate, a mouse, a keyboard, or any sensor system configured to sense inputs made by a human user interacting with the respiratory therapy device 122.
[0059] The humidification tank 129 is coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122 and includes a reservoir of water that can be used to humidify the pressurized air delivered from the respiratory therapy device 122. The respiratory therapy device 122 can include a heater to heat the water in the humidification tank 129 in order to humidify the pressurized air provided to the user. Additionally, in some implementations, the conduit 126 can also include a heating element (e.g., coupled to and/or imbedded in the conduit 126) that heats the pressurized air delivered to the user. The humidification tank 129 can be fluidly coupled to a water vapor inlet of the air pathway and deliver water vapor into the air pathway via the water vapor inlet, or can be formed in-line with the air pathway as part of the air pathway itself. In other implementations, the respiratory therapy device 122 or the conduit 126 can include a waterless humidifier. The waterless humidifier can incorporate sensors that interface with other sensor positioned elsewhere in system 100.
[0060] In some implementations, the system 100 can be used to deliver at least a portion of a substance from the receptacle 182 to the air pathway of the user based at least in part on the physiological data, the sleep-related parameters, other data or information, or any combination thereof. Generally, modifying the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway can include (i) initiating the delivery of the substance into the air pathway, (ii) ending the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway, (iii) modifying an amount of the substance delivered into the air pathway, (iv) modifying a temporal characteristic of the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway, (v) modifying a quantitative characteristic of the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway, (vi) modifying any parameter associated with the delivery of the substance into the air pathway, or (vii) a combination of (i)-(vi).
[0061] Modifying the temporal characteristic of the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway can include changing the rate at which the substance is delivered, starting
and/or finishing at different times, continuing for different time periods, changing the time distribution or characteristics of the delivery, changing the amount distribution independently of the time distribution, etc. The independent time and amount variation ensures that, apart from varying the frequency of the release of the substance, one can vary the amount of substance released each time. In this manner, a number of different combination of release frequencies and release amounts (e.g., higher frequency but lower release amount, higher frequency and higher amount, lower frequency and higher amount, lower frequency and lower amount, etc.) can be achieved. Other modifications to the delivery of the portion of the substance into the air pathway can also be utilized.
[0062] The respiratory therapy system 120 can be used, for example, as a ventilator or a positive airway pressure (PAP) system, such as a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) system, an automatic positive airway pressure system (APAP), a bi-level or variable positive airway pressure system (BPAP or VPAP), or any combination thereof. The CPAP system delivers a predetermined air pressure (e.g., determined by a sleep physician) to the user. The APAP system automatically varies the air pressure delivered to the user based at least in part on, for example, respiration data associated with the user. The BPAP or VPAP system is configured to deliver a first predetermined pressure (e.g., an inspiratory positive airway pressure or IPAP) and a second predetermined pressure (e.g., an expiratory positive airway pressure or EPAP) that is lower than the first predetermined pressure.
[0063] Referring to FIG. 2, a portion of the system 100 (FIG. 1), according to some implementations, is illustrated. A user 210 of the respiratory therapy system 120 and a bed partner 220 are located in a bed 230 and are laying on a mattress 232. The user interface 124 (e.g., a full facial mask) can be worn by the user 210 during a sleep session. The user interface 124 is fluidly coupled and/or connected to the respiratory therapy device 122 via the conduit 126. In turn, the respiratory therapy device 122 delivers pressurized air to the user 210 via the conduit 126 and the user interface 124 to increase the air pressure in the throat of the user 210 to aid in preventing the airway from closing and/or narrowing during sleep. The respiratory therapy device 122 can include the display device 128, which can allow the user to interact with the respiratory therapy device 122. The respiratory therapy device 122 can also include the humidification tank 129, which stores the water used to humidify the pressurized air. The respiratory therapy device 122 can be positioned on a nightstand 240 that is directly adjacent to the bed 230 as shown in FIG. 2, or more generally, on any surface or structure that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210. The user can also wear the blood pressure device 180 and the activity tracker 190 while lying on the mattress 232 in the bed 230.
[0064] Referring back to FIG. 1, the one or more sensors 130 of the system 100 include a pressure sensor 132, a flow rate sensor 134, temperature sensor 136, a motion sensor 138, a microphone 140, a speaker 142, a radio-frequency (RF) receiver 146, an RF transmitter 148, a camera 150, an infrared (IR) sensor 152, a photoplethysmogram (PPG) sensor 154, an electrocardiogram (ECG) sensor 156, an electroencephalography (EEG) sensor 158, a capacitive sensor 160, a force sensor 162, a strain gauge sensor 164, an electromyography (EMG) sensor 166, an oxygen sensor 168, an analyte sensor 174, a moisture sensor 176, a light detection and ranging (LiDAR) sensor 178, or any combination thereof. Generally, each of the one or sensors 130 are configured to output sensor data that is received and stored in the memory device 114 or one or more other memory devices. The sensors 130 can also include, an electrooculography (EOG) sensor, a peripheral oxygen saturation (SpO?) sensor, a galvanic skin response (GSR) sensor, a carbon dioxide (CO2) sensor, or any combination thereof.
[0065] While the one or more sensors 130 are shown and described as including each of the pressure sensor 132, the flow rate sensor 134, the temperature sensor 136, the motion sensor 138, the microphone 140, the speaker 142, the RF receiver 146, the RF transmitter 148, the camera 150, the IR sensor 152, the PPG sensor 154, the ECG sensor 156, the EEG sensor 158, the capacitive sensor 160, the force sensor 162, the strain gauge sensor 164, the EMG sensor 166, the oxygen sensor 168, the analyte sensor 174, the moisture sensor 176, and the LiDAR sensor 178, more generally, the one or more sensors 130 can include any combination and any number of each of the sensors described and/or shown herein.
[0066] The one or more sensors 130 can be used to generate, for example physiological data, acoustic data, or both, that is associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system 120 (such as the user 210 of FIG. 2), the respiratory therapy system 120, both the user and the respiratory therapy system 120, or other entities, objects, activities, etc. Physiological data generated by one or more of the sensors 130 can be used by the control system 110 to determine a sleepwake signal associated with the user during the sleep session and one or more sleep-related parameters. The sleep-wake signal can be indicative of one or more sleep stages (sometimes referred to as sleep states), including sleep, wakefulness, relaxed wakefulness, microawakenings, or distinct sleep stages such as a rapid eye movement (REM) stage (which can include both a typical REM stage and an atypical REM stage), a first non-REM stage (often referred to as “Nl”), a second non-REM stage (often referred to as “N2”), a third non-REM stage (often referred to as “N3”), or any combination thereof. Methods for determining sleep stages from physiological data generated by one or more of the sensors, such as sensors 130, are described in, for example, WO 2014/047310, US 10,492,720, US 10,660,563, US
2020/0337634, WO 2017/132726, WO 2019/122413, US 2021/0150873, WO 2019/122414, US 2020/0383580, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
[0067] The sleep-wake signal can also be timestamped to indicate a time that the user enters the bed, a time that the user exits the bed, a time that the user attempts to fall asleep, etc. The sleep-wake signal can be measured one or more of the sensors 130 during the sleep session at a predetermined sampling rate, such as, for example, one sample per second, one sample per 30 seconds, one sample per minute, etc. Examples of the one or more sleep-related parameters that can be determined for the user during the sleep session based at least in part on the sleepwake signal include a total time in bed, a total sleep time, a total wake time, a sleep onset latency, a wake-after-sleep-onset parameter, a sleep efficiency, a fragmentation index, an amount of time to fall asleep, a consistency of breathing rate, a fall asleep time, a wake time, a rate of sleep disturbances, a number of movements, or any combination thereof.
[0068] Physiological data and/or acoustic data generated by the one or more sensors 130 can also be used to determine a respiration signal associated with the user during a sleep session. The respiration signal is generally indicative of respiration or breathing of the user during the sleep session. The respiration signal can be indicative of, for example, a respiration rate, a respiration rate variability, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspirationexpiration amplitude ratio, an inspiration-expiration duration ratio, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, pressure settings of the respiratory therapy device 122, or any combination thereof. The event(s) can include snoring, apneas, central apneas, obstructive apneas, mixed apneas, hypopneas, RERAs, a flow limitation (e.g., an event that results in the absence of the increase in flow despite an elevation in negative intrathoracic pressure indicating increased effort), a mask leak (e.g., from the user interface 124), a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, a heart rate variation, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, a fever, a cough, a sneeze, a snore, a gasp, the presence of an illness such as the common cold or the flu, an elevated stress level, etc. Events can be detected by any means known in the art such as described in, for example, US 5,245,995, US 6,502,572, WO 2018/050913, WO 2020/104465, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
[0069] The pressure sensor 132 outputs pressure data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110. In some implementations, the pressure sensor 132 is an air pressure sensor (e.g., barometric pressure sensor) that generates sensor data indicative of the respiration (e.g., inhaling and/or exhaling) of the user of the respiratory therapy system 120 and/or ambient pressure. In such implementations, the
pressure sensor 132 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122. The pressure sensor 132 can be, for example, a capacitive sensor, an electromagnetic sensor, an inductive sensor, a resistive sensor, a piezoelectric sensor, a strain-gauge sensor, an optical sensor, a potentiometric sensor, or any combination thereof. In one example, the pressure sensor 132 can be used to determine a blood pressure of the user.
[0070] The flow rate sensor 134 outputs flow rate data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110. In some implementations, the flow rate sensor 134 is used to determine an air flow rate from the respiratory therapy device 122, an air flow rate through the conduit 126, an air flow rate through the user interface 124, or any combination thereof. In such implementations, the flow rate sensor 134 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, or the conduit 126. The flow rate sensor 134 can be a mass flow rate sensor such as, for example, a rotary flow meter (e.g., Hall effect flow meters), a turbine flow meter, an orifice flow meter, an ultrasonic flow meter, a hot wire sensor, a vortex sensor, a membrane sensor, or any combination thereof. [0071] The temperature sensor 136 outputs temperature data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110. In some implementations, the temperature sensor 136 generates temperatures data indicative of a core body temperature of the user, a skin temperature of the user 210, a temperature of the air flowing from the respiratory therapy device 122 and/or through the conduit 126, a temperature in the user interface 124, an ambient temperature, or any combination thereof. The temperature sensor 136 can be, for example, a thermocouple sensor, a thermistor sensor, a silicon band gap temperature sensor or semiconductor-based sensor, a resistance temperature detector, or any combination thereof.
[0072] The motion sensor 138 outputs motion data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110. The motion sensor 138 can be used to detect movement of the user during the sleep session, and/or detect movement of any of the components of the respiratory therapy system 120, such as the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, or the conduit 126. The motion sensor 138 can include one or more inertial sensors, such as accelerometers, gyroscopes, and magnetometers. The motion sensor 138 can be used to detect motion or acceleration associated with arterial pulses, such as pulses in or around the face of the user and proximal to the user interface 124, and configured to detect features of the pulse shape, speed, amplitude, or volume. In some implementations, the motion sensor 138 alternatively or additionally generates one or more signals representing
bodily movement of the user, from which may be obtained a signal representing a sleep state of the user; for example, via a respiratory movement of the user.
[0073] The microphone 140 outputs acoustic data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and/or analyzed by the processor 112 of the control system 110. The acoustic data generated by the microphone 140 is reproducible as one or more sound(s) during a sleep session (e.g., sounds from the user) to determine (e.g., using the control system 110) one or more sleep- related parameters, as described in further detail herein. The acoustic data from the microphone 140 can also be used to identify (e.g., using the control system 110) an event experienced by the user during the sleep session, as described in further detail herein. In other implementations, the acoustic data from the microphone 140 is representative of noise associated with the respiratory therapy system 120. In some implementations, the acoustic data from the microphone 140 can be analyzed to detect the presence of liquid in the respiratory therapy system 120, in particular in the user interface 124 and/or the conduit 126, as explained in further detail herein. In some implementations, the system 100 includes a plurality of microphones (e.g., two or more microphones and/or an array of microphones with beamforming) such that sound data generated by each of the plurality of microphones can be used to discriminate the sound data generated by another of the plurality of microphones. The microphone 140 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy system 120 (or the system 100) generally in any configuration. For example, the microphone 140 can be disposed inside the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, or other components. The microphone 140 can also be positioned adjacent to or coupled to the outside of the respiratory therapy device 122, the outside of the user interface 124, the outside of the conduit 126, or outside of any other components. The microphone 140 could also be a component of the user device 170 (e.g., the microphone 140 is a microphone of a smart phone). The microphone 140 can be integrated into the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the respiratory therapy device 122, or any combination thereof. In general, the microphone 140 can be located at any point within or adjacent to the air pathway of the respiratory therapy system 120, which includes at least the motor of the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, and the conduit 126. Thus, the air pathway can also be referred to as the acoustic pathway.
[0074] The speaker 142 outputs sound waves that are typically audible to the user. In one or more implementations, the sound waves can be audible to a user of the system 100 or inaudible to the user of the system (e.g., ultrasonic sound waves). The speaker 142 can be used, for example, as an alarm clock or to play an alert or message to the user (e.g., in response to an event). In some implementations, the speaker 142 can be used to communicate the acoustic
data generated by the microphone 140 to the user. The speaker 142 can be coupled to or integrated in the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, or the user device 170.
[0075] The microphone 140 and the speaker 142 can be used as separate devices. In some implementations, the microphone 140 and the speaker 142 can be combined into an acoustic sensor 141 (e.g., a SONAR sensor), as described in, for example, WO 2018/050913 and WO 2020/104465, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In such implementations, the speaker 142 generates or emits sound waves at a predetermined interval and/or frequency, and the microphone 140 detects the reflections of the emitted sound waves from the speaker 142. The sound waves generated or emitted by the speaker 142 have a frequency that is not audible to the human ear (e.g., below 20 Hz or above around 18 kHz) so as not to disturb the sleep of the user or a bed partner of the user (such as bed partner 220 in FIG. 2). Based at least in part on the data from the microphone 140 and/or the speaker 142, the control system 110 can determine a location of the user and/or one or more of the sleep-related parameters described in herein, such as, for example, a respiration signal, a respiration rate, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, a sleep stage, pressure settings of the respiratory therapy device 122, a mouth leak status, or any combination thereof. In this context, a SONAR sensor may be understood to concern an active acoustic sensing, such as by generating/transmitting ultrasound or low frequency ultrasound sensing signals (e.g., in a frequency range of about 17- 23 kHz, 18-22 kHz, or 17-18 kHz, for example), through the air. Such a system may be considered in relation to WO 2018/050913 and WO 2020/104465 mentioned above. In some implementations, the speaker 142 is a bone conduction speaker. In some implementations, the one or more sensors 130 include (i) a first microphone that is the same or similar to the microphone 140, and is integrated into the acoustic sensor 141 and (ii) a second microphone that is the same as or similar to the microphone 140, but is separate and distinct from the first microphone that is integrated into the acoustic sensor 141.
[0076] The RF transmitter 148 generates and/or emits radio waves having a predetermined frequency and/or a predetermined amplitude (e.g., within a high frequency band, within a low frequency band, long wave signals, short wave signals, etc.). The RF receiver 146 detects the reflections of the radio waves emitted from the RF transmitter 148, and this data can be analyzed by the control system 110 to determine a location of the user and/or one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein. An RF receiver (either the RF receiver 146 and the RF transmitter 148 or another RF pair) can also be used for wireless communication
between the control system 110, the respiratory therapy device 122, the one or more sensors 130, the user device 170, or any combination thereof. While the RF receiver 146 and RF transmitter 148 are shown as being separate and distinct elements in FIG. 1, in some implementations, the RF receiver 146 and RF transmitter 148 are combined as a part of an RF sensor 147 (e.g., a RADAR sensor). In some such implementations, the RF sensor 147 includes a control circuit. The specific format of the RF communication could be WiFi, Bluetooth, etc. [0077] In some implementations, the RF sensor 147 is a part of a mesh system. One example of a mesh system is a WiFi mesh system, which can include mesh nodes, mesh router(s), and mesh gateway(s), each of which can be mobile/movable or fixed. In such implementations, the WiFi mesh system includes a WiFi router and/or a WiFi controller and one or more satellites (e.g., access points), each of which include an RF sensor that the is the same as, or similar to, the RF sensor 147. The WiFi router and satellites continuously communicate with one another using WiFi signals. The WiFi mesh system can be used to generate motion data based at least in part on changes in the WiFi signals (e.g., differences in received signal strength) between the router and the satellite(s) due to an object or person moving partially obstructing the signals. The motion data can be indicative of motion, breathing, heart rate, gait, falls, behavior, etc., or any combination thereof.
[0078] The camera 150 outputs image data reproducible as one or more images (e.g., still images, video images, thermal images, or a combination thereof) that can be stored in the memory device 114. The image data from the camera 150 can be used by the control system 110 to determine one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein. For example, the image data from the camera 150 can be used to identify a location of the user, to determine a time when the user enters the user’s bed (such as bed 230 in FIG. 2), and to determine a time when the user exits the bed 230. The camera 150 can also be used to track eye movements, pupil dilation (if one or both of the user’s eyes are open), blink rate, or any changes during REM sleep. The camera 150 can also be used to track the position of the user, which can impact the duration and/or severity of apneic episodes in users with positional obstructive sleep apnea. [0079] The IR sensor 152 outputs infrared image data reproducible as one or more infrared images (e.g., still images, video images, or both) that can be stored in the memory device 114. The infrared data from the IR sensor 152 can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters during the sleep session, including a temperature of the user and/or movement of the user. The IR sensor 152 can also be used in conjunction with the camera 150 when measuring the presence, location, and/or movement of the user. The IR sensor 152 can detect infrared light having a wavelength between about 700 nm and about 1 mm, for example, while
the camera 150 can detect visible light having a wavelength between about 380 nm and about 740 nm.
[0080] The IR sensor 152 outputs infrared image data reproducible as one or more infrared images (e.g., still images, video images, or both) that can be stored in the memory device 114. The infrared data from the IR sensor 152 can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters during the sleep session, including a temperature of the user and/or movement of the user. The IR sensor 152 can also be used in conjunction with the camera 150 when measuring the presence, location, and/or movement of the user. The IR sensor 152 can detect infrared light having a wavelength between about 700 nm and about 1 mm, for example, while the camera 150 can detect visible light having a wavelength between about 380 nm and about 740 nm.
[0081] The PPG sensor 154 outputs physiological data associated with the user that can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters, such as, for example, a heart rate, a heart rate pattern, a heart rate variability, a cardiac cycle, respiration rate, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, estimated blood pressure parameter(s), or any combination thereof. The PPG sensor 154 can be worn by the user, embedded in clothing and/or fabric that is worn by the user, embedded in and/or coupled to the user interface 124 and/or its associated headgear (e.g., straps, etc.), etc.
[0082] The ECG sensor 156 outputs physiological data associated with electrical activity of the heart of the user. In some implementations, the ECG sensor 156 includes one or more electrodes that are positioned on or around a portion of the user during the sleep session. The physiological data from the ECG sensor 156 can be used, for example, to determine one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein.
[0083] The EEG sensor 158 outputs physiological data associated with electrical activity of the brain of the user. In some implementations, the EEG sensor 158 includes one or more electrodes that are positioned on or around the scalp of the user during the sleep session. The physiological data from the EEG sensor 158 can be used, for example, to determine a sleep stage of the user at any given time during the sleep session. In some implementations, the EEG sensor 158 can be integrated in the user interface 124 and/or the associated headgear (e.g., straps, etc.).
[0084] The capacitive sensor 160, the force sensor 162, and the strain gauge sensor 164 output data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and used by the control system 110 to determine one or more of the sleep-related parameters described herein. The EMG sensor 166 outputs physiological data associated with electrical activity produced by one or more muscles.
The oxygen sensor 168 outputs oxygen data indicative of an oxygen concentration of gas (e.g., in the conduit 126 or at the user interface 124). The oxygen sensor 168 can be, for example, an ultrasonic oxygen sensor, an electrical oxygen sensor, a chemical oxygen sensor, an optical oxygen sensor, or any combination thereof. In some implementations, the one or more sensors 130 also include a galvanic skin response (GSR) sensor, a blood flow sensor, a respiration sensor, a pulse sensor, a sphygmomanometer sensor, an oximetry sensor, or any combination thereof.
[0085] The analyte sensor 174 can be used to detect the presence of an analyte in the exhaled breath of the user. The data output by the analyte sensor 174 can be stored in the memory device 114 and used by the control system 110 to determine the identity and concentration of any analytes in the user’s breath. In some implementations, the analyte sensor 174 is positioned near a mouth of the user to detect analytes in breath exhaled from the user’s mouth. For example, when the user interface 124 is a facial mask that covers the nose and mouth of the user, the analyte sensor 174 can be positioned within the facial mask to monitor the user mouth breathing. In other implementations, such as when the user interface 124 is a nasal mask or a nasal pillow mask, the analyte sensor 174 can be positioned near the nose of the user to detect analytes in breath exhaled through the user’s nose. In still other implementations, the analyte sensor 174 can be positioned near the user’s mouth when the user interface 124 is a nasal mask or a nasal pillow mask. In this implementation, the analyte sensor 174 can be used to detect whether any air is inadvertently leaking from the user’s mouth. In some implementations, the analyte sensor 174 is a volatile organic compound (VOC) sensor that can be used to detect carbon-based chemicals or compounds, such as carbon dioxide. In some implementations, the analyte sensor 174 can also be used to detect whether the user is breathing through their nose or mouth. For example, if the data output by an analyte sensor 174 positioned near the mouth of the user or within the facial mask (in implementations where the user interface 124 is a facial mask) detects the presence of an analyte, the control system 110 can use this data as an indication that the user is breathing through their mouth.
[0086] The moisture sensor 176 outputs data that can be stored in the memory device 114 and used by the control system 110. The moisture sensor 176 can be used to detect moisture in various areas surrounding the user (e.g., inside the conduit 126 or the user interface 124, near the user’s face, near the connection between the conduit 126 and the user interface 124, near the connection between the conduit 126 and the respiratory therapy device 122, etc.). Thus, in some implementations, the moisture sensor 176 can be coupled to or integrated into the user interface 124 or in the conduit 126 to monitor the humidity of the pressurized air from the
respiratory therapy device 122. In other implementations, the moisture sensor 176 is placed near any area where moisture levels need to be monitored. The moisture sensor 176 can also be used to monitor the humidity of the ambient environment surrounding the user, for example the air inside the user’s bedroom. The moisture sensor 176 can also be used to track the user’s biometric response to environmental changes.
[0087] One or more LiDAR sensors 178 can be used for depth sensing. This type of optical sensor (e.g., laser sensor) can be used to detect objects and build three dimensional (3D) maps of the surroundings, such as of a living space. LiDAR can generally utilize a pulsed laser to make time of flight measurements. LiDAR is also referred to as 3D laser scanning. In an example of use of such a sensor, a fixed or mobile device (such as a smartphone) having a LiDAR sensor 178 can measure and map an area extending 5 meters or more away from the sensor. The LiDAR data can be fused with point cloud data estimated by an electromagnetic RADAR sensor, for example. The LiDAR sensor 178 may also use artificial intelligence (Al) to automatically geofence RADAR systems by detecting and classifying features in a space that might cause issues for RADAR systems, such a glass windows (which can be highly reflective to RADAR). LiDAR can also be used to provide an estimate of the height of a person, as well as changes in height when the person sits down, or falls down, for example. LiDAR may be used to form a 3D mesh representation of an environment. In a further use, for solid surfaces through which radio waves pass (e.g., radio-translucent materials), the LiDAR may reflect off such surfaces, thus allowing a classification of different type of obstacles.
[0088] While shown separately in FIG. 1, any combination of the one or more sensors 130 can be integrated in and/or coupled to any one or more of the components of the system 100, including the respiratory therapy device 122, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the humidification tank 129, the control system 110, the user device 170, or any combination thereof. For example, the acoustic sensor 141 and/or the RF sensor 147 can be integrated in and/or coupled to the user device 170. In such implementations, the user device 170 can be considered a secondary device that generates additional or secondary data for use by the system 100 (e.g., the control system 110) according to some aspects of the present disclosure. In some implementations, the pressure sensor 132 and/or the flow rate sensor 134 are integrated into and/or coupled to the respiratory therapy device 122. In some implementations, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 is not coupled to the respiratory therapy device 122, the control system 110, or the user device 170, and is positioned generally adjacent to the user during the sleep session (e.g., positioned on or in contact with a portion of the user, worn by the user, coupled to or positioned on the nightstand, coupled to the mattress, coupled to the ceiling, etc.).
More generally, the one or more sensors 130 can be positioned at any suitable location relative to the user such that the one or more sensors 130 can generate physiological data associated with the user and/or the bed partner 220 during one or more sleep session.
[0089] The data from the one or more sensors 130 can be analyzed to determine one or more sleep-related parameters, which can include a respiration signal, a respiration rate, a respiration pattern, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration ratio, an occurrence of one or more events, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, an average duration of events, a range of event durations, a ratio between the number of different events, a sleep stage, an apnea-hypopnea index (AHI), or any combination thereof. The one or more events can include snoring, apneas, central apneas, obstructive apneas, mixed apneas, hypopneas, an intentional user interface leak, an unintentional user interface leak, a mouth leak, a cough, a restless leg, a sleeping disorder, choking, an increased heart rate, labored breathing, an asthma attack, an epileptic episode, a seizure, increased blood pressure, hyperventilation, or any combination thereof. Many of these sleep-related parameters are physiological parameters, although some of the sleep-related parameters can be considered to be non-physiological parameters. Other types of physiological and non-physiological parameters can also be determined, either from the data from the one or more sensors 130, or from other types of data. [0090] The user device 170 includes a display device 172. The user device 170 can be, for example, a mobile device such as a smart phone, a tablet, a laptop, a gaming console, a smart watch, or the like. Alternatively, the user device 170 can be an external sensing system, a television (e.g., a smart television) or another smart home device (e.g., a smart speaker(s) such as Google Home®, Google Nest®, Amazon Echo®, Amazon Echo Show®, Alexa®-enabled devices, etc.). In some implementations, the user device 170 is a wearable device (e.g., a smart watch). The display device 172 is generally used to display image(s) including still images, video images, or both. In some implementations, the display device 172 acts as a humanmachine interface (HMI) that includes a graphic user interface (GUI) configured to display the image(s) and an input interface. The display device 172 can be an LED display, an OLED display, an LCD display, or the like. The input interface can be, for example, a touchscreen or touch-sensitive substrate, a mouse, a keyboard, or any sensor system configured to sense inputs made by a human user interacting with the user device 170. In some implementations, one or more user devices 170 can be used by and/or included in the system 100.
[0091] The blood pressure device 180 is generally used to aid in generating physiological data for determining one or more blood pressure measurements associated with a user. The blood
pressure device 180 can include at least one of the one or more sensors 130 to measure, for example, a systolic blood pressure component and/or a diastolic blood pressure component.
[0092] In some implementations, the blood pressure device 180 is a sphygmomanometer including an inflatable cuff that can be worn by a user and a pressure sensor (e.g., the pressure sensor 132 described herein). For example, as shown in the example of FIG. 2, the blood pressure device 180 can be worn on an upper arm of the user. In such implementations where the blood pressure device 180 is a sphygmomanometer, the blood pressure device 180 also includes a pump (e.g., a manually operated bulb) for inflating the cuff. In some implementations, the blood pressure device 180 is coupled to the respiratory therapy device 122 of the respiratory therapy system 120, which in turn delivers pressurized air to inflate the cuff. More generally, the blood pressure device 180 can be communicatively coupled with, and/or physically integrated in (e.g., within a housing), the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, the user device 170, and/or the activity tracker 190.
[0093] The activity tracker 190 is generally used to aid in generating physiological data for determining an activity measurement associated with the user. The activity measurement can include, for example, a number of steps, a distance traveled, a number of steps climbed, a duration of physical activity, a type of physical activity, an intensity of physical activity, time spent standing, a respiration rate, an average respiration rate, a resting respiration rate, a maximum respiration rate, a respiration rate variability, a heart rate, an average heart rate, a resting heart rate, a maximum heart rate, a heart rate variability, a number of calories burned, blood oxygen saturation, electrodermal activity (also known as skin conductance or galvanic skin response), or any combination thereof. The activity tracker 190 includes one or more of the sensors 130 described herein, such as, for example, the motion sensor 138 (e.g., one or more accelerometers and/or gyroscopes), the PPG sensor 154, and/or the ECG sensor 156.
[0094] In some implementations, the activity tracker 190 is a wearable device that can be worn by the user, such as a smartwatch, a wristband, a ring, or a patch. For example, referring to FIG. 2, the activity tracker 190 is worn on a wrist of the user. The activity tracker 190 can also be coupled to or integrated a garment or clothing that is worn by the user. Alternatively, still, the activity tracker 190 can also be coupled to or integrated in (e.g., within the same housing) the user device 170. More generally, the activity tracker 190 can be communicatively coupled with, or physically integrated in (e.g., within a housing), the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, the user device 170, and/or the blood pressure device 180.
[0095] While the control system 110 and the memory device 114 are described and shown in FIG. 1 as being a separate and distinct component of the system 100, in some implementations, the control system 110 and/or the memory device 114 are integrated in the user device 170 and/or the respiratory therapy device 122. Alternatively, in some implementations, the control system 110 or a portion thereof (e.g., the processor 112) can be located in a cloud (e.g., integrated in a server, integrated in an Internet of Things (loT) device, connected to the cloud, be subject to edge cloud processing, etc.), located in one or more servers (e.g., remote servers, local servers, etc., or any combination thereof.
[0096] While system 100 is shown as including all of the components described above, more or fewer components can be included in a system for determining a length of a conduit, according to implementations of the present disclosure. For example, a first alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, and at least one of the one or more sensors 130. As another example, a second alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, at least one of the one or more sensors 130, and the user device 170. As yet another example, a third alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, at least one of the one or more sensors 130, and the user device 170. As a further example, a fourth alternative system includes the control system 110, the memory device 114, the respiratory therapy system 120, at least one of the one or more sensors 130, the user device 170, and the blood pressure device 180 and/or activity tracker 190. Thus, various systems for modifying pressure settings can be formed using any portion or portions of the components shown and described herein and/or in combination with one or more other components.
[0097] Referring again to FIG. 2, in some implementations, the control system 110, the memory device 114, any of the one or more sensors 130, or a combination thereof can be located on and/or in any surface and/or structure that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210. For example, in some implementations, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a first position on and/or in one or more components of the respiratory therapy system 120 adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210. The one or more sensors 130 can be coupled to the respiratory therapy system 120, the user interface 124, the conduit 126, the display device 128, the humidification tank 129, or a combination thereof.
[0098] Alternatively, or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a second position on and/or in the bed 230 (e.g., the one or more sensors 130 are coupled to and/or integrated in the bed 230). Further, alternatively or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a third position on and/or in the mattress 232 that is
adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210 (e.g., the one or more sensors 130 are coupled to and/or integrated in the mattress 232). Alternatively, or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a fourth position on and/or in a pillow that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210.
[0099] Alternatively, or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a fifth position on and/or in the nightstand 240 that is generally adjacent to the bed 230 and/or the user 210. Alternatively, or additionally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be located at a sixth position such that the at least one of the one or more sensors 130 are coupled to and/or positioned on the user 210 (e.g., the one or more sensors 130 are embedded in or coupled to fabric, clothing, and/or a smart device worn by the user 210). More generally, at least one of the one or more sensors 130 can be positioned at any suitable location relative to the user 210 such that the one or more sensors 130 can generate sensor data associated with the user 210.
[0100] In some implementations, a primary sensor, such as the microphone 140, is configured to generate acoustic data associated with the user 210 during a sleep session. The acoustic data can be based on, for example, acoustic signals in the conduit 126 of the respiratory therapy system 120. For example, one or more microphones (the same as, or similar to, the microphone 140 of FIG. 1) can be integrated in and/or coupled to (i) a circuit board of the respiratory therapy device 122, (ii) the conduit 126, (iii) a connector between components of the respiratory therapy system 120, (iv) the user interface 124, (v) a headgear (e.g., straps) associated with the user interface, or (vi) a combination thereof. In some implementations, the microphone 140 is in fluid communication with the airflow pathway (e.g., an airflow pathway between the flow generator/motor and the distal end of the conduit). By fluid communication, it is intended to also include configurations wherein the microphone is in acoustic communication with the airflow pathway without being in direct or physical contact with the airflow. For example, in some implementations, the microphone is positioned on a circuit board and in fluid communication, optionally via a duct sealed by a membrane, to the airflow pathway.
[0101] In some implementations, one or more secondary sensors may be used in addition to the primary sensor to generate additional data. In some such implementations, the one or more secondary sensors include: a microphone (e.g., the microphone 140 of the system 100), a flow rate sensor (e.g., the flow rate sensor 134 of the system 100), a pressure sensor (e.g., the pressure sensor 132 of the system 100), a temperature sensor (e.g., the temperature sensor 136 of the system 100), a camera (e.g., the camera 150 of the system 100), a vane sensor (VAF), a
hot wire sensor (MAF), a cold wire sensor, a laminar flow sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, an inertial sensor, or a combination thereof.
[0102] Additionally, or alternatively, one or more microphones (the same as, or similar to, the microphone 140 of FIG. 1) can be integrated in and/or coupled to a co-located smart device, such as the user device 170, a TV, a watch (e.g., a mechanical watch or another smart device worn by the user), a pendant, the mattress 232, the bed 230, beddings positioned on the bed 230, the pillow, a speaker (e.g., the speaker 142 of FIG. 1), a radio, a tablet device, a waterless humidifier, or a combination thereof. A co-located smart device can be any smart device that is within range for detecting sounds emitted by the user, the respiratory therapy system 120, and/or any portion of the system 100. In some implementations, the co-located smart device is a smart device that is in the same room as the user during the sleep session.
[0103] Additionally, or alternatively, in some implementations, one or more microphones (the same as, or similar to, the microphone 140 of FIG. 1) can be remote from the system 100 (FIG. 1) and/or the user 210 (FIG. 2), so long as there is an air passage allowing acoustic signals to travel to the one or more microphones. For example, the one or more microphones can be in a different room from the room containing the system 100.
[0104] As used herein, a sleep session can be defined in a number of ways based at least in part on, for example, an initial start time and an end time. In some implementations, a sleep session is a duration where the user is asleep, that is, the sleep session has a start time and an end time, and during the sleep session, the user does not wake until the end time. That is, any period of the user being awake is not included in a sleep session. From this first definition of sleep session, if the user wakes ups and falls asleep multiple times in the same night, each of the sleep intervals separated by an awake interval is a sleep session.
[0105] Alternatively, in some implementations, a sleep session has a start time and an end time, and during the sleep session, the user can wake up, without the sleep session ending, so long as a continuous duration that the user is awake is below an awake duration threshold. The awake duration threshold can be defined as a percentage of a sleep session. The awake duration threshold can be, for example, about twenty percent of the sleep session, about fifteen percent of the sleep session duration, about ten percent of the sleep session duration, about five percent of the sleep session duration, about two percent of the sleep session duration, etc., or any other threshold percentage. In some implementations, the awake duration threshold is defined as a fixed amount of time, such as, for example, about one hour, about thirty minutes, about fifteen minutes, about ten minutes, about five minutes, about two minutes, etc., or any other amount of time.
[0106] In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as the entire time between the time in the evening at which the user first entered the bed, and the time the next morning when user last left the bed. Put another way, a sleep session can be defined as a period of time that begins on a first date (e.g., Monday, January 6, 2020) at a first time (e.g., 10:00 PM), that can be referred to as the current evening, when the user first enters a bed with the intention of going to sleep (e.g., not if the user intends to first watch television or play with a smart phone before going to sleep, etc.), and ends on a second date (e.g., Tuesday, January 7, 2020) at a second time (e.g., 7:00 AM), that can be referred to as the next morning, when the user first exits the bed with the intention of not going back to sleep that next morning.
[0107] In some implementations, the user can manually define the beginning of a sleep session and/or manually terminate a sleep session. For example, the user can select (e.g., by clicking or tapping) one or more user-selectable element that is displayed on the display device 172 of the user device 170 (FIG. 1) to manually initiate or terminate the sleep session.
[0108] Referring to FIG. 3, an exemplary timeline 300 for a sleep session is illustrated. The timeline 300 includes an enter bed time (tbed), a go-to-sleep time (tors), an initial sleep time (tsieep), a first micro-awakening MAi, a second micro-awakening MA2, an awakening A, a wake-up time (twake), and a rising time (Vise).
[0109] The enter bed time tbed is associated with the time that the user initially enters the bed (e.g., bed 230 in FIG. 2) prior to falling asleep (e.g., when the user lies down or sits in the bed). The enter bed time tbed can be identified based at least in part on a bed threshold duration to distinguish between times when the user enters the bed for sleep and when the user enters the bed for other reasons (e.g., to watch TV). For example, the bed threshold duration can be at least about 10 minutes, at least about 20 minutes, at least about 30 minutes, at least about 45 minutes, at least about 1 hour, at least about 2 hours, etc. While the enter bed time tbed is described herein in reference to a bed, more generally, the enter time tbed can refer to the time the user initially enters any location for sleeping (e.g., a couch, a chair, a sleeping bag, etc.).
[0110] The go-to-sleep time (GTS) is associated with the time that the user initially attempts to fall asleep after entering the bed (tbed). For example, after entering the bed, the user may engage in one or more activities to wind down prior to trying to sleep (e.g., reading, watching TV, listening to music, using the user device 170, etc.). The initial sleep time (tsieep) is the time that the user initially falls asleep. For example, the initial sleep time (tsieep) can be the time that the user initially enters the first non-REM sleep stage.
[0111] The wake-up time twake is the time associated with the time when the user wakes up without going back to sleep (e.g., as opposed to the user waking up in the middle of the night
and going back to sleep). The user may experience one of more unconscious microawakenings (e.g., microawakenings MAi and MA2) having a short duration (e.g., 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, etc.) after initially falling asleep. In contrast to the wake-up time twake, the user goes back to sleep after each of the microawakenings MAi and MA2. Similarly, the user may have one or more conscious awakenings (e.g., awakening A) after initially falling asleep (e.g., getting up to go to the bathroom, attending to children or pets, sleep walking, etc.). However, the user goes back to sleep after the awakening A. Thus, the wake-up time twake can be defined, for example, based at least in part on a wake threshold duration (e.g., the user is awake for at least 15 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, etc.).
[0112] Similarly, the rising time trise is associated with the time when the user exits the bed and stays out of the bed with the intent to end the sleep session (e.g., as opposed to the user getting up during the night to go to the bathroom, to attend to children or pets, sleep walking, etc.). In other words, the rising time trise is the time when the user last leaves the bed without returning to the bed until a next sleep session (e.g., the following evening). Thus, the rising time trise can be defined, for example, based at least in part on a rise threshold duration (e.g., the user has left the bed for at least 15 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, etc.). The enter bed time tbed time for a second, subsequent sleep session can also be defined based at least in part on a rise threshold duration (e.g., the user has left the bed for at least 4 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 8 hours, at least 12 hours, etc.).
[0113] As described above, the user may wake up and get out of bed one more times during the night between the initial tbed and the final trise. In some implementations, the final wake-up time twake and/or the final rising time trise that are identified or determined based at least in part on a predetermined threshold duration of time subsequent to an event (e.g., falling asleep or leaving the bed). Such a threshold duration can be customized for the user. For a standard user which goes to bed in the evening, then wakes up and goes out of bed in the morning any period (between the user waking up (twake) or raising up (trise), and the user either going to bed (tbed), going to sleep (tors) or falling asleep (tsieep) of between about 12 and about 18 hours can be used. For users that spend longer periods of time in bed, shorter threshold periods may be used (e.g., between about 8 hours and about 14 hours). The threshold period may be initially selected and/or later adjusted based at least in part on the system monitoring the user’s sleep behavior. [0114] The total time in bed (TIB) is the duration of time between the time enter bed time tbed and the rising time trise. The total sleep time (TST) is associated with the duration between the initial sleep time and the wake-up time, excluding any conscious or unconscious awakenings and/or micro-awakenings therebetween. Generally, the total sleep time (TST) will be shorter
than the total time in bed (TIB) (e.g., one minute short, ten minutes shorter, one hour shorter, etc.). For example, referring to the timeline 300 of FIG. 3, the total sleep time (TST) spans between the initial sleep time tsieep and the wake-up time twake, but excludes the duration of the first micro-awakening MAi, the second micro-awakening MA2, and the awakening A. As shown, in this example, the total sleep time (TST) is shorter than the total time in bed (TIB). [0115] In some implementations, the total sleep time (TST) can be defined as a persistent total sleep time (PTST). In such implementations, the persistent total sleep time excludes a predetermined initial portion or period of the first non-REM stage (e.g., light sleep stage). For example, the predetermined initial portion can be between about 30 seconds and about 20 minutes, between about 1 minute and about 10 minutes, between about 3 minutes and about 5 minutes, etc. The persistent total sleep time is a measure of sustained sleep, and smooths the sleep-wake hypnogram. For example, when the user is initially falling asleep, the user may be in the first non-REM stage for a very short time (e.g., about 30 seconds), then back into the wakefulness stage for a short period (e.g., one minute), and then goes back to the first non- REM stage. In this example, the persistent total sleep time excludes the first instance (e.g., about 30 seconds) of the first non-REM stage.
[0116] In some implementations, the sleep session is defined as starting at the enter bed time (tbed) and ending at the rising time (trise), i.e., the sleep session is defined as the total time in bed (TIB). In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as starting at the initial sleep time (tsieep) and ending at the wake-up time (twake). In some implementations, the sleep session is defined as the total sleep time (TST). In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as starting at the go-to-sleep time (tors) and ending at the wake-up time (twake). In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as starting at the go-to-sleep time (tors) and ending at the rising time (trise). In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as starting at the enter bed time (tbed) and ending at the wake-up time (twake). In some implementations, a sleep session is defined as starting at the initial sleep time (tsieep) and ending at the rising time (trise). [0117] Referring to FIG. 4, an exemplary hypnogram 400 corresponding to the timeline 300 (FIG. 3), according to some implementations, is illustrated. As shown, the hypnogram 400 includes a sleep-wake signal 401, a wakefulness stage axis 410, a REM stage axis 420, a light sleep stage axis 430, and a deep sleep stage axis 440. The intersection between the sleep-wake signal 401 and one of the axes 410-440 is indicative of the sleep stage at any given time during the sleep session.
[0118] The sleep-wake signal 401 can be generated based at least in part on physiological data associated with the user (e.g., generated by one or more of the sensors 130 described herein).
The sleep-wake signal can be indicative of one or more sleep stages, including wakefulness, relaxed wakefulness, microawakenings, a REM stage, a first non-REM stage, a second non- REM stage, a third non-REM stage, or any combination thereof. In some implementations, one or more of the first non-REM stage, the second non-REM stage, and the third non-REM stage can be grouped together and categorized as a light sleep stage or a deep sleep stage. For example, the light sleep stage can include the first non-REM stage and the deep sleep stage can include the second non-REM stage and the third non-REM stage. While the hypnogram 400 is shown in FIG. 4 as including the light sleep stage axis 430 and the deep sleep stage axis 440, in some implementations, the hypnogram 400 can include an axis for each of the first non- REM stage, the second non-REM stage, and the third non-REM stage. In other implementations, the sleep-wake signal can also be indicative of a respiration signal, a respiration rate, an inspiration amplitude, an expiration amplitude, an inspiration-expiration amplitude ratio, an inspiration-expiration duration ratio, a number of events per hour, a pattern of events, or any combination thereof. Information describing the sleep-wake signal can be stored in the memory device 114.
[0119] The hypnogram 400 can be used to determine one or more sleep-related parameters, such as, for example, a sleep onset latency (SOL), wake-after-sleep onset (WASO), a sleep efficiency (SE), a sleep fragmentation index, sleep blocks, or any combination thereof.
[0120] The sleep onset latency (SOL) is defined as the time between the go-to-sleep time (tors) and the initial sleep time (tsieep). In other words, the sleep onset latency is indicative of the time that it took the user to actually fall asleep after initially attempting to fall asleep. In some implementations, the sleep onset latency is defined as a persistent sleep onset latency (PSOL). The persistent sleep onset latency differs from the sleep onset latency in that the persistent sleep onset latency is defined as the duration time between the go-to-sleep time and a predetermined amount of sustained sleep. In some implementations, the predetermined amount of sustained sleep can include, for example, at least 10 minutes of sleep within the second non-REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM stage with no more than 2 minutes of wakefulness, the first non-REM stage, and/or movement therebetween. In other words, the persistent sleep onset latency requires up to, for example, 8 minutes of sustained sleep within the second non- REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM stage. In other implementations, the predetermined amount of sustained sleep can include at least 10 minutes of sleep within the first non-REM stage, the second non-REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM stage subsequent to the initial sleep time. In such implementations, the predetermined amount
of sustained sleep can exclude any micro-awakenings (e.g., a ten second micro-awakening does not restart the 10-minute period).
[0121] The wake-after-sleep onset (WASO) is associated with the total duration of time that the user is awake between the initial sleep time and the wake-up time. Thus, the wake-after- sleep onset includes short and micro-awakenings during the sleep session (e.g., the microawakenings MAi and MA2 shown in FIG. 4), whether conscious or unconscious. In some implementations, the wake-after-sleep onset (WASO) is defined as a persistent wake-after- sleep onset (PWASO) that only includes the total durations of awakenings having a predetermined length (e.g., greater than 10 seconds, greater than 30 seconds, greater than 60 seconds, greater than about 5 minutes, greater than about 10 minutes, etc.)
[0122] The sleep efficiency (SE) is determined as a ratio of the total time in bed (TIB) and the total sleep time (TST). For example, if the total time in bed is 8 hours and the total sleep time is 7.5 hours, the sleep efficiency for that sleep session is 93.75%. The sleep efficiency is indicative of the sleep hygiene of the user. For example, if the user enters the bed and spends time engaged in other activities (e.g., watching TV) before sleep, the sleep efficiency will be reduced (e.g., the user is penalized). In some implementations, the sleep efficiency (SE) can be calculated based at least in part on the total time in bed (TIB) and the total time that the user is attempting to sleep. In such implementations, the total time that the user is attempting to sleep is defined as the duration between the go-to-sleep (GTS) time and the rising time described herein. For example, if the total sleep time is 8 hours (e.g., between 11 PM and 7 AM), the go- to-sleep time is 10:45 PM, and the rising time is 7: 15 AM, in such implementations, the sleep efficiency parameter is calculated as about 94%.
[0123] The fragmentation index is determined based at least in part on the number of awakenings during the sleep session. For example, if the user had two micro-awakenings (e.g., micro-awakening MAi and micro-awakening MA2 shown in FIG. 4), the fragmentation index can be expressed as 2. In some implementations, the fragmentation index is scaled between a predetermined range of integers (e.g., between 0 and 10).
[0124] The sleep blocks are associated with a transition between any stage of sleep (e.g., the first non-REM stage, the second non-REM stage, the third non-REM stage, and/or the REM) and the wakefulness stage. The sleep blocks can be calculated at a resolution of, for example, 30 seconds.
[0125] In some implementations, the systems and methods described herein can include generating or analyzing a hypnogram including a sleep-wake signal to determine or identify the enter bed time (tbed), the go-to-sleep time (tors), the initial sleep time (tsieep), one or more
first micro-awakenings (e.g., MAi and MA2), the wake-up time (twake), the rising time (trise), or any combination thereof based at least in part on the sleep-wake signal of a hypnogram.
[0126] In other implementations, one or more of the sensors 130 can be used to determine or identify the enter bed time (tbed), the go-to-sleep time (tors), the initial sleep time (tsieep), one or more first micro-awakenings (e.g., MAi and MA2), the wake-up time (twake), the rising time (trise), or any combination thereof, which in turn define the sleep session. For example, the enter bed time tbed can be determined based at least in part on, for example, data generated by the motion sensor 138, the microphone 140, the camera 150, or any combination thereof. The go- to-sleep time can be determined based at least in part on, for example, data from the motion sensor 138 (e.g., data indicative of no movement by the user), data from the camera 150 (e.g., data indicative of no movement by the user and/or that the user has turned off the lights), data from the microphone 140 (e.g., data indicative of the using turning off a TV), data from the user device 170 (e.g., data indicative of the user no longer using the user device 170), data from the pressure sensor 132 and/or the flow rate sensor 134 (e.g., data indicative of the user turning on the respiratory therapy device 122, data indicative of the user donning the user interface 124, etc.), or any combination thereof.
[0127] Generally, a user who is prescribed usage of the respiratory therapy system 120 will tend to experience higher quality sleep and less fatigue during the day after using the respiratory therapy system 120 during the sleep compared to not using the respiratory therapy system 120 (especially when the user suffers from sleep apnea or other sleep related disorders). For example, the user 210 may suffer from obstructive sleep apnea and rely on the user interface 124 (e.g., a full face mask) to deliver pressurized air from the respiratory therapy device 122 via conduit 126. The respiratory therapy device 122 can be a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) machine used to increase air pressure in the throat of the user 210 to prevent the airway from closing and/or narrowing during sleep. For someone with sleep apnea, her airway can narrow or collapse during sleep, reducing oxygen intake, and forcing her to wake up and/or otherwise disrupt her sleep. The CPAP machine prevents the airway from narrowing or collapsing, thus minimizing the occurrences where she wakes up or is otherwise disturbed due to reduction in oxygen intake. While the respiratory therapy device 122 strives to maintain a medically prescribed air pressure or pressures during sleep, the user can experience sleep discomfort due to the therapy.
[0128] FIG. 5 illustrates a method 500 for optimizing sleep for a user of a respiratory therapy system (such as respiratory therapy system 120) that includes a respiratory therapy device configured to supply pressurized air (such as respiratory therapy device 122), and a user
interface (such as user interface 124) coupled to the respiratory therapy device via a conduit (such as conduit 126). The user interface is configured to engage with the user, and aids in directing the pressurized air to the user’s airway. Generally, a control system having one or more processors (such as control system 110 of system 100) is configured to carry out the steps of method 500. A memory device (such as memory device 114 of system 100) can be used to store machine-readable instructions that are executed by the control system to carry out the steps of method 500. The memory device can also store any type of data utilized in the steps of method 500. Generally, method 500 can be implemented using a system (such as system 100) that includes the respiratory therapy system, the control system, and the memory device. [0129] At step 510, therapy instructions to be implemented using the respiratory therapy system 120 for a sleep session are received. The therapy instructions can be entered or preprogramed into the respiratory therapy system 120 by a care provider or by the user 210. The therapy instructions can include a plurality of prescribed control parameters. For example, the therapy instructions can include a prescribed pressure and pressure ranges (e.g., a target pressure, a minimum and maximum pressure). The therapy instruction can also include a prescribed ramp rate, or ranges of ramp rates, to achieve the prescribed pressure or pressures. [0130] In some implementations the control parameter includes a sound, an Expiratory Pressure Relief (EPR) setting, a humidification level, a device movement, a light turning on or changing in brightness, a fan turning on or changing in output, or any combination thereof.
[0131] Sounds that can be used as a control parameter include, without limitation, white noise, pink noise, brown noise, violet noise a soothing sound, music, an alarm, an alert, beeping, or a combination thereof. As used herein, some variants of the flat shaped white noise sound are referred to as pink noise, brown noise, violet noise, etc. In some implementations the sounds (e.g., white noise, pink noise, brown noise, violet, etc.) aid in masking noises from the respiratory therapy system or the environment. In some implementations, the sounds (e.g., soothing sounds and music) aid the user or bed partner to remain in a sleep state or can gently awaken or cause the user to change sleeping position, e.g., to a position to maintain a sleep session or sleep state.
[0132] In some implementations the sound can be provided by the one or more speakers 142 of system 100. Optionally, the system 100 includes multiple speakers 142 to provide localized sound emission. The speakers 142 can include in the ear speakers, over the ear speakers, adjacent to the ear speakers, ear buds, ear pods, or any combination thereof. The speakers 142 can be wired or wireless speakers (e.g., headphones, bookshelf speakers, floor standing speakers, television speakers, in-wall speakers, in-ceiling speakers, etc.). In some
implementations, the speakers 142 are worn by the user 210 and/or the bed partner 220. In some such implementations, the provided speakers 142 can supply a masking noise without impacting the bed partner as the sound would be localized via the type of the speakers 142. In such implementations, respective localized speakers 142 could be provided for the respiration user 210 and/or the bed partner 220.
[0133] Optionally, the speaker 142 is attached to one or more of a strap or strap segments of the user interface 124. Thus, the user 210 (FIG. 2) and/or the bed partner 220 has the choice to perceive a relatively flat shaped white noise sound, or for a quieter (lower level and/or low pass filtered) shaped noise signal. In some such implementations, the higher frequency sounds/noises (e.g., “harsher” sounds) are reduced, while still providing masking sounds to the environmental noise. The system 100 can select an optimized set of fill-in sound frequencies to achieve a target noise profile. For example, if certain components of sound already exist in the frequency spectrum (e.g., related to a box fan in the room, a CPAP blower motor, etc.), then the system 100 can select fill-in sounds with sound parameters/characteristics that fill in the quieter frequency bands, for example, up to a target amplitude level. Thus, the system 100 is able to adaptively attenuate the higher and/or lower frequency components using active adaptive masking and/or as adaptive noise canceling such that the perceived sound is more pleasant and relaxing to the ear (the latter being more suited to more slowly varying and predictable sounds).
[0134] In general, EPR is a feature on some respiratory therapy devices (e.g., CPAP machines) that allows users to adjust between different comfort settings to alleviate feelings of breathlessness some users experience. For example, a drop of 2 cm H2O between inspiration and expiration. Where this feature can be manual, the EPR setting can be implemented by the system 100 without direct manual user input according to some implementations of this description to provide a desired sleep comfort.
[0135] In some implementations a control parameter is the humidity of the air delivered to the user 210. For example, the humidity level can be chosen to mitigate discomfort due to dryness of the sinuses or mouth. The humidity level can also be chosen to optimize a seal between the user interface 124 and user 210.
[0136] A device that is actuated or moved as a control parameter can include, without limitation, a smart pillow, an adjustable bed frame, an adjustable mattress, a fan, an adjustable blanket, or any combination thereof. For example, the device is under control of control system 110. In some implementations the smart pillow, smart mattress, or adjustable blanket can include one or more inflatable compartments or bladders that can inflate or deflate. The
actuated device can thereby change the orientation of user. For example, a pillow 260 can be a smart pillow including one or more inflatable bladders that change the orientation of user 210 if the user’s head is in an orientation that increases the likelihood of increasing the AHI. In another or additional implementation, an adjustable bed frame can include sections that can rise or lower as driven by a motor and cause the user 210 to change orientation, e.g., forcing user 210 to roll from their side to their back. In some implementations, the fan, for example a fan placed on nightstand 240, a fan in a window or a ceiling fan, turns on responsive to the likelihood of an AHI increasing due to orientation of the user 210. In some implementations, the fan generates white noise. The fan can increase in speed and movement of air gradually, so as to not wake and/or disturb the user 210 and/or the bed partner 220 with a sudden change of air movement or sound from the fan.
[0137] In some implementations the control parameter is injection of a substance into the pressurized air to be being delivered to the user interface 124. For example, receptacle 182 can be charged with a substance, the receptacle having an outlet that is in direct or indirect fluid communication with the conduit 126. The substance can be configured or selected to invoke a physical reaction by the user 210. For example, the user 210 may change orientation.
[0138] Optionally, the substance can include a medicament, such as anti-inflammatory medicine, medicine to treat an asthma attack, medicine to treat a heart attack, etc. Generally, any type of medicament that is used to treat any ailment, symptom, disease, etc. can be delivered to the airway of the user 210. When the substance is a medicament, the substance generally includes one or more active ingredients, and one or more excipients. The excipients serve as the medium for conveying the active ingredient, and can include substances such as bulking agents, fillers, diluents, antiadherents, binders, coatings, colors, disintegrants, flavors, glidants, lubricants, preservatives, sorbents, sweeteners, vehicles, or any combinations thereof. The active ingredient is generally the portion of the medicament that actually causes the effect brought on by the medicament.
[0139] The substance can also optionally be an aroma compound (e.g., a substance that delivers scents and/or aromas to the airway of the user 210), a sleep-aid (e.g., a substance that aids the user 210 in falling asleep), a consciousness-arousing compound (e.g., a substance that aids the user 210 in waking up, also referred to as a sleep inhibitor), a cannabidiol oil, an essential oil (such as lavender, valerian, clary sage, sweet maijoram, roman chamomile, bergamot, etc.). The substance can generally be a solid, a liquid, a gas, or any combination thereof. The substance can alternatively or additionally include one or more nanoparticles.
[0140] In some implementations, the prescribed control parameters for a therapy is a function of the sleep stage or sleep architecture. For example, according to the user’s prescription, in transitioning from an awake state to an N1 stage, a pressure ramp may be initiated to achieve a first target pressure from ambient pressure. The ramp can be implemented so as to gradually accustom the user 210 to the pressure change. During a following N2 and N3 the first target pressure may be maintained according to the user’s prescription. Since during REM most users are more likely to experience an increase in apneas, a higher pressure from a previous sleep state is often prescribed for REM sleep stages. Accordingly, a ramp to the higher pressure can be implemented for REM sleep. The sleep state can be determined, as previously described, by monitoring physiological parameters using sensors (e.g., one or more sensors 130, blood pressure device 180, or activity tracker 190 of FIG. 1).
[0141] At step 520, a desired sleep comfort level is entered into the respiratory therapy system 120. The desired sleep comfort may be selected based on how important the sleep comfort is to the user 210 for the sleep session. For example, a first time user 210 might be encouraged to select a high comfort level. A more experienced user 210 may not prioritize sleep comfort or they do not feel any significant discomfort when using the respiratory therapy system 120 with the prescribed control settings. In some instances, a user 210 may generally desire a high sleep comfort but has need for high quality sleep and is willing to have a lower comfort level for a specific sleep session and so selects a low desired sleep comfort level.
[0142] Alternatively or in addition to the user setting the desired sleep comfort level, in some implementations, the system 100 can automatically set a sleep comfort level for the user 210. The automatically set sleep comfort level can be based at least in part on data associated with the user 210 and or data based on the user’s experience and/or length of time and/or hours using the respiratory therapy system 120 and/or sleep therapy. For example, the automatically set sleep comfort level can be set based on the number of days the user has been using sleep therapy, or the number of logged hours using a respiratory therapy system 120.
[0143] In some implementation, one aspect of sleep comfort relates to how the user 210 or a population of users rate a sleeping experience. The user or users can, after a sleeping session, rate the sleep comfort experience. The rating system can include different criteria including, for example, data of reported symptoms of aerophagia, difficulty in getting to sleep, dry sinuses/mouth, muscle soreness, and dry skin. The criteria can be subdivided and quantified such as by rating any pain due to aerophagia from low (e.g., mild gas), medium lingering discomfort (e.g., bloating), to high (e.g., cramps). Difficulty in getting to sleep can be rated as how many times the user might recall checking the time or noting noise or air pressure from
the respiratory therapy system 120. Incidences of dry skin, sinuses or mouth, and muscle soreness can also be reported and used to rate the sleep comfort. The rating can be facilitated by a questionnaire with or without care provider’s help. In some implementations, the questionnaire may also gather information such as whether the user 210 experiences restless sleep, insomnia, arousals during pressure therapy, bed partner’s sleep comfort ratings (e.g., how it affects the bed partner) and other motivational feedback questions, such as increased activity in the following day after pressure therapy, etc. The questionnaire can be presented and the ratings entered by an interactive app via the user interface 124, a touchscreen of the respiratory therapy device 122, a voice input, or the user device 170 (e.g., a smart phone).
[0144] An example of a short questionnaire for a user (Joe) rated sleep comfort is shown in Table 1.
Table 1: User Reported Sleep Comfort Data
[0145] The example questionnaire rates the sleep comfort (or discomfort) due to aerophagia, dry sinuses/mouth, dry skin, while going to sleep, muscle soreness, and sleep quality. The questionnaire rates these factors from low to high with 5 possible increments. Sleep quality relates to how well rested user 210 feels. For example, being clear headed and alert. Where the sleep quality does not characterize sleep comfort, it can often inversely relate to the sleep comfort. Including sleep quality in the sleep comfort rating can help in determining how much the sleep comfort can be modified without reducing the sleep comfort to levels where the therapy is not effective.
[0146] A total rated sleep comfort score can be determined as a function of the sleep comfort for each item listed in Table 1. Equation 1 shows one implementation of how a sleep comfort rating questionnaire can be used to provide a total rated sleep score.
Total Rated Sleep Comfort Score = (mi)(aerophagia) + (m2)(dry sinuses/mouth) + (m3)(dry skin) + (nuXgoing to sleep)+(m5)(muscle soreness)-(me)(sleep quality);
Equation 1
[0147] In Equation 1, mi is a weighting factor selected for aerophagia, m2 is a weight factor selected for dry sinuses/mouth, m3 is a weight factor for dry skin, nu is a weight factor for going to sleep, ms is the weight factor for muscle soreness, and me is a weight factor for sleep quality. The Total Rated Sleep Comfort Score value can also be normalized e.g., to have a minimum of 0 or 1, and maximum of 5, 10, 20, 50 or 100. The weight factor relates to the importance of a specific item to sleep comfort. For example, the “aerophagia” item may ultimately be more important to sleep quality than the “going to sleep” item and a greater weight factor is selected or assigned for aerophagia than for going to sleep. The weight factors can be assigned by a first machine learning algorithm, for example, by providing data from multiple sleep sessions for one or more users. A “true” sleep comfort level for each individual sleep session is also used for training the first algorithm. Here the “true” sleep comfort refers to a user, or users, provided overall assessment of the sleep comfort, which can be assigned a value for training the first machine learning algorithm.
[0148] The first machine learning algorithm can also determine the overall function, including items other than those listed in Table 1, to provide the most accurate total rated sleep comfort score. In some implementation, the first machine learning algorithm can learn how an individual user 210 rates criteria that is subjective. For example, a first user may rate a sore muscle as more detrimental to sleep comfort than a second user. The first algorithm can learn this difference between the first and second user and accordingly modify the function to determine the Total Rated Sleep Comfort Score, depending on which user is using the respiratory therapy system 120. For example, if equation 1 is used, the weighing factor ms associated with muscle soreness for the first user would be less than the same weighing factor for the second user.
[0149] In some implementations, an aspect of sleep comfort relates to monitoring a user 210 or users of the respiratory therapy system 120 with sensors, such as sensors 130, during sleep sessions. In some implementations, the sleep architecture for the sleep session is determined as previously described, and the achieved sleep comfort level is determined as a function of sleep architecture. For example, a user 210 may be detected as moving during a non-REM sleep session. A user may be unconsciously trying to, or succeeding at, remove a user interface 124 in an N1 or other sleep phase. In some implementations, a user may be in a sleep position in a non-REM sleep phase (e.g., back vs side) which leads to poor sleep comfort. These activities can be factors influencing sleep comfort and can be monitored using sensors such as motion
sensor 138, camera 150, or microphone 140, blood pressure device 180, activity tracker 190, or any combination thereof. Other indicators of sleep comfort that can be monitored can include noises from the respiratory therapy system 120 such as a pump or a leak at the user interface 124 (e.g., a mask leak). The ambient temperature as measured by temperature sensor 136 can also be indicative of sleep comfort. For example, a temperature that is higher or lower than an ideal temperature (e.g., 63 °F) can impact sleep comfort. While a user 210 may not instantly know how the various sensor monitored factors are impacting their sleep, the sensors can monitor these in real time as well as track and provide the data for analyses after the sleep session.
[0150] An example of some factors that can be monitored using sensors is shown by Table 2.
Table 2: Measured Sleep Comfort factors
[0151] Table 2 lists the number of non-REM movements, percent time on back vs side, average room temperature, number of mask leaks, number of incidence of noises above a whisper (e.g., about 40 dB), and AHI. Where AHI is not a direct measure of sleep comfort it can be inversely proportional or otherwise counter to the sleep comfort. Including AHI can provide a balancing consideration since reducing AHI is an important objective of sleep therapies for various sleeping disorders.
[0152] A total measured sleep comfort score can be determined as a function of these sensor measurable factors. Any useful function can be implemented. An embodiment of a simple function is shown by equation 2.
Equation 2:
Total Measured Sleep Comfort Score = (m?)(N-REM Movements) + (ms)(% Time on Back/Side) + (m9)(Ave. Rm. Temp)+(mio)(# of Mask Leaks) +(mn)(# Noises)-(mi2)(AHI);
where m? is a weighting factor selected for N-REM movements, ms is a weight factor selected for % time on back/side, mg is a weight factor for average room temperature, mw is a weight factor for number of mask leaks, mu is a weight factor for number of noise incidences > 40 dB, and m 12 is a weight factor for AHI. The weight factors, and the overall form of the function, can be determined by using a second machine learning algorithm. The Total Measured Sleep Comfort Score value can also be normalized e.g., to have a minimum of 0 or 1, and maximum of 5, 10, 20, 50 or 100. Data from the user or multiple users over multiple sleep sessions can be input into the second machine learning algorithm. A true sleep comfort can be used for training the second machine learning algorithm. In some implementations, the first machine learning algorithm provides a rated sleep comfort which can be used to train the second machine learning algorithm to determine the measured sleep comfort. For example, the rated sleep comfort from the first algorithm is used as the true sleep comfort for training the second algorithm.
[0153] In some implementations data from user 210 rated sleep comfort (e.g., Table 1) is combined with data from sensor measured sleep comfort factors (e.g., Table 2). For example, an overall sleep comfort score can be determined using user reported sleep comfort and measured sleep comfort. For example, a function for an Overall Sleep Comfort Score can be a combination of equation 1 and 2. The Overall Sleep Comfort Score value can also be normalized e.g., to have a minimum of 0 or 1, and maximum of 5, 10, 20, 50 or 100. In some implementations the first algorithm and second algorithm are combined as a single machine learning algorithm.
[0154] Returning to FIG. 5 and step 520, the desired sleep comfort level can be a value selected from a series of incrementally increasing values between a first value, indicative that the comfort experience is not important to the user, and a second value, indicative that the user desires the best possible sleep comfort experience. The values can be scaled similarly to the sleep comfort score that is used i.e., the Rated Sleep Comfort Score (e.g., Table 1, equation 1), the Measured Sleep Comfort Score (e.g., Table 2, equation 2) or the Overall Sleep Comfort Score (e.g., the combination of the Rated Sleep Comfort Score and the Measured Sleep Comfort Score). For example, the minimum and maximum values for the various scores correspond to the minimum and maximum values the user 210 can select for the desired sleep comfort. The values can be on a continuous scale, such as an analog volume control, or they can be digital. In other implementations, the sleep comfort can have digital value. For example, the values can be integers between 1 and 10, where 1 is indicative that the user does not desire an improvement in sleep comfort, and where 10 indicates the user desires the best possible
sleep comfort experience. The sleep comfort level can be selected or dialed in according to the desired sleep comfort of the user.
[0155] While in some implementations the desired comfort level is selected when a user 210 goes to bed for a sleep session, in some other implementation the comfort level can be changed by the user 210 during the sleep session. For example, a user 210 may wake up after some combination of non-REM and REM sleep and decide that they are uncomfortable or can’t get back to sleep. The user 210 can accordingly decide to increase the sleep comfort level. Alternatively, the user 210 may wake up during a sleep session and notice the time is 4 am and decide they need to get a couple more hours of high quality sleep so they decrease the sleep comfort to improve their sleep quality.
[0156] As shown by step 530, in some optional implementations, historic control parameters and historic sleep comfort levels can be entered into the respiratory therapy system 120. As used here, “historic” relates to one or more previous sleep sessions. For example, a historic sleep comfort might be a user selected value of 8 (e.g., on a scale of 1-10) which the user may have selected for a sleep session just prior to the current sleep session. In this instance, the historic control parameters are control parameters from the previous sleep session implemented using the respiratory therapy system 120 to target the desired sleep comfort of 8. A user may, after assessing the previous sleep session, determine that the comfort level actually achieved (the historic sleep comfort) is lower or higher than what they had entered. The received historic parameters and sleep comfort can be used for the current sleep session to more accurately achieve the desired sleep comfort for the sleep session where the user input indicates a gap between. For example, the user can select a higher or lower sleep comfort level based on their personal experience to self-titrate the desired sleep comfort.
[0157] In some implementations, the use of historic data relates to training of the system and can be implemented with the use of artificial intelligence. For example, a third machine learning algorithm can include the data used in the first machine learning algorithm (user reported sleep comfort), the second machine training algorithm (user measured sleep comfort), and a historic adjusted control parameter. In some implementations, the third machine learning algorithm is a combination of or includes elements from the first and second machine training algorithms.
[0158] In step 540, the control parameters are adjusted from the prescribed control parameters and the adjusted control parameters are implemented during the sleep session. Where the prescribed control parameters are implemented to improve the sleep quality of the user 210,
the adjusted control parameters are implemented to achieve the desired sleep comfort level of the user 210.
[0159] In some implementations, the received therapy instructions are provided to aid a user in achieving a target therapy parameter during a sleep session, and the adjusted one of more values or range of values of the plurality of control parameters provides a therapy parameter that is different from the target therapy parameter. In some implementations, the adjusted one or more of the values or the range of values of the plurality of control parameters provides a therapy parameter that is greater than the target therapy parameter. In some other implementations, the adjusted one or more of the values or the range of values of the plurality of control parameters provides a therapy parameter that is less than the target therapy parameter.
[0160] In some implementations the received therapy instructions are provided to aid a user in achieving a target AHI for the user during the sleep session. While in some implementations, the achieved AHI is about the same as the target for the therapy, in some other implementation the adjusted control parameter can lead to an AHI that is greater than (e.g., worse than) the target AHI.
[0161] The sleep comfort can therefore be improved at the expense of a degradation in the quality of the sleep. In some implementations, the control parameters are adjusted to maximized the sleep quality and maximize the sleep comfort. For example, maximizing sleep quality and sleep comfort can be a feature of a machine learning algorithm such as the third machine learning algorithm.
[0162] In some implementations the pressure, range of pressures, or pressure ramps are adjusted up or down from the prescribe pressure, ranges of pressures, or pressure ramps. In some implementations, the pressure, range of pressures, or pressure ramps are adjusted to be lower than the prescribed pressure for at least a portion of the sleep session. In some implementations, the pressure, range of pressures, or pressure ramps are adjusted to be higher than the prescribed pressure for at least a portion of the sleep session. In some implementations, the pressure or range of pressures are adjusted to be higher than the prescribed pressure for at least a portion of the sleep session, and the average adjusted pressure during the entire sleep session is lower than the average prescribed pressure for the entire sleep session.
[0163] In some implementations, sounds that are provided by the one or more speakers 142 of system 100 are adjusted from prescribed sounds. In some embodiments, white noise, pink noise, brown noise, violet noise a soothing sound, or music is increased in volume, decreased in volume, increased in duration or decreased in duration from the prescription. In some
implementations an alarm or alert that indicates a poor sleeping position with respect to sleep quality is turned off. The silencing of the alarm allows the user 210 to continue sleeping, albeit in a poor position, but providing more sleep comfort.
[0164] In some implementations, an EPR setting is adjusted up or down from a prescribed value. For example, where an EPR setting is a drop of 0.5 cm H2O between inspiration and expiration as prescribed, the adjusted setting can be 1 cm H2O, 1.5 cm H2O, or 2.0 cm H2O.
[0165] In some implementations, the humidity of the air delivered to the user 210 is adjusted up or down from a prescribed value. For example, in some implementations the humidity is increased to mitigate discomfort due to dry skin or dry sinuses/mouth. In some other implementations the humidity is decreased to mitigate discomfort due to the user 210 feeling discomfort due to slickness or stickiness of the user interface 124 (e.g., a face mask). The decrease in humidity can lead to a decrease in sleep quality, for example, due to increase face leaks, but the sleep comfort is increased.
[0166] In some implementations an adjusted control parameter includes a device that is actuated or moved. In a prescribed therapy the device may cause a user 210 to change position to reduce or avoid a mask leak. Where a user 210 may tend to move to a position that causes a mask leak, the repeated actuation of the device to try and force the user to a different position might cause sleep discomfort. For, example, forcing the user to assume a position that causes muscle soreness or causes aerophagia.
[0167] In implementations where the control parameter is injection of a substance into the pressurized air to be being delivered to the user interface 124, the adjustment can be a decrease or increase in the delivered substance. For example, a consciousness-arousing compound can be prescribed to limit the sleep session. As adjusted, the delivery of the substance can be delayed to a later time in the sleep session thereby prolonging the sleep session and improving the sleep quality.
[0168] In some implementations the prescribed control parameters maintain an ideal sleep architecture. The adjusted control parameters can change the ideal sleep architecture. For example, with adjusted control parameters less REM might be occur due to an increase in apneas occurring.
[0169] In some implementations, the selected desired sleep comfort level does not provide any measurable increase in sleep quality but can be used to allow a user 210, such as a first time user, to adopt the sleep therapy. The user 210 can gradually, optionally with guidance from a care provider, decrease the comfort level to improve the sleep quality in a “weaning” process. In some implementations, the weaning process is part of a program extending over several
days, weeks or months and can be an automatically implemented feature of the control system 110. In some implementations, the weaning program can be a feature of one or more of the machine learning algorithms described herein.
[0170] Step 550 shows an optional implementation wherein the control parameters are adjusted during the sleep session responsive to a current sleep comfort and the desired sleep comfort. The current sleep comfort is an estimated sleep comfort of the user and does not require any direct or conscious input from the user. For example, the current sleep comfort can be determined by monitoring the user 210 using sensors such as sensors 130, blood pressure device 180, or activity tracker 190 of FIG. 1. Where Table 2 shows measured sleep comfort for an entire sleep session, the various factors that can be monitored using sensors can be sampled and tallied during a sleep session. How these factors change during the sleep session can be used to predict the sleep comfort that will be achieved during the sleep session. Where the trajectory of the predicted sleep comfort based on the current sleep comfort deviates from the desired sleep comfort level, corrective action can be implemented. The corrective action can be implemented by modification of the control parameters. For example, if the temperature is high and predicted to decrease the sleep comfort, a thermostat can be reset or a fan turned on. If a muscle soreness is predicted due to a user 210 sleeping position, a device such as a smart pillow, smart mattress, or adjustable blanket can be activated to cause the user 210 to change position. The prediction can be implemented using a prediction algorithm. The prediction algorithm can be a fourth machine learning algorithm, that can include the previously described first, second and third algorithms.
[0171] Step 560 is an optional step that includes determining the sleep comfort level achieved by user 210 in the sleep session. The sleep comfort level achieved can be determined as previously described, for example, using the user rated sleep comfort and measured sleep comfort. Optionally, the sleep comfort is determined using a fifth machine learning algorithm that can be any combination of the first, second, third and fourth machine learning algorithms previously discussed. In some embodiments the sleep comfort is reported out to the user, for example through the user device 170.
[0172] According to some implementations, any of the plurality of prescribed control parameters can be adjusted to improve the sleep comfort. For example, the plurality of control parameters can include a prescribed pressure, a range of prescribed pressures, a range of prescribed pressures ramps, and a range of prescribed step pressures changes, and one or more of the prescribed pressure, the range of prescribed pressures, the range of prescribed pressures ramps, and the range of prescribed step pressures changes are adjusted to improve the sleep
comfort. In some implementations, the prescribed pressure is adjusted to an adjusted pressure that is less than the prescribed pressure or range of prescribed pressures. In some implementations, the prescribed pressure range is adjusted to a range of pressures that is lower than the prescribed range of pressures. For example, the average or mean of the prescribed pressure range can be adjusted to be lower, or one or more of the maximum or minimum pressure can be adjusted lower.
[0173] FIG. 6A are plots showing an implementation according to some aspects of the disclosure. The plots in FIG. 6A show pressure ramps that can be implemented at or near the beginning of a sleep session, for example to aiding the user in falling asleep at the beginning of the sleep session. The left side plot shows an adjusted target maximum pressure 602, an adjusted pressure ramp 603, and a respiratory flow 601. The right side plot shows the therapeutic prescribed maximum pressure 604, the prescribed pressure ramp 605, and the respiratory flow 601. A user may be prescribed the prescribed maximum pressure 604 to be implemented with respiratory therapy system 120. The prescribed maximum pressure 604 can be, for example, 15 mm H2O. This pressure is prescribed to provide a target AHI, such as 10 or less per sleep session. The prescribed target AHI and pressure can be determined, for example, during a titration experiment supervised by a care provider. The user 210 may find the prescribed maximum pressure 604 and/or the prescribed pressure ramp 605 reduces their sleep comfort. For example, the user 210 may have symptoms of aerophagia after a sleep session where the prescribed maximum pressure 604 is implemented. Alternatively, or additionally, the user 210 may find the prescribed pressure ramp 605 increases the pressure too rapidly, making it difficult to fall asleep. The adjusted target maximum pressure 602 and the adjusted pressure ramp 603 are responsive to the user 210 selecting a desired sleep comfort level. For example, a user feeling bloated when the prescribed pressure ramp 605 is implemented, selects a sleep comfort level to decrease the bloating and increase sleep comfort. Likewise, the more gradual increase in the adjusted pressure ramp 603 as compared to the prescribed pressure ramp 605 can provide a gentler transition for user 210 to go to sleep. While the adjusted target maximum pressure 602 and the adjusted pressure ramp 603 can provide better sleep comfort as compared to the prescribed maximum pressure 604 and the prescribed pressure ramp 605, the sleep quality can be reduced. For example, the AHI achieved can be higher using prescribed maximum pressure 604 as compared to the AHI achieved using adjusted target maximum pressure 602.
[0174] As another example, the user 210 may find that the prescribed pressure ramp 605 starts at a pressure that is too low, which does not deliver a large enough quantity of breathing air
and creates an uncomfortable feeling of hungering for air, called “air hunger”. This may also reduce sleep comfort and make it difficult to fall asleep. The prescribed pressure ramp 605 may then be adjusted by the user to a desired sleep comfort level such that there is an appropriate adjusted pressure ramp 603, which enables the user 210 to provide sufficient breathing air and go to sleep, while on therapy.
[0175] The plots illustrated in FIG. 6A also show another aspect according to some implementations. A delta 606 between the prescribed maximum pressure 604 and the adjusted target maximum pressure 602 is shown. Where a higher pressure causes more sleep discomfort, a larger delta 606 indicates the user 120 has selected a higher desired sleep comfort. In comparison, a smaller delta 606 would indicate a selected a lower sleep comfort. Although shown as applied to pressure, other control factors can be similarly manipulated and the delta between a prescribed and adjusted value is responsive to the desired sleep comfort level. In some implementation, an increase in a control parameter will provide better sleep comfort. For example, if the prescribed control parameter is a concentration of a medicament provided to the user via the respiratory therapy system 120, an increase of the medicament, while possibly improving sleep comfort, could cause more apneas. In this instance, the increase in the medicament is an adjustment of a control parameter to a higher level from the prescribed control parameter.
[0176] FIG. 6B shows an implementation according to another aspect of the description. The left side plot shows an adjusted pressure and ramp profile. The plots in FIG. 6B show pressure ramps that can be implemented in response to a user experiencing an event during a sleep session. The left side plot shows a respiratory flow 608 and time segments 616, 618A and 620. After time segment 616, an apnea is shown in time segment 618A. In response to the apnea, a ramp 609 from an initial pressure 610 to a second higher pressure 612 is implemented by respiratory therapy system 120. After a delay 611, the apnea is stopped and regular breathing continues in time segment 620. The right side plot shows a prescribed pressure and ramp profile. After time segment 616 at the initial pressure 610, an apnea occurs in time segment 618B. In response, a prescribed pressure ramp 614 to a higher target pressure of 617 is implemented. The prescribed pressure ramp 614 is steeper (positive) than ramp 609, and the pressure 617 is also higher than the second pressure 612. Because of the more aggressive control parameters used in the prescribed therapy, the apnea segment 618B is shorter than the apnea time segment 618A. The apnea time segment 618B is shorter than the apnea time segment 618A according to this implementation because the apnea is more quickly stopped after implementation of the prescribed pressure ramp 614, than after implementation of
pressure ramp 609. Specifically, no delay 611, shown in the left side plot, is seen in the right side plot. Although the more aggressive control parameters implemented using the prescribed pressure ramp 614 and pressure 617 can more effectively eliminate an apnea, this can lead to sleep discomfort. The less aggressive pressure ramp 609 and the second pressure 612 reduces the discomfort.
[0177] FIG. 7 illustrates a method 700 for optimizing one or more parameters of a respiratory therapy system (such as respiratory therapy system 120). In some implementations, the respiratory therapy system includes a respiratory therapy device configured to supply pressurized air (such as respiratory therapy device 122), and a user interface (such as user interface 124) coupled to the respiratory therapy device via a conduit (such as conduit 126). The user interface is configured to engage with the user, and aids in directing the pressurized air to the user’s airway. Generally, a control system having one or more processors (such as control system 110 of system 100) is configured to carry out the steps of method 700. A memory device (such as memory device 114 of system 100) can be used to store machine- readable instructions that are executed by the control system to carry out the steps of method 700. The memory device can also store any type of data utilized in the steps of method 700. Generally, method 700 can be implemented using a system (such as system 100) that includes the respiratory therapy system, the control system, and the memory device.
[0178] Generally, the respiratory therapy system is used according to a variety of different parameters. These parameters can include settings of the respiratory therapy system, but may also include other parameters relevant to the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system, such as light levels in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, sound levels in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, the position in which the user is in during their use of the respiratory therapy system, and other parameters. All of these parameters contribute to the user’s experience when using the respiratory therapy system, and can generally have a number of different values. The values of all of these parameters related to how effective the respiratory therapy system is in treating any issues that the user is currently experiencing (such as SDB and/or OSA).
[0179] However, the values of the parameters also impact the user’s comfort when using the respiratory therapy system, which in turn can impact the user’s compliance with a prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system. Generally, the user’s compliance can be measured in a variety of different ways. In some cases, compliance is defined as adherence to the prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system during an initial 90-day period. In other cases, compliance can be defined as short-term adherence or long-term adherence, both of which can depend on
external requirements set by insurance guidelines, medical guidelines, industry guidelines (e.g., standards set by industry), government guidelines (e.g., guidelines from the appropriate governing body or regulatory agency), and others. In some cases, compliance is defined as using the respiratory therapy system for a minimum number of days (or sleep sessions) Dmin within a time period containing a total number of days (or sleep sessions) Dtot. The minimum number of days Dmin could be defined as a raw number of days, or as a percentage of the total number of days Dtot. In some cases, compliance is defined as using the respiratory therapy system for at least a minimum number of hours hmin per use (e.g., per sleep session). The minimum number of hours hmin could be defined as a raw number of hours, or as a percentage of the length of the sleep session. In some cases, compliance can be defined as using the respiratory therapy system for both (i) the minimum number of days Dmin within the total number of days Dtot, and (ii) the minimum number of hours hmin per use. For example, in some implementations compliance is defined as using the respiratory therapy system for at least 70% of the first 90 days, and for using the respiratory therapy system for at least 4 hours per night (either across the number of nights the respiratory therapy system was used, or across all 90 nights). As used herein, the term compliance generally refers to adhering to any type of prescribed use or plan of use for a respiratory therapy system, regardless of the length of the prescribed use, the source of the prescribed use, and any factors impacting the prescribed use. [0180] Method 700 is directed to techniques for optimizing a plurality of parameters of the respiratory therapy system, in order to improve the user’s comfort when using the respiratory therapy system and in turn improve the user’s compliance with the prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system. In many cases, various parameters of the respiratory therapy system can have a range of values while still providing an effective therapeutic benefit to the user. Optimizing the plurality of parameters can include identifying certain values or sub-ranges of values within the broader ranges of values that still provide the therapeutic benefit to the user, but improve the user’s comfort while using the respiratory therapy system.
[0181] In step 710, data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system (also referred to herein as user data) is received. In some implementations, the received data is data that is specific to the user, e.g., personal data and/or demographic data. The received data can include the user’s age, sex, gender, and other physical characteristics of the user. The received data can also include clinical data of the user, which generally associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system. For example, the clinical data can include data related to the user’s AHI associated with prior use of the respiratory therapy system, prescribed operating
parameters of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., prescribed maximum pressure of the pressurize air, prescribed pressure ramp parameters, etc.), the user’s sleepiness/restlessness score or scores, the user’s reasons for using the respiratory therapy system (e.g., data associated with SDB and/or OSA experienced by the user), or any other relevant clinical and/or medical data. The received data can also indicate what type of user interface that the user wears when using the respiratory therapy system (e.g., face mask, nasal pillows, etc.), what type of sleep tests the user has taken, and other factors. A sleep test (sometimes referred to as a sleep study or polysomnography) is performed by monitoring the user using various sensors during a sleep session. These sensors can include an EEG sensor, an EOG sensor, an EMG sensor, an ECG sensor, and other sensors. The sleep study can be used to determine whether a user experiences OSA or SDB during the sleep session, as well as whether the user is suffering from any other conditions. Sleep tests can be home-based (e.g., performed at home by the user in their own bed), laboratory-based (e.g., performed while the user is in a clinical setting, such as a healthcare facility), or can be performed in other environments.
[0182] The received data can also be associated with the user’s preferences for use of the respiratory therapy system. These preferences could be related to the type of user interface the user prefers to wear, the position the user prefers to sleep in, the light and/or sound levels in the room during the sleep session, how the respiratory therapy system adjusts the pressure of the pressurized air to deal with events (such as apneas), the pressure of the pressurized air as the user is attempting to fall asleep, balances between lower pressures for comfort and higher pressures to more quickly deal with events, etc.
[0183] In some implementations, the data associated with the user includes the age of the user (e.g., a numerical value or an age group, such as less than 45, between 45 and 60, greater than 60, etc.); the gender of the user (e.g., male, female, unknow/prefer not to say); the prescribed starting pressure for the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., the pressure that the respiratory therapy system will initially begin with at the beginning of the sleep session when the user initially dons the user interface and is likely still awake, which may also be referred to as the starting therapy pressure); the prescribed minimum pressure for the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., the minimum working pressure of the respiratory therapy system when the user is asleep which is generally prescribed by the user’s healthcare provider, which may also be referred to as the minimum therapy pressure); the user’s baseline AHI (e.g., a numerical value or an AHI group (in one example minimum, mild, moderate, severe, unknown; in another example less than 5, between 5 and 15, between 15 and 30, greater than 30, or unknown)); the type of sleep test that the user has undergone (e.g., a home sleep test, a
lab-based sleep test, etc.); the reason that the user will be using the respiratory therapy system (e.g., daytime sleepiness, restless sleep, concern from the user’s bed partner, other health risk, other reasons, or any combinations of these reasons, etc.); the level of the user’s daytime sleepiness prior in the absence of using the respiratory therapy system (which may be selfreported and may be, for example, unknown, not at all, slightly, moderately, very, extremely, etc.); the type of user interface the user will use (e.g., full-face, nasal, nasal pillows, etc.); when the user initially started therapy with the respiratory therapy system (e.g., between 0 and 3 months ago, between 3 and 12 months ago, more than 1 year ago, more than 5 years ago, never, etc.); whether the user is or will be monitored by a healthcare provider during the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system; a unique identifier of the respiratory therapy device and/or the user interface (such as a unique identification number); the user’s BMI (e.g., a numerical value or a BMI group (in one example normal, overweight, obese class I”, obese class II,” or obese class III; in another example between 18.5 and 25.0, between 25.0 and 30.0, between 30.0 and 35.0, between 35.0 and 40.0, or greater than or equal to 40.0); a type of humidifier in the user’s respiratory therapy system; other data; or any combination of the above.
[0184] In one example, the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) a type of sleep test undergone by the user, (iv) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (v) a type of user interface worn by the user, (vi) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vii) a prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, (viii) a prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for by the user, or (ix) any combination thereof.
[0185] In one example, the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (iv) a type of user interface worn by the user, (v) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vi) a BMI of the user, or (vii) any combination thereof.
[0186] In some implementations, the data associated with the user includes data associated with sleep stages that the user spends time in during sleep sessions. For example, the data associated with the user could indicate on average how much time the user spends in various different sleep stages when asleep, what percentage of a sleep session is spent in each sleep stage on average, other types of data, or any combinations thereof.
[0187] The data may be received at any suitable location, such as the device or combination of devices that implement method 700. In some implementations, the data is received and stored in the memory device (such as memory device 114) of the system. In other implementations, the data is received and stored in other locations.
[0188] In step 720, an initial value of each of one or more parameters (also referred to herein as initial parameter values) of the respiratory therapy system is determined for use of the respiratory therapy system during a first period of time. The one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system can include any parameter related to the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system. The initial values of the parameters can be based at least in part on the received data (z.e., on the user data).
[0189] For example, the one or more parameters can include various settings of the respiratory therapy system. In some implementations, the parameters are associated with and/or impact a comfort level of the user during the sleep session. In these implementations, the parameters can include a pressure ramp setting, an event response setting, an expiratory pressure relief (EPR) setting, the temperature of the pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, the humidity of the pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, the standard pressure of the pressurized air during the sleep session, the temperature of the pressurized air, the temperature of the conduit connecting the user interface and the respiratory therapy device, the therapy mode of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., APAP, CPAP, BPAP, AUTO, etc.), the minimum pressure, the maximum pressure, the starting pressure, the trigger time, and others.
[0190] Generally, the pressure ramp setting governs the gradual increase of the pressure of the pressurized air at the beginning of the sleep session (e.g., once the user initially dons the user interface during the sleep session). The pressure can increase from a starting pressure (e.g., 0) to some predetermined higher pressure. This allows the pressure to be gradually increased until the user is asleep, and prevents the user from experiencing higher pressures as they are trying to fall asleep. The pressure ramp setting generally includes multiple settings governing this increase. For example, the pressure ramp setting may include both a pressure ramp mode setting and a pressure ramp duration setting (which can also be referred to as a pressure ramp rate setting). The pressure ramp mode setting determines whether a pressure ramp is implemented, and the pressure ramp duration setting defines how long it takes for the pressure to increase to the higher pressure (e.g., the rate at which the pressure is increased) once the ramp is implemented at the beginning of the sleep session. A pressure ramp final pressure setting defines the higher pressure that the pressure is increased to.
[0191] In some cases, the higher pressure that the pressure is increased to is the starting pressure that is used when the user is asleep during the sleep session. In other cases, the higher pressure is less than the starting pressure. In these cases, the pressure is maintained at the higher pressure until it is determined that the user is asleep, and then the pressure is increased to the
starting pressure. In still other cases, the pressure is increased from the initial pressure to a pressure that is less than the higher pressure when the sleep session begins, and is then increased from that pressure to the higher pressure once it is determined that the user is asleep. In further cases, the pressure is increased to the higher pressure only after it is determined that the user is asleep. A higher pressure ramp duration value (e.g., a slower increase) and a lower final pressure value (e.g., an increase to a lower pressure) are generally more comfortable for the user while the user is still awake at the beginning of the sleep session, although they may be less optimal in treating the user’s condition (e.g., OSA or SDB), as they may result in the respiratory therapy system taking a longer time to reach a pressure prescribed to treat the user’ s condition (e.g., a pressure prescribed to achieve a goal AHI during the sleep session).
[0192] The possible values of the pressure ramp setting may vary in different implementations. For example, in some implementations, the possible values of the pressure ramp mode setting are “On” and “Off’. When set to On, a pressure ramp is implemented at the beginning of the sleep session with some predetermined duration and final pressure. In cases where there is a pressure ramp duration setting, the duration of the pressure ramp when the pressure ramp mode setting is “On” is determined by the pressure ramp duration setting. When the pressure ramp mode setting is set to Off, no pressure ramp is implemented, and the pressure ramp duration setting is not applicable, or NA. In other implementations, the pressure ramp setting may additionally have a value of “Auto”. When the pressure ramp mode setting is set to Auto, a pressure ramp is implemented once it is determined that the user is asleep. Prior to the user being asleep, the Auto value can cause the pressure ramp setting to either not implement any pressure ramp, or implement a small pressure ramp. When the pressure ramp mode setting is set to Auto, the pressure ramp duration setting is set to NA, as the respiratory therapy system will automatically determine how to increase the pressure in response to detecting sleep onset. In other implementations, the possible values of the pressure ramp setting can be specific numerical values for the pressure ramp duration setting and the final pressure setting. In additional implementations, the possible values of the pressure ramp setting are specific numeral values for the pressure ramp setting, which each refer to a distinct combination of a pressure ramp duration value and a final pressure value.
[0193] The event response setting refers to how the respiratory therapy system adjusts the pressure of the pressurized air in response to the user experiencing an event. For example, if the user experiences an event (such as an apnea) during the sleep session, the pressure of the pressurize air may be gradually increased from its current pressure to some predetermined higher pressure, to aid in ending the event. Generally, the event response setting will define
how the respiratory therapy system implements a pressure ramp (e.g., increase the pressure over some time period) in response to the event, where the pressure ramp is similar to the pressure ramp that may be implemented at the beginning of the sleep session in reference to the pressure ramp setting. However, in some implementations, the event response can additionally or alternatively define how other pressure changes besides a pressure ramp are implemented by the event response setting.
[0194] The event response setting can itself include multiple settings, including any of an event response mode setting, an event response duration setting, and an event response final pressure setting. The event response duration setting defines the rate at which the pressure is changed (e.g., increased) in response to an event occurring. The event response final pressure setting defines the pressure (e.g., the higher pressure) that the pressure is changed (e.g., increased) to in response to an event. A higher event response duration value (e.g., a slower increase in a pressure ramp implemented to aid in mitigating the event) and a lower event response final pressure value (e.g., an increase to a lower pressure) are generally more comfortable for the user, although these values may be less effective at treating events.
[0195] Similar to the pressure ramp setting, the possible values of the event response setting may vary in different implementations. For example, in some implementations, the possible values of the event response setting are “Soft” and “Standard”. When set to Soft, the respiratory therapy system implements, in response to an event, a pressure ramp that is generally less aggressive (e.g., has a longer duration and/or a lower final pressure) than the pressure ramp implemented in response to an event when the value of the event response setting is set to Standard. In some cases, the values in this implementation are instead referred to as “On” and “Off.” “On” refers to the soft response mode being active so that a less aggressive pressure ramp is implemented in response to a respiratory event occurring, and “Off’ refers to the soft response mode being inactive so that the standard more aggressive pressure ramp is implemented in response to a respiratory event occurring. In other implementations, the possible values of the event response setting can be specific numerical values for the event response duration setting and the event response final pressure setting. In additional implementations, the possible values of the event response setting are specific numeral values for the event response setting, which each refer to a distinct combination of an event response duration value and an event response final pressure value. In yet other implementations, the possible values of the event response setting are “Event Ramp” and “No Event Ramp”. When set to Event Ramp, a predefined pressure ramp is implemented in response to an event
occurring. When set to No Event Ramp, no pressure ramp is implemented in response to an event occurring.
[0196] The pressure ramp setting and the event response setting are generally two different settings, even though they both can define a pressure ramp to be implemented by the respiratory therapy system. The pressure ramp setting generally defines a pressure ramp that can be implemented at the beginning (or toward the beginning) of a sleep session, that is designed to aid the user in falling asleep. The event response setting generally defines how the respiratory therapy system modifies the pressure of the pressurize air in response to the event, and in many cases defines a pressure ramp that is implemented by the respiratory therapy system in response to the event. The event response setting can define other pressure modification responses however.
[0197] As noted herein, the EPR setting allows for the respiratory therapy system to provide different pressures for the pressurized air depending on whether the user is current inhaling or exhaling. Thus, depending on the value of the EPR setting, there can be a pressure drop in the pressurized air between inspiration and expiration. When the EPR setting is active, the pressure of the pressurized air will be lower upon expiration as compared to inspiration. Similar to other settings, the EPR setting itself may include multiple setting. In some cases, these settings include one or both of an EPR Mode setting and an EPR level setting. The possible values of the EPR settings may vary in different implementations. For example, in some implementations, the possible values of the EPR mode setting are “On” and “Off’. When set to Off, the pressure is not lowered during expiration, and when set to On, the pressure is lowered during expiration. In another example, the possible values of the EPR mode setting are ’’Off,” “Ramp Only,” and “Full Time.” When set to Off, no expiratory pressure relief is implemented. When set to Ramp Only, expiratory pressure relief is only implemented during the period of the sleep session prior to the user falling asleep when a pressure ramp is implemented. If no pressure ramp is implemented (e.g., if the pressure ramp mode setting is “Off’), then this value for the EPR mode setting would be NA. When set to Full Time, expiratory pressure relief is always implemented.
[0198] In some implementations, the EPR level setting is a numerical value that defines the size of the expiratory pressure relief. In one example, the EPR level setting could be 1 (e.g., a pressure drop of 1 cmFEO during expiration), 2 (e.g., a pressure drop of 2 cmFEO during expiration), or 3 (e.g., a pressure drop of 2 cmFEO during expiration). In other implementations, the EPR mode setting and the EPR level setting are combined, and the single EPR setting has values of “Off,” “On - 1,” “On - 2,” or “On - 3.” On - 2 implements a larger
pressure drop during expiration than On - 1, and On - 3 implements a large pressure drop during expiration than On - 2. In further implementations, the possible values for the EPR setting are specific numerical values that correspond to the amount that the pressure drops during expiration.
[0199] The minimum pressure setting refers to the minimum pressure of the pressurized air at any point during the sleep session once the user falls asleep. In some cases, the pressure may be decreased if the user has not experienced a respiratory event for a certain period of time, or if expiratory pressure relief is implemented. The minimum pressure setting thus governs the point at which no further decreases are allowed. The minimum pressure setting may generally have any value, but is often in a range of between 4.0 cmFEO and 8.0 cmEEO. For example, in some cases, the value of the minimum pressure setting is 4.0 cmEEO, 5.0 cmEEO, 6.0 cmEEO, or 8.0 cmFEO.
[0200] Similarly, the maximum pressure setting refers to the maximum pressure of the pressurized air at any point during the sleep session once the user falls asleep, and may also be referred to as the maximum therapy pressure. In some cases, the pressure may be increased if the user experiences respiratory events. The maximum pressure setting thus governs the point at which no further increases are allowed. The maximum pressure setting may generally have any value. For example, in some cases, the value of the maximum pressure setting is 10.0 cmFEO, 12.0 cmFEO, 15.0 cmEEO-lb.O cmFEO, or 17.0 cmH20-20.0 cmEEO.
[0201] The parameters can also include parameters such as the light level in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, the sound level in the room where the user uses the respiratory therapy system, and position the user is in when they use the respiratory therapy system, and others. Generally, all of the parameters can be adjusted in order to modify the user’s experience with the respiratory therapy system. Some parameters may be adjusted by only the user, some parameters may be adjusted by only the user’s care provider (e.g., doctor, caretaker, etc.), and some parameters may be adjusted by both the user and the user’s care provider (and in some cases other people as well). For example, in some implementations, the pressure ramp setting, the event response setting, the EPR setting, the temperature of the pressurize air, and the humidity of the pressurize air can all be adjusted by both the user and the user’s care provider. In some implementations, the set or starting pressure (e.g., the standard pressure of the pressurized air during the sleep session), the tidal volume, and other setting are adjustable only by the user’s care provider.
[0202] In some implementations, one or more of the parameters may be associated with the user’s comfort levels during their use of the respiratory therapy system, and can be adjusted to
aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level during the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system. For example, a longer pressure duration and a lower final pressure during a pressure ramp are generally more comfortable for the user. Thus, the value of the pressure ramp setting can be adjusted to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level. In another example, a lower pressure upon expiration can generally be more comfortable for the user. Thus, the value of the EPR setting can be adjusted to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level. Increased user comfort can in turn lead to greater compliance with the respiratory therapy system. The values of other parameters or settings can also be modified to aid in adjusting the user’s comfort level and increase compliance with the respiratory therapy system.
[0203] In some implementations, the initial values of the parameters are generated by a first trained model, which may include one or more trained machine learning algorithms. The first model can receive as input any one or more of the types of data associated with the user discussed herein, and/or other data. The first model analyzes the data and outputs the initial values of the parameters. A variety of different models/algorithms can be used for the first model such as a causal interface recommendation algorithm, a content-based filtering recommendation algorithm, a reinforcement learning-based recommendation algorithm, a collaborative filtering recommendation algorithm, and others. In some implementations, the first model may actually be a combination of multiple different models and/or algorithms that are used in conjunction to determine the initial values of the parameters. For example, the first model may comprise separate models that each generate the initial value of distinct one or more of the parameters. In another example, the first model may comprise a first sub-model that receives the user data and generates intermediate data, and a second sub-model that receives the intermediate data (and/or the user data) and generates the initial values of the parameters. [0204] The first model can be trained using training data generated from use of respiratory therapy systems by other users. The data that is input into the trained first model will change how various different settings of the parameters will impact the user’s comfort levels (which as discussed, can be measured/estimated by looking at the user’s compliance and/or other metrics). By training the first model based on how other users responded to different settings of the parameters, the trained first model can then analyze the data that is input for the user at issue to determine the initial values for the parameters. In some implementations, the trained first model is a causal inference model that determines the initial values of the parameters based on the user data.
[0205] In some implementations, the first model directly outputs the initial values of the parameters. In some of these implementations, the first model matches the user to one of a
plurality of pre-existing user profiles based on the data that is input into the first model (e.g., the data associated with the user), and then determines the initial values of the parameters based at least in part on the matched user profile. The user profiles can be generated based on data received from a plurality of users that use a respiratory therapy system. The user profiles can be based on a variety of different factors, including user age, user gender, preferred user interface type, preferred comfort settings, clinical data, and other factors. Generally, data from a large number of users is used to establish the different user profiles, but data from any number of user profiles can be used. In some implementations, data from the user being matched to one of the user profiles was previously used to generate the user profiles. The user will generally be matched to the user profile with data most similar to the user. In some of these implementations (where the first model directly outputs the initial parameter values), each profile has a predefined set of initial values for each parameters (and/or ranges of initial values for the parameters) that the first model can select after determining which profile the use fits in. In others of these implementations (where the first model directly outputs the initial parameter values), the first model may determine the initial values of the parameters based on the profile, but without the initial values being predefined for the profile.
[0206] In other implementations, the first model does not directly output the initial values of the parameters, but instead only matches the user to one of the plurality of pre-existing user profiles. Once the first model matches the user to a profile, the predefined initial parameter values (e.g., values or ranges of values) for that profile can be manually selected (e.g., the user and/or a third party can update the settings of the respiratory therapy system with the initial values parameter values for the matched profile).
[0207] In still other implementations, the plurality of user profiles associated with the first model correspond to and/or simply are the various different combinations of all possible initial parameter values. For example, if two parameters are being adjusted, then a first profile could be parameteri=initial valuei + parameter2=initial valuei, a second profile could be parameters initial valuei + parameter initial value?, a nth profile could be parameters initial valuea + parameter initial valueb, etc. Thus, in any of the implementations described herein, when the first model matches the user to a user profile based at least in part on the user data, the first model may be matching the user to one of the distinct combination of initial parameter values based at least in part on the user data. Similarly, in any of the implementations described herein, when the first model determines a combination of initial parameter values from at least the user data, the first model may be matching the user to one of the user profiles based on at least the user data, where each user profile is that combination of initial parameter values. In general, in
these implementations, there is not a separate determination of (i) which user profile the user matches and (ii) what the initial parameter values are. Instead, there may be a plurality of distinct combinations of initial parameter values, where each combination can be said to constitute a user profile. The first model is trained to analyze the user data and determine which combination of initial parameter values is best for the user, which in effect matches the user to one of the user profiles.
[0208] In step 730, usage data is received. The usage data is associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions in a first period of time, when the initial values of the parameters are used. The first period of time will generally include an initial period of n sleep session (e.g., n days). The usage data can be continually collected during the first period of time, intermittently collected during the first period of time, or collected only after the first period of time is complete. The usage data is generally received by and stored at the same location as the data received in step 710, which can be, for example, the memory device of the system implementing method 700, another location, etc.
[0209] The usage data includes information related to the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system (also referred to herein as usage data) during this period of time when using the initial values of the parameters. In some implementations, the usage data includes the average user interface leak for the sleep sessions in the first period of time (e.g., the average volume of air per leak, the average volume of air leaked per sleep session, etc.); the standard deviation of the user interface leak for the sleep sessions in the first period of time; the average pressure of the pressurized air for the sleep session in the first period of time; the standard deviation of the pressure of the pressurized air for the sleep session in the first period of time; the average duration of use of the respiratory therapy system during the sleep sessions in the first period of time when the respiratory therapy system was actually used (e.g., the average minutes of use per sleep session for sleep sessions where the respiratory therapy system was used); the standard deviation of the duration of use of the respiratory therapy system during the sleep sessions in the first period of time when the respiratory therapy system was actually used; the average duration of use of the respiratory therapy system during all sleep sessions in the first period of time (e.g., the average minutes of use per sleep session for all sleep sessions); the standard deviation of the duration of use of the respiratory therapy system during all sleep sessions in the first period of time; the number of sleep sessions in the first period of time where the respiratory therapy system was used; the average number of times that the user interface was removed during sleep sessions in the first period of time; the standard deviation of the number of times that the user interface was removed during sleep sessions in the first period of
time; the average residual AHI during the sleep sessions in the first period of time; the standard deviation of the residual AHI during the sleep sessions in the first period of time; the average residual apnea index (Al, which is generally the same as the AHI but does not include hypopnea events) during the sleep sessions in the first period of time; the standard deviation of the residual Al during the sleep sessions in the first period of time; the average number of RERA events during sleep sessions in the first period of time; the standard deviation of the number of RERA events during sleep session in the first period of time; an indication of whether some measure of compliance was achieved during the first period of time; other data; or any combination of the above. Any of the above averages and standard deviations can be determined across any suitable amount of time, including per second, per minute, per hour, per sleep session, and/or other amounts of time. Compliance during the first period of time may be determined using any sort of threshold, such as using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of sleep sessions during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours per sleep session during the first period of time, using the respiratory therapy system for at least a threshold number of hours during each of a threshold number of sleep sessions during the first period of time, or any other suitable threshold or measure.
[0210] The usage data can also include data associated with sleep stages that the user spent time in during the sleep sessions in the first period of time when the initial values of the parameters were used. The data can include an amount of time the user spent in each of a plurality of sleep stages during each sleep session, the average amount of time spent in each of the plurality of sleep stages during the sleep sessions of the first period of time (which may be all of the sleep sessions and/or all of the sleep sessions where the respiratory therapy system was used), the standard deviation of the amount of time spent in each of the plurality of sleep stages during the sleep sessions of the first period of time, the sleep stage the most time was spent in for each sleep session (which may be all of the sleep sessions and/or all of the sleep sessions where the respiratory therapy system was used), other types of data, or any combination thereof.
[0211] The usage data can also include subjective input from the user, which can generally include any information that the user provides related to their use of the respiratory therapy system during the first period of time with the initial values of the parameters. For example, the subjective input can include user-submitted information associated with the comfort level of the user interface worn during the sleep sessions in the first period of time, the comfort level
of the user’s breathing during the sleep sessions in the first period of time (e.g., whether the user had any difficulty breathing in and out), an amount of restlessness the user experienced during the first period of time, or any combination thereof. The user can provide the subjective input in any suitable manner. For example, the user can provide the subjective input using a mobile device such as a smart phone or a tablet computer. The user can also use an external computing device such as a laptop computer or a desktop computer. The user can further use the respiratory therapy system itself, if the respiratory therapy system can accept user input. Generally, the user can use any user device (such as user device 170) of the system.
[0212] The usage data can be received in a variety of different manners. In some implementations, the usage data for the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time is received only after all of the sleep session in the first period of time are completed. In other implementations, the usage data for the first period of time is received continually during the first period of time. In these implementations, the usage data for the first period of time generally includes multiple portions of usage data, where each portion of usage data corresponds to a respective one of the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time. Each portion of usage data may be received after the completion of its respective sleep session, or may be received continually during its respective sleep session. In either case, the usage data for the first period of time is received continually during the first period of time.
[0213] At step 740, recommended values for the one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system (also referred to here as recommended parameter values) are generated. The recommended values for the parameters can be based at least in part on the usage data, optionally in conjunction with the user data and/or other types of data. As discussed herein, the recommended values for the parameters will generally be the parameter values that are determined to have the best probability of increasing the user’s compliance (or have the best probability of optimizing some other quantity or parameter, as discussed herein) for the user, and can be used during the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system during a second period of time.
[0214] In some implementations, the first period of time includes a predetermined number of sleep sessions (e.g., a predetermined number of days/nights). In these implementations, the recommended values for the one or more parameters can be generated after completion of the predetermined number of sleep sessions. However, initial recommended values for the parameters could be generated after completion of the first sleep session, and then updated after completion of each subsequent sleep session in the first period of time, until the predetermined number of sleep sessions have been completed.
[0215] In other implementations, the first period of time can include a variable number of sleep sessions. In these implementations, the recommended values for the parameters can be generated after any number of sleep sessions within the first period of time, based on a variety of different factors. The recommended values can be generated only after the final sleep session of the first period of time (whichever sleep session that happens to be), or initial recommended values can be generated after the first sleep session and then updated after completion of each subsequent sleep session, until the final sleep sessions (whichever sleep session that happens to be) is completed. In some cases, the recommended values for the parameters are generated if it is determined that the user’s compliance with the respiratory therapy system during the first period of time fails to satisfy a predetermined threshold after a given sleep session. In other cases, the final recommended values are generated if it is determined that the difference between the current value of at least one of the parameters and its continually update recommended value satisfies a predetermined threshold.
[0216] In further cases, the recommended values can be generated based on the subjective input of the user. For example, if the user indicates that the current values of the parameters are undesirable for some reason (e.g., the user indicating that they are uncomfortable during the sleep session), the recommended values can be generated. The user could be asked to provide their subjective input at any time. For example, the user could be asked to provide their subjective input about their use of the respiratory therapy system every n sleep session (which in most cases will be equal to every n days). The user could also proactively provide the subjective input.
[0217] In some cases, the recommended values can be generated if the user switches to a different user interface. The recommended values for the parameters may be better suited to the new user interface type, and will generally be designed to ensure that the user maintains (or improves) compliance with the new user interface type. For example, the usage data may indicate that the user has switched from a full face mask to nasal pillows. When this change occurs, recommended values for the parameters that work better with nasal pillows can be generated.
[0218] Similar to the initial values, in some implementations the recommended parameter values are generated by a second trained model, which may include one or more trained machine learning algorithms. The second model can receive as input any of the one or more types of usage data. The second model can also receive any of the one or more types of user data, the initial parameter values, other data, or any combination thereof. The second model analyzes at least the usage data and outputs the recommended values of the parameters. A
variety of different models/algorithms can be used for the second model such as a causal interface recommendation algorithm, a content-based filtering recommendation algorithm, a reinforcement learning-based recommendation algorithm, a collaborative filtering recommendation algorithm, and others. In some implementations, the second model may actually be a combination of multiple different models and/or algorithms that are used in conjunction to determine the recommended values of the parameters. For example, the second model may comprise separate models that each generate the recommended value of a distinct one or more of the parameters. In another example, the second model may comprise a first submodel that receives the usage data (and/or any other data) and generates intermediate data, and a second sub-model that receives the intermediate data (and/or the usage data) and generates the recommended values of the parameters. Moreover, in some implementations, the second model may be the same model as the first model, such that a single model generates both the initial values and the recommended values. In other implementations, the first model and the second model are distinct models (even if they are the same type of model).
[0219] The second model can be trained using training data generated from use of respiratory therapy systems by other users, similar to the first model. The data that is input into the trained second model will change how various different settings of the parameters will impact the user’s comfort levels (which as discussed, can be measured/estimated by looking at the user’s compliance and/or other metrics). By training the second model based on how other users responded to different settings of the parameters, the trained second model can then analyze the data that is input for the user at issue to determine the recommended values for the parameters. In some implementations, the trained second model is a causal inference model that determines the recommended values of the parameters based at least in part on the usage data.
[0220] The second model determines the recommended values of the parameters of the parameters based on the usage data, or based on the usage data and one or more other types of data, which can include the user data (which was input into the first model), the initial parameter values, the user profile to which the user was matched to by the first model, or any combination thereof. For example, in some implementations, the second model matches the user to a user profile (which may or may not be the same as the user profile determined by the first model) based on the user data, and then determines the recommended parameter values based on the user profile and the usage data. In some cases, each user profile can have a predefined recommended value (or range of values) for each parameter, that is then adjusted by the usage data. In other cases, each user profile has, for each parameter, a plurality of
potential recommended values (or ranges of values). After the user profile is determined based on the user data, the recommended value of each parameter is selected from the plurality of potential recommended values based on the usage data. In other implementations, the second model matches the user to a user profile based on the user data and the usage data. The user profile determined by the second model may have predefined recommended values for each parameter that can then be output by the second model. In additional implementations, the second model may also analyze the initial parameter values, and use the initial parameter values in conjunction with the usage data (and in some cases also in conjunction with the user data) to determine the user profile.
[0221] In some implementations, the second model does not directly match the user to any user profile. Instead, the second model receives the usage data, and an indication of which user profile the user was matched to by the first model (which is based at least in part on the user data). The second model can then determine the recommended parameter values based on the usage data and the matched user profile. Thus, the second model can analyze how a certain user profile reacted with the initial parameter values, and set the recommended parameter values accordingly.
[0222] In some implementations, the user data affects the determination of the final parameter values only insofar as that the final parameter values are based on the usage data and the user profile/set of initial parameter values the user was given based on the user data. Thus, two users whose user data resulted in them receiving the same initial parameter values would generally have the same final parameter values, if those two users had the same or similar usage data. However, in other implementations, the final parameter values are based on the usage data and the user data itself, instead of the user profile/set of initial parameter values dictated by the user data. Thus, two users whose user data resulted in them receiving the same initial parameter values could have different final parameter values — despite having the same or similar usage data — if their user data was different enough.
[0223] In some implementations, the second model does not directly output the recommended values of the parameters, but instead only matches the user to one of the plurality of user profiles. Once the second model matches the user to a profile, predefined recommended parameter values (e.g., values or ranges of values) for that profile can be manually selected (e.g., the user and/or a third party can update the settings of the respiratory therapy system with the recommended values parameter values for the matched profile).
[0224] Similar to the first model, in some implementations the plurality of user profiles associated with the second model are simply the various different combinations of all possible
recommended parameter values. Thus, in any of the implementations described herein, when the second model matches the user to a user profile based at least in part on the usage data, the second model may be matching the user to one of the distinct combination of recommended parameter values based on the usage data, the usage data and the user data, or the usage data and any other combination of data. Similarly, in any of the implementations described herein, when the second model determines a combination of recommended parameter values from at least the usage data, the second model may be matching the user to one of the user profiles based on at least the usage data, where each user profile is that combination of recommended parameter values. In general, in these implementations, there is not a separate determination of (i) which user profile the user matches and (ii) what the recommended parameter values are. Instead, the second model is trained to analyze the usage data and/or the user data to determine which combination of recommended parameter values (each of which can be said to constitute a user profile) is best for the user, which in effect matches the user to one of the user profiles. [0225] In some implementations, the inputs to the first model and or the second model include the specific parameters that are able to be adjusted for that user. For example, a certain user may not have the ability to adjust the light and/or sound levels in their room, or may indicate that they prefer a lower pressure ramp duration. Thus, the inputs into the first model and/or the second model can include these preferences, so that the first model and/or the second model do not output initial values or recommended values for a parameter that the user is unable or unwilling to comply with.
[0226] In some implementations, the recommended values for the parameters can be transmitted to the user, a care provider of the user (e.g., a doctor or caretaker), or both. The user and/or the care provider may need to manually update the values of the parameters to the recommended values, or the parameters can be updated automatically. In some cases, the recommended values are presented to the user on an application interface (e.g., a display screen). The application interface may be located on the respiratory therapy device, a mobile device, an external computing device, or any other suitable device. The user could also be presented with an option to accept or decline the recommended values. In some cases, multiple recommended values could be generated, and the selection of which recommend value can be presented to the user. In these cases, the selection of a recommended value may include an option to increase or decrease the value. The user could also be provided with an option to accept or decline the recommended values, and/or to suggest their own values for various settings.
[0227] In some implementations, generating the recommended values can be based on the degradation of the user interface. For example, a sensor (e.g., a camera, an acoustic sensor, etc.) can be used to determine whether the user interface is degraded beyond an acceptable level. The degree of degradation can be determined visually, for example using a camera that generates visual evidence of the degradation. The degree of degradation can also be determined using an acoustic sensor that is used to detect the sound of air leaking from the user interface. If the degree of degradation of the user interface satisfies a predetermined threshold (e.g., if the user interface has degraded a certain amount), a recommendation to obtain a new user interface (and/or update the type of user interface) can be generated and transmitted to the user. The system can optionally submit a resupply order if the user so chooses.
[0228] In some implementations, method 700 can also include optional steps 750, 760, and 770. At optional step 750, the one or more parameters are updated to their recommended values for use with the respiratory therapy system during the second period of time, and the user uses the respiratory therapy system for one or more sleep session in the second period of time with the recommended values. At optional step 760, subsequent usage data is received. The subsequent usage data is associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system during the one or more sleep sessions of the second period of time. At optional step 770, subsequent recommended values for the one or more parameters of the respiratory therapy system are generated. The subsequent recommended values can be based at least in part on the user data, the subsequent usage data, or both. The subsequent recommended values can be used for the parameters during use of the respiratory therapy system in a third period of time after the second period of time.
[0229] The subsequent usage data can include similar information as the usage data, except that it is related to use of the respiratory therapy system using the recommended values of the parameters. The subsequent usage data can be received continually during the second period of time (e.g., after each sleep session of the second period of time or continually during the sleep sessions of the second period of time), or after all of the sleep sessions in the second period of time have been completed. Similar to the first period of time, the second period of time can have a predetermined or variable number of sleep sessions, and the subsequent recommended values can be generated after all of the predetermined number of sleep sessions have been completed, or after a certain variable number of sleep sessions have been completed. [0230] Generally, the values of the parameters can be continually and/or dynamically updated to improve the user’s comfort and/or compliance with the respiratory therapy system. For example, new recommended values for the parameters can be generated (or continually
updated) periodically to provide the user with the best possible experience. New recommended values can be updated every n sleep sessions (or every n days). New recommended values can also be updated whenever the usage data indicates that new recommended values are needed, for example of the user’s compliance is decreasing or the subjective user input indicates that the user is not satisfied or comfortable. The user can provide their subjective input whenever they want, or the system could periodically ask the user to provide their subjective input.
[0231] In some of the implementations discussed herein, the first and second models directly output specific combinations of settings, and are generally what is referred to prescriptive models. Prescriptive models search for the best or optimal output given the inputs. In these implementations, the models do not compare a user to past users, or compare user data to user data from past users. Instead, the models are trained to determine the best treatment option given the user data (and in some cases also usage data) that is input into the model. These models are trained on a large amount of observational data that is used to form the training datasets. This observational data includes information about past users, the treatments that the users used (e.g., the combinations of settings used with the respiratory therapy systems), and outcome data (e.g., an indication of whether the user complied with a predetermined standard of compliance). However, this observational data will generally come with a significant amount of bias. For example, the same user may be prescribed to different treatments (e.g., combinations of settings) by two different doctors, even though the data about the user is the same. In another example, one doctor may have a tendency to primarily prescribe one treatment to their users regardless of differences between their users, while another doctor may have a tendency to prescribe more varied treatments to their users.
[0232] These biases in the observational data can cause the models to be overfit to the training data, which can in turn result in the models outputting less than optimal combinations of settings (and/or probabilities that indicate a less than optimal combination of settings should be used). To remove this bias, in some implementations, method 700 can utilize doubly robust learner techniques for the first model that is used to generate the initial parameter values at step 720, and/or for the second model used to generate the recommended parameter values at step 740. In these implementations, the first model and the second model are multi-stage models that combine a propensity model, an outcome model, and then a final model that utilizes the outputs of the propensity model and the outcome model.
[0233] The propensity model is trained to predict the probability of receiving a certain treatment (e.g., a specific combination of settings) given the user data and/or usage data. The propensity model reduces (and/or removes) the bias in the observational data so that the more
closely approximates a randomized controlled trial (which is controlled so there is little or no bias in the data). The outcome model predicts outcomes for specific combinations of settings and user data and/or usage data. This predicted outcome will generally be in the form of a probability that the predetermined compliance threshold will be met given the specific combination of settings and the user data and/or usage data. The final model utilizes the outputs of the propensity model and the outcome model to predict the outcome for a specific set of user data. Similar to the outcome model, predicted outcome of the final model will generally be in the form of a probability that the predetermined compliance threshold will be met, but given only the user data and/or usage data, and not a specific combination of settings.
[0234] In some implementations, when the first model and the second model are used with a specific user, the propensity model receives the user data and/or usage data associated with that user, and outputs a propensity score for each individual combination of settings. This propensity score is indicative of the likelihood that each of the individual combination of settings would have been prescribed to the user by their doctor, given the specific user data and/or usage data. The propensity score can be expressed as Pr [T = t|X], which is the probability of being prescribed a specific treatment T (e.g., a combination of settings) given the data X (user data and/or usage data).
[0235] The outcome model receives the user data for the user, and outputs conditional compliance probabilities for that specific user data conditioned on using each of the different combinations of settings. These conditional probabilities can be expressed as E [K|X, T], which is the expected value of the outcome Y (e.g., a probability between 0 and 1 of satisfying the compliance threshold) given data X and treatment T.
[0236] Finally, the propensity scores and the conditional probabilities are combined in a final model that receives the user data and/or usage data, and outputs the difference between (i) the compliance probability for one of the combination of settings that is considered the default combination of settings (which may also be referred to as the conditional average treatment effect), and (ii) the compliance probability of each of the possible different combinations of settings (besides the default) given that user data and/or usage data. The combination of settings with the highest difference in compliance probability relative to the default combination of settings can then be selected for the user. In some cases, the final model predicts the conditional average treatment effect by regressing a pseudo-outcome YDR on data X directly, where:
[0237] In this equation, YDR is the difference in compliance probability between the default combination of settings and a specific combination of settings W n(X is the propensity score (determined by the propensity model) for the combination of settings IV based on the data X Y is the real outcome; p.o is the predicted outcome of the default combination of settings given the data X determined by the outcome model; and
is the predicted outcome of the combination of settings W determined by the outcome model.
[0238] In some cases, the final model is used to directly calculate the difference in compliance probability for a given set of settings W and data X. In these cases, the above formula for YDR is used with an assumption that the outcome for settings W will be satisfaction of the compliance threshold, and thus the value of the real outcome Y is set as 1. In these cases, for a new user, the data X is input into the propensity and outcome models to obtain the propensity score and the predicted outcome for the different combinations of setting, which are then all input into the final model which determines the predicted outcome for each combination of settings.
[0239] In other cases, the final model is used to predict the difference in compliance probability, and this is trained on the training data. In these cases, for a given training datapoint comprising a user with user data X that used user settings W, the value of the real outcome Y is set according to whether the user with user data X actually satisfied the compliance threshold with user settings W. If the compliance threshold was satisfied, Y is set as 1, and if the compliance threshold was not satisfied Y is set as 0. In these implementations, once the final model is fully trained using the outputs of the propensity model and the outcome model, the final model can be used on its own to predict the outcome for each combination of settings for the new user based only on the data X that is input into the final model. A single final model could be trained to predict the outcome for all of the possible combinations of settings, or a separate model be trained for each possible combination of settings.
[0240] In implementations utilizing doubly robust learner techniques, both the first model used to generate the initial parameter values in step 720 and the second model used to generate the recommended parameter values in step 740 can have this multi-model form. The primary (and sometimes only) difference between the first model and the second model is that in the first model, the X variable contains only the user data, and in the second model, the X variable contains both the user data and the usage data.
[0241] In one example, the dataset used to train and test the first and second models included data associated with 492,076 users. For each user, the data included values for each individual
feature in the user data (e.g., age, gender, user interface type, baseline AHI group, etc.), the specific combination of settings used by the user, an indication of whether the user satisfied the predetermined compliance threshold, and values for each individual feature in the usage data (e.g., average user interface leak, average duration of use per night, average residual AHI, etc.). In this example, the users were split into a training group that included 60% of the users, a validation group that included 15% of the users, and a testing group that include 25% of the users. However, other splits and total numbers of users may be used to train models such as those described herein.
[0242] In other implementations, method 700 utilizes double machine learning techniques for the first model that is used to generate the initial parameter values at step 720, and/or for the second model that is used to generate the recommended parameter values at step 740. In some cases, the inputs into the first model and/or the second model are complex and are associated with each other via a large amount of non-linear relationships. Double machine learning techniques can be useful in these situations involving non-linear related inputs.
[0243] FIG. 8 shows an example causal diagram 800 that illustrates the relationship between various different inputs (also referred to as confounders) and how these inputs affect both the combination of settings that is used and whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied, and also how the combination of settings used affects whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied. As shown, the causal diagram 800 includes four different inputs 802A-802D. In some examples, each of these inputs 802A-802D is a data point associated with the user such as age, gender, BMI, AHI, other clinical and/or medical data, etc. An arrow extends from each of the inputs 802A-802D to the settings combination output 804, indicating that each of the inputs 802A-802D affects the settings combination output 804. As shown by the arrow extending from the setting combination output 804 to the compliance result 806, the settings combination output 804 in turn affects the compliance result 806 (which is simply an indication of whether the compliance threshold was satisfied).
[0244] However, as shown in the causal diagram 800, the relationship between the inputs and outputs is non-linear. Input 802C has additional arrows extending to inputs 802B and 802D, indicating that input 802C affects input 802B and input 802D. Input 802D has an additional arrow extending to input 802C, indicating that input 802D affects input 802C. And further, each of the inputs 802A-802D includes an arrow extending directly to the compliance result 806, indicating that the inputs 802A-802D affect both the settings combination output 804 and the compliance result 806, separately from how the settings combination output 804 affects the compliance result 806. And finally, causal diagram 800 illustrates a variety of other inputs
808A-808D with arrows extending only to the compliance result 806, indicating that these inputs 808A-808D do not affect/determine the settings combination output 840, but do affect the compliance result 806. Due to the complexity of the relations between the various inputs 802A-802D (e.g., the confounders) and 808A-808D, the settings combination output 804, and the compliance result 806, double machine learning techniques can be utilized to predict the settings combination.
[0245] In these implementations, the first model and the second model are both models that are trained by two prior models, a treatment model and an outcome model. The treatment model that is used with the double machine learning techniques is similar to the propensity model that is used with the doubly robust learner techniques discussed here, and is used predict the probability of receiving a certain treatment (e.g., a specific combination of settings) given the user data and/or the usage data. The treatment model is specifically trained to estimate the expected value of a treatment T (e.g., an expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values (initial and/or recommended) of the plurality of parameters) given specific data X (which may include only user data, only usage data, or both user data and usage data).
[0246] To train the treatment model, a labeled training dataset can be used. Each training datapoint includes a specific set of data X for a prior user, a specific combination of settings T that was prescribed to/used by the prior user with the data X, and an outcome indicator Y for the prior user with the settings T (e.g., a binary indication of whether the compliance threshold (or other use metric threshold) was satisfied). The data X is input into the treatment model, and the outcome of the treatment model (e.g., estimated value of T) is compared to the actual value of T. The accuracy of the treatment model can be determined using a loss function, and the treatment model can then be adjusted. The treatment model can continue to be trained in this manner until the value of the loss function is satisfied. The outcome indicator Y is not used to train the treatment model.
[0247] The outcome model that is used with the double machine learning techniques is different than the outcome model that is used with the doubly robust learner techniques discussed here. Whereas the outcome model used with the doubly robust learner techniques estimated the conditional compliance probabilities based on user and/or usage data and a specific treatment (e.g., a specific combination of settings), the outcome model that is used with the double machine learning techniques is used to predict the probability of satisfying the compliance threshold given specific data (e.g., irrespective of which treatment is used). The outcome model is specifically trained to estimate a compliance probability Y given specific
data X (which may include only user data, only usage data, or both user data and usage data). The compliance probability Y is the probability that the user with data X will satisfy the threshold for the use metric (e.g., will satisfy the compliance threshold). In general, Y will have a value that is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1, but in some cases Y may be a binary variable that is either 0 or 1.
[0248] To train the outcome model, the labeled training dataset can be used. As noted above, each training datapoint includes the specific set of data X for a prior user, the specific combination of settings T that was prescribed to/used by the prior user with the data X, and the outcome indicator Y for the prior user (e.g., the binary indication of whether the compliance threshold (or other use metric threshold) was satisfied). The data X is input into the outcome model, and the compliance probability output by the outcome model (e.g., estimated value of T) is compared to the outcome indicator (e.g., the actual value of T). The accuracy of the outcome model can be determined using a loss function, and the outcome model can then be adjusted. The outcome model can continue to be trained in this manner until the value of the loss function is satisfied.
[0249] Once the treatment and outcome models are fully trained, they can in turn be used to train the first and second models (also referred to as the final model). The labeled training dataset is used to train the first model, along with the outputs of the treatment model and the outcome model. For each training datapoint, the expected value of the treatment for a prior user with data X (denoted as E [T|X]) determined by the treatment model is used to calculate a plurality of different treatment residuals T. The treatment residual T is the difference between the expected treatment E [T |X] and a specific treatment T. Because these models are being used to determine which treatment of a plurality of different treatments (e.g., combinations of initial and recommended parameter values) is to be used, a treatment residual T can be calculated for each different settings combination. Similarly, for each training datapoint, the expected value of the outcome for the prior user with data X (denoted as EfTIX]) determined by the outcome model is used to calculate an outcome residual Y. The outcome residual Y is the difference between the expected outcome E[Y |X] and the actual outcome Y for the prior user. Unlike the treatment residuals f, only a single outcome residual Y is determined for each training datapoint. Thus, for training the final model (which could be the first model used to determine the initial parameter values and/or the second model used to determine the recommended parameter values), each training datapoint in the labeled training dataset includes data X, a plurality of treatment residuals f, and an outcome residual Y.
[0250] The final model is trained to receive the user data and outputs the difference between (i) the compliance probability for one of the combination of settings that is considered the default combination of settings, and (ii) the compliance probability of each of the possible different combinations of settings (besides the default) given that user data. The combination of settings with the highest difference in compliance probability relative to the default combination of settings can then be selected for the user. The difference in compliance probability may be referred to as the treatment effect (or conditional average treatment effect). The final model operates according to:
[0251] Here, the treatment residual T is determined using the treatment model, the outcome residual Y is determined from the outcome model, X is the user data, and 0(A) is the average treatment effect. This equation generally states that if the treatment effect 0(A) is correct, then the expected value of (K — 0(A) • f ) - T (given a specific set of user data X) is 0, because 0(X) • T will be approximately equal to Y, on average. The term (P — 0(A) • f ) represents the difference between the observed outcome (K) and the expected outcome (0(X) ■ T). Multiplying this term by the treatment residual T gives more weight to instances with larger treatment residuals, and setting the expectation to 0 ensures that the treatment effect 0(A) balances positive and negative deviations. Using the plurality of treatment residuals f, the outcome residual Y, and the data X, the final model is trained to determine the treatment effect 0 that satisfies the above equation, which thus adjusts for any confounding captured in the treatment model and the outcome model.
[0252] In some implementations, a single final model is trained so that for a new user with data X, a plurality of different treatment effects 0 are generated, each treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of the possible treatments T (e.g., a respective one of the combinations of parameter values). Thus, if there are n distinct treatments (e.g., n distinct combinations of parameter values), then the final model is trained to output n distinct treatment effects. In other implementations, a separate final model is trained for each individual treatment (e.g., each distinct combination of parameter values), so that the data X is input into multiple different final models in order to determine all the treatment effects 0. In either of these implementations, the combination of settings with the largest treatment effect 0 can be selected as the combination of parameter values (initial or recommended) to be provided to the user. As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term “final model” refers both to a single final model that is trained to output a separate treatment effect for each combination of parameter values,
and to a plurality of separate final models that are each trained to output a treatment effect for one combination of parameter values.
[0253] In some implementations, one or both of the treatment model and the outcome model are gradient boosting classifiers. In some implementations, the final model is a random forest model that combines a plurality of different decision trees that are each trained to determine a value for the conditional average treatment effect. The conditional average treatment effect 0((X) determined by each of the decision trees can be used to determine the overall conditional average treatment effect 0(X) for a given combination of settings T. For example, the overall conditional average treatment effect 0(X)for a combination of settings T could be the maximum of all the individual conditional average treatment effects 0(( ), the mean of all the individual conditional average treatment effects 0i(X), the median of the individual conditional average treatment effects 0i(X), a weighted mean of the individual conditional average treatment effects 0(( ), or any other suitable combination of the individual conditional average treatment effects 0i(X). In these implementations, the final model can be trained using any suitable techniques for training random forest models, including bootstrap aggregating, the random subspace method, and others.
[0254] In implementations utilizing double machine learning techniques, both the first model used to generate the initial parameter values in step 720 and the second model used to generate the recommended parameter values in step 740 can be a final model trained using a treatment model and an outcome model.
[0255] The models used to generate the initial parameter values will include a first treatment model, a first outcome model, and a first final model. The first treatment model is used to generate the expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters for each user in the training dataset. The plurality of treatment residuals (also referred to as the initial treatment residuals) for each of the users in the training dataset (one initial treatment residual for each combination of initial values) can then be generated. The first outcome model is used to generate an initial compliance probability for each user in the training dataset. The outcome residual (also referred to as the initial outcome residual) for each of the users in the training dataset can then be generated. The plurality of initial treatment residuals for each user, the initial outcome residual for each user, and the data for each user is then used to train the first final model to generate an initial treatment effect for each combination of initial values.
[0256] The data that is input into the first treatment model, the first outcome model, and the first final model will include user data but not usage data. This data will include user data and not usage data for each user in the training dataset (when training the first treatment, first outcome, and first final models), and will include user data and not usage data for a new user when utilizing the trained first final model to generate the initial parameter values for the new user. Thus, as used herein, an initial outcome indicator is an outcome indicator based on user data and not usage data, an initial compliance probability is a compliance probability based on user data and not usage data, an initial treatment effect is a treatment effect based on user data and not usage data, an initial treatment residual is a treatment residual based on user data and not usage data, and an initial outcome residual is an outcome residual based on user data and not usage data.
[0257] When the trained first final model is used with a new user, user data associated with that new user (but not usage data) is input into the trained first final model, which then outputs an initial treatment effect for each distinct combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters. Each initial treatment effect is the difference between (i) the probability that each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
[0258] The models used to generate the recommended parameter values will include a second treatment model, a second outcome model, and a seconds final model. The second treatment model is used to generate the expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters for each user in the training dataset. The plurality of treatment residuals (also referred to as the recommended treatment residuals) for each of the users in the training dataset (one recommended treatment residual for each combination of recommended values) can then be generated. The second outcome model is used to generate a recommended compliance probability for each user in the training dataset. The outcome residual (also referred to as the recommended outcome residual) for each of the users in the training dataset can then be generated. The plurality of recommended treatment residuals for each user, the recommended outcome residual for each user, and the data for each user is then used to train the second final model to generate a recommended treatment effect for each combination of recommended values.
[0259] In general, the primary (and sometimes only) difference between the first set of models (for the initial parameter values) and the second set of models (for the recommended parameter
values) is that the data for the first set of models includes only user data, whereas the data that is input into the second set of models includes user data and usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system with the initial parameter values. This user data and usage data will include user data and usage data for each user in the training dataset (when training the second treatment, second outcome, and second final models), and will include user data and usage data for a new user when utilizing the trained second final model to generate the recommended parameter values for the new user. Thus, as used herein, a recommended outcome indicator is an outcome indicator based on user data and usage data, a recommended compliance probability is a compliance probability based on user data and usage data, a recommended treatment effect is a treatment effect based on user data and usage data, a recommended treatment residual is a treatment residual based on user data and usage data, and a recommended outcome residual is an outcome residual based on user data and usage data.
[0260] When the trained second final model is used with a new user, user data associated with that new user and usage data associated with that new user’s use of the respiratory therapy system with the initial parameter values is input into the trained second final model, which then outputs a recommended treatment effect for each distinct combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters. Each recommended treatment effect is the difference between (i) the probability that each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
[0261] FIGS. 9-14B show a first example of double machine learning techniques to train models to generate the initial and final parameter values. FIG. 9 shows a causal diagram 900 used in this example, which illustrates the relationship between specific inputs, and how the inputs affect the combination of settings that is used, and whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied. As shown in the causal diagram, this example includes eight inputs 902A- 902H: an age input 902A (e.g., the age of the user, the age group the user falls in, etc.); a mask type input 902B (e.g., the type of mask the user wears and/or will wear); a baseline AHI input 902C (e.g., the baseline AHI of the user, the baseline AHI group the user falls in, etc.); a daytime sleepiness level input 902D (e.g., a characterization of the user’s level of daytime sleepiness prior to starting therapy, such as a qualification or a quantification); a sleep test type input 902E (e.g., the type of sleep test the user underwent to initial diagnose OSA); a minimum pressure input 902F (e.g., the minimum pressure of the pressurized air that the user will be able
-n -
to utilize with the respiratory therapy system they will use); a starting pressure input 902G (e.g., the initial pressure of the pressurized air once the user dons the user interface and when the user likely has not yet fallen asleep); and a gender input 902H (e.g., the gender of the user). [0262] The age input 902A in this example is less than 45, between 45 and 60, or greater than 60. The mask type input 902B in this example is nasal, nasal pillows, or full-face. The baseline AHI input 902C in this example is minimum (less than 5), mild (between 5 and 15), moderate (between 15 and 30), severe (greater than 30), or unknown. The daytime sleepiness level input 902D in this example is user-reported, and is “Not at all,” “Slightly,” “Moderately,” “Very,” “Extremely,” or “Unknown.” The sleep test type input 902E in this example is either a home sleep test, or an in-lab polysomnography test. The minimum pressure input 902F in this example ranges from 4.0 cmH20 to 20.0 cmH20 in increments of 0.2 cmH20. The starting pressure input 902G in this example ranges from 4.0 cmH20 to 20.0 cmH20 in increments of 0.2 cmH20. The gender input 902H in this example is user-reported, and is “Male,” “Female,” or “Prefer not to say.”
[0263] As shown, an arrow extends from each of these inputs 902A-902H, indicating that each of them affects the settings combination output 904. However, an arrow also extends from each of these inputs 902A-902H to the compliance result 906, indicating that they affect the compliance result 906 as well. Further, the settings combination output 904 separately affects the compliance result 906, indicated by the arrow extending between the two.
[0264] In this example, an initial dataset of 1,431,103 users was collected. Each of these users used a respiratory therapy system with a known combination of settings over a period of time. 1,036,184 users were excluded for one or more of the following reasons: using more than one mode of operation of the respiratory therapy system, not using an AUTOSET mode of the respiratory therapy system (where the pressure of the pressurized air is adjusted in response to the user experiencing respiratory events), changing settings after achieving compliance, changing settings multiple times, not being a new user, not having one of a pre-determined settings combinations, or having any sort of outlier characteristics and/or data. The remaining 394,919 users were separated into a training dataset of 237,095 users (60.04%), a validation dataset of 59,235 users (15%), and a test dataset of 98,589 users (24.96%).
[0265] The settings/parameters that were to be determined by the model included a Soft Response Mode setting, a Ramp Mode setting, a Ramp Time setting, an EPR Mode setting, and an EPR Level setting. The Soft Response Mode setting is either On or Off, and when On, allows for the pressure to increase more gradually in response to respiratory events. The Ramp Mode setting is On, Off, or Auto. When On or Auto, the respiratory therapy system begins
therapy at a lower pressure at the beginning of the sleep session and gradually increases the therapy to a prescribed therapeutic level, either over a fixed period or upon detection of sleep onset. When the Ramp Mode is On, the pressure increases over a period of time governed by the Ramp Time setting. When the Ramp Mode is Auto, the Ramp Time setting is not applicable (NA) and the respiratory therapy system autonomously determines when to increase the pressure based on detected sleep onset. The EPRMode setting is Off, Ramp Only, or Full Time, and determines when exhalation pressure relief is applied. The EPR Level setting specifies the magnitude of exhalation pressure relief, and is 1 cmEEO, 2 cmEEO, 3, cmEEO, or not applicable (NA) if the EPR Mode setting is Off.
[0266] To ensure statistical robustness, interpretability, and subgroup comparability, the analysis in this example was limited to 9 predefined settings combinations. These 9 combinations were chosen to (i) represent distinct, interpretable combinations of Soft Response Mode, Ramp Mode, EPR Mode, and EPR Level, and (ii) provide sufficient sample size for reliable modeling within each dataset. While more than 100 possible combinations exist in the raw dataset, many are rare or clinically redundant. After users were removed from the original dataset of 1,431,103 users for reasons such as not having the correct mode, changing their settings at some point, re-starting therapy, etc., 564,000 users remained. The selected 9 combinations accounted for approximately 70% of these users, leaving 349,919 users making up the training dataset, the validation dataset, and the test dataset. These 9 combinations captured the clinically meaningful variation in comfort features relevant to outcome measures. Table 3 below shows the possible settings combinations that were used, and the percentage of the original data set that had each combination.
Table 3
[0267] Compliance was based on the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) compliance criteria, which defines a user as compliant if they use the respiratory therapy system
for at least 4 hours per night on at least 70% of the nights during any consecutive 30-day period within the first 90 days of use of the respiratory therapy system. Compliance was assessed using a device-reported CMS compliance flag. Secondary outcomes included average usage duration (in minutes) and average number of days with any recorded device use during the first 90 days of therapy.
[0268] The causal diagram 900 in FIG. 9 was constructed to visually represent the hypothesized relationships between comfort settings (treatment), user CMS compliance (outcome), and user input features (covariates). The causal diagram 900 allowed potential confounding variables (e.g., age, gender, OSA severity, mask type, pressure settings) to be explicitly defined, which are factors that may influence both the assigned comfort settings and the likelihood of CMS compliance.
[0269] This structured representation informed variable selection and guided adjustment strategies to ensure that the causal estimates were not biased by backdoor paths (non-causal associations due to confounding). By identifying an appropriate backdoor adjustment set, the Average Treatment Effect (ATE) at the group level was estimated using standard covariate adjustment methods (e.g., regression-based or propensity-based methods). In parallel, a causal machine learning model based on Double Machine Learning (DML) and Causal Forests was developed to estimate the Conditional Average Treatment Effect (CATE) at the individual user level, enabling personalized comfort setting recommendations tailored to each user’s baseline profile. This dual approach allowed for the assessment of both population-wide impact and individualized benefit of comfort personalization.
[0270] To estimate the ATE of comfort settings on CMS compliance at the population level, the backdoor adjustment criterion was used. To ensure robustness and validate the causal effect of comfort settings on adherence, four standard backdoor adjustment methods were applied, which included linear regression adjustment (which estimates treatment effects by modeling the outcome as a linear function of the treatment variable and covariates), distance matching (which compares outcomes between treated and control units with similar covariates), propensity score stratification (which divides the sample into subgroups based on the estimated probability of receiving treatment and compares outcomes within these strata), and propensity score weighting (which reweights individuals using the inverse probability of treatment to balance covariates across treatment groups). These methods offer complementary strategies for estimate the ATE and collectively strengthened the credibility of the group-level conclusions. [0271] While group-level ATE estimation provides population wide insights, CATE estimation enables personalized comfort settings recommendations tailored to each user's personal
characteristics. To estimate CATE, the DML framework with causal forest model used as the final estimator for the CATE allows for the estimation of heterogeneous treatment effects while adjusting for observed confounders, supporting individualized treatment decisions. As discussed herein, the set of models used to generate the initial and final parameter values include a treatment model (to predict treatment assignment using user input features), an outcome model (to predict outcome using user input features), and a final model (to predict treatment effect using user input features). Residuals from the treatment and outcome models were determined and were passed into the final model, which learned how treatment affects vary across different populations using tree-based splits to detect treatment heterogeneity, estimating an individualized CATE for each user across all possible settings combinations. For each user, the settings combination with the highest predicted probability of compliance was selected as the recommended combination.
[0272] After these three models were developed, to assess the robustness of the causal effect estimates, a series of refutation tests was performed. These tests introduce controlled perturbations to the data or model assumptions to measure the sensitivity of the estimated ATE to potential violations of key assumptions such as unmeasured confounding, model misspecification, or random noise. Specifically, the following refutation tests were performed: (i) Random Common Cause, which introduces a randomly generated variable as a confounder to test whether the estimated effect changes significantly, indicating sensitivity to hidden variables; (ii) Placebo Treatment, which replaces the actual treatment variable with a randomly permuted version to determine whether the observed effect persists when treatment is unrelated to outcome; and (iii) Data Subset Refuter: Repeats the estimation on a random subsample of the data to examine the stability of results across different population subsets.
[0273] The models were evaluated on the held-out test dataset by comparing outcomes (e.g., compliance) between (i) a treatment group that included users whose actual settings combinations matched the model’s recommended settings combinations, and (ii) a control group that includes users whose actual settings combinations did not match the model’s recommended settings combinations. To ensure comparability, the two groups were matched using propensity score matching (PSM) based on all baseline user covariates. This evaluation approximated the effect of following the model’s recommendations in a real -world setting in comparison to default-settings.
[0274] Table 4 below shows the user characteristics for the overall dataset, and broken down for the training dataset, the validation dataset, and the test dataset. Comparative analyses of covariates across the three subsets revealed no significant differences.
Table 4
[0275] The ATE was consistently positive across all four backdoor adjustment methods, indicating that, on average, the use of alternative comfort settings was associated with a higher likelihood of treatment compliance compared to the default setting. Estimates ranged from 0.015 (distance matching) to 0.030 (propensity score weighting), with linear regression and propensity score stratification yielding intermediate values of 0.029 and 0.027, respectively. Despite minor differences in magnitude due to methodological variations, the consistency in direction and effect size across methods suggests a robust positive causal effect of ~3% increase in the likelihood of compliance associated with the use of alternative comfort settings.
[0276] Refutation tests were conducted to assess the robustness of the estimated causal effect. The addition of a random common cause had no impact on the ATE (0.0290 before vs. 0.0290 after, p = 1.0), suggesting that unmeasured confounding was unlikely to drive the observed effect. When the actual treatment was replaced with a randomly permuted version, the effect dropped to nearly zero (p = 0.98), reinforcing that the original estimate was not due to randomness. Similarly, repeating the analysis on a random subset of the data produced a nearly identical effect (0.0293, p = 0.88), indicating that the result was not sensitive to sample variation. Together, these refutation tests support the validity and robustness of the estimated causal effect.
[0277] Table 5 shows a summary of the estimated average treatment effects (ATE). In the primary analysis, the treatment group included 5,875 users whose actual settings aligned with model recommendations, while the control group included 5,339 users who remained on default settings despite receiving an alternative recommendation. For CMS compliance, the estimated ATE indicated a ~4% increase in compliance among users who followed the model's recommendations. For therapy usage, these users used their devices for ~12 minutes more per night compared to those who remained on default settings.
Table 5
[0278] FIG. 10 shows a SHAP (Shapley additive explanations) summary plot of input importance across the predicted combination of settings in the test dataset, which was used to visualize the contribution of individual inputs to the model’s predicted settings combination on the test dataset. The top three features were minimum pressure, starting pressure, and age group, which consistently showed the highest impact across users, highlighting their
importance in differentiating between settings combinations. As can be seen, the minimum pressure has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.1, the starting pressure has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.06, and the age group has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.03.
[0279] FIGS. 11A and 11B are SHAP force plots showing input contributions toward the predicted combination of settings for two different users. For FIG. 11 A, the user had a severe baseline AHI (>30), a daytime sleepiness level of “Very,” and an elevated minimum pressure of 9.0 cndHFO. For this user, the model recommended enabling the Soft Response to allow increases during respiratory events, helping maintain sleep continuity despite the higher pressure. Ramp Mode was recommended to be turned off, so that therapy begins immediately at the prescribed pressure, supporting rapid and sustained intervention for severe OSA. EPR is set to Full Time with a moderate relief level of 2, enhancing comfort during exhalation and reducing potential discomfort from high inhalation pressure. Overall, the recommended settings appear to optimize both efficacy and user tolerability.
[0280] For FIG. 1 IB, the user had a minimal baseline AHI (<5), was of a younger age (<45), and had a low starting and minimum pressure (4.0 cmH20). For this user, the model recommended simplified settings that minimize intervention. Soft Response is disabled, as gradual pressure increases are unnecessary at the lowest therapeutic pressure of 4. Ramp Mode is also turned off, allowing therapy to begin immediately at the prescribed pressure, which is more appropriate for a younger user. EPR is not enabled, and EPR Level is not applicable, as the low pressure may not present significant exhalation effort that would require relief. Additionally, the use of a home-based diagnostic path contributed to more conservative settings.
[0281] The distribution of CATE estimates from the final model is plotted in FIGS. 12A-12C across key input subgroups to visualize how treatment effects vary among age, gender, and baseline AHI, providing insights into subgroup-specific causal impacts. FIG. 12A shows the distribution of CATE estimates across the three age groups: <45, 45-60, and >60. FIG. 12B shows the distribution of CATE estimates across the three gender groups: male, female, and prefer not to say. FIG. 12C shows the distribution of CATE estimates across the five baseline AHI groups: unknown, minimum, mild, moderate, and severe. Overlaps observed between the distributions of different subgroups suggest that the estimated treatment effects are not markedly distinct, indicating that broadly similar causal impacts are experienced across the key subgroups.
[0282] FIG. 13 shows a heatmap of the maximum standardized mean differences (SMD) between any two of the inputs for each pair of different settings combinations in the test dataset
when evaluating the treatment model. In the test dataset, for each user in each treatment group (e.g., a given settings combination expected to have been prescribed based on the user data as determined by the treatment model), the mean value of each input for all users in that treatment group was determined. Then, for every pair of treatment groups, the difference in the mean values for each input was determined and then standardized. The maximum standardized difference in the mean values was selected for every single pair of treatment groups, and is shown in the heatmap. The diagonal from top-left to bottom-right corresponds to the same two settings combinations, and thus the maximum SMD for any of the inputs is zero. For every other pair of settings combinations, the maximum SMD is less than or equal to 0.1, indicating good input balance across different settings combinations.
[0283] FIG. 14A shows a calibration plot for the outcome model. As shown, the outcome model’s predictions of outcomes based on the user input data in the test dataset generally matches the predictions of a perfectly calibrated model. FIG. 14B shows a calibration curve for the outcome model with an expected calibration error of about 0.91% across all predicted probabilities in the test dataset, indicating good model calibration. Thus, when tested on the test dataset, the outcome model has an ECE of between about 0.8% and about 1.0%. In general, outcome models trained in this manner may have an ECE of less than about 1.5%.
[0284] A best linear predictor (BPL) was also used to evaluate the performance of the final model on the test dataset. Table 6 below shows the BLP estimate, the standard error, and the P-value for each settings combination. All the BLP estimates are positive (and at least 0.5), indicating a strong positive relationship between the model’s predicted treatment effects and the actual observed outcomes. The associated p-values confirm that all estimates are significantly different from zero, demonstrating that the final model effectively captures true treatment effect heterogeneity.
Table 6
[0285] This example demonstrates that applying a causal machine learning framework to personalize respiratory therapy system settings improves users’ compliance and usage. At both
the population and individual levels, model-recommended configurations of settings outperformed device default settings, showing that precision adjustments based on individual characteristics can lead to better outcomes. Importantly, the method goes beyond prediction task where the objective is not just to identify who is likely to fail the therapy, but to determine what comfort settings would most improve the likelihood of compliance for a given user. Unlike standard predictive models, this approach estimates counterfactual outcomes enabling actionable recommendations grounded in causal reasoning.
[0286] A key strength of this example is the clinical transparency of the model’s recommendations. The most influential factors guiding personalized comfort configurations, particularly minimum pressure, ramp start pressure, and user age, are well aligned with how clinicians typically approach PAP therapy. For example, users initiated at higher minimum pressures were frequently recommended settings that improved exhalation comfort, such as enabling Expiratory Pressure Relief (EPR). Likewise, a lower ramp start pressure was more commonly recommended for users struggling with initial pressure tolerance, supporting easier sleep onset. Age also emerged as a consistent driver, with older users more often receiving comfort-enhancing settings, potentially reflecting differences in pressure sensitivity or sleep physiology.
[0287] To ensure interpretability, SHapley Additive Explanations (SHAP) were employed to analyze model behavior at both the group and individual levels. SHAP summary plots confirmed that clinically relevant features consistently influenced recommendations across the test population. Individual -level force plots provided further transparency, showing how specific features contributed to a user’s recommended setting. Taken together, these findings indicate that the model’s logic is clinically aligned and explainable, reflecting patterns that are familiar to experienced sleep clinicians. This interpretability is essential for clinical adoption, as it builds trust in model-guided recommendations and supports their use in real-world PAP therapy workflows.
[0288] This approach holds strong potential for practical integration into PAP therapy workflows. The model could be implemented as a clinical decision support tool during device setup, assisting clinicians or respiratory therapists in selecting comfort settings tailored to each user’s characteristics. Alternatively, the algorithm could be embedded within PAP device firmware or integrated into companion software platforms, enabling automated, personalized configuration during initial therapy initiation or remotely during early follow-up.
[0289] A key advantage of this intervention is its scalability. It leverages features already available on most devices and does not require additional hardware, sensors, or user-facing
tools. As a result, it is cost-effective, easy to implement, and applicable in both high- and low- touch care environments. Broad adoption could streamline setup processes, reduce early therapy dropout, enhance user comfort and satisfaction, and ultimately ease the workload for clinical teams managing adherence issues. By enabling data-driven personalization at scale, this model supports a more proactive and user-centered approach to OSA therapy.
[0290] FIGS. 15-19B show a second example of double machine learning techniques to train models to generate the initial and final parameter values. FIG. 15 shows a causal diagram 1500 used in this example, which illustrates the relationship between specific inputs, and how the inputs affect the combination of settings that is used, and whether the compliance threshold will be satisfied. As shown in the causal diagram, this example includes six inputs 1502A- 1502F that affect both the settings combination output 1504 and the compliance result 1506: an age input 1502A (e.g., the age of the user, the age group the user falls in, etc.); a mask type input 1502B (e.g., the type of mask the user wears and/or will wear); a gender input 1502C (e.g., the gender of the user); a baseline AHI input 1502D (e.g., the baseline AHI of the user, the baseline AHI group the user falls in, etc.); a daytime sleepiness level input 1502E (e.g., a characterization of the user’s level of daytime sleepiness prior to starting therapy, such as a qualification or a quantification); and a BMI input 1502F.
[0291] The age input 1502A in this example is less than 45, between 45 and 60, or greater than 60. The mask type input 1502B in this example is nasal, nasal pillows, or full-face. The gender input 1502C in this example is user-reported, and is “Male,” “Female,” or “Prefer not to say.” The baseline AHI input 1502D in this example is minimum (less than 5), mild (between 5 and 15), moderate (between 15 and 30), severe (greater than 30), or unknown. The daytime sleepiness level input 1502E in this example is user-reported, and is “Not at all,” “Slightly,” “Moderately,” “Very,” “Extremely,” or “Unknown.” The BMI input 1502F in this example is “Normal,” “Overweight,” “Obese Class I”, “Obese Class II,” or “Obese Class III.”
[0292] As shown, arrows extends from each of these inputs 1502A-1502F toward both the settings combination output 1504 and the compliance result 1506, indicating that each of them affects both the settings combination output 1504 and the compliance result 1506. As shown however, arrows extend from the BMI input 1502F to both the baseline AHI input 1502D and the daytime sleepiness level input 1502E, indicating that the BMI input 1502F affects the values of those two inputs.
[0293] The causal diagram 1500 further includes two inputs that affect the compliance result 1506, but not the settings combination output 1504. These inputs include a Reason for Therapy input 1508 A and a Humidifier Type input 1508B. The Reason for Therapy input 1508 A in this
example is “Daytime Sleepiness,” “Restless Sleep,” “Other Sleep Issue,” “Partner Concerned,” “Other Health Risk,” and “Other.” These inputs 1508 A and 1508B are not inputs into determining the setting combination output 1504, but do still determine/affect the compliance result 1506.
[0294] In this example, a training dataset of 99,914 users was used to train the models. The settings/parameters that were to be determined by the model included a minimum pressure and a maximum pressure. The analysis in this example was limited to 10 predefined combinations of minimum pressure and maximum pressure. Those combinations were: (i) a minimum pressure of 5.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 15.0-16.0 cmH20; (ii) a minimum pressure of 5.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 17.0-20.0 cmH20; (iii) a minimum pressure of 6.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 15.0-16.0 cmH20; (iv) a minimum pressure of 6.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 17.0-20.0 cmH20; (v) a minimum pressure of 4.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 15.0-16.0 cmH20; (vi) a minimum pressure of 5.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 12.0 cmH20; (vii) a minimum pressure of 8.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 17.0-20.0 cmH20; (viii) a minimum pressure of 6.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 12.0 cmH20; (ix) a minimum pressure of 5.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 10.0 cmH20, and (x) a minimum pressure of 4.0 cmH20 and a maximum pressure of 20.0 cmH20.
[0295] Compliance was based on the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) compliance criteria, which defines a user as compliant if they use the respiratory therapy system for at least 4 hours per night on at least 70% of the nights during any consecutive 30-day period within the first 90 days of use of the respiratory therapy system. Compliance was assessed using a device-reported CMS compliance flag.
[0296] The DML framework with causal forest model used as the final estimator for the CATE allows for the estimation of heterogeneous treatment effects while adjusting for observed confounders, supporting individualized treatment decisions. As discussed herein, the set of models used to generate the initial and final parameter values include a treatment model (to predict treatment assignment using user input features), an outcome model (to predict outcome using user input features), and a final model (to predict treatment effect using user input features). Residuals from the treatment and outcome models were determined and were passed into the final model, which learned how treatment affects vary across different populations using tree-based splits to detect treatment heterogeneity, estimating an individualized CATE for each user across all possible settings combinations. For each user, the settings combination
with the highest predicted probability of compliance was selected as the recommended combination.
[0297] The treatment model was trained on the training dataset of 99,914 patients to predict treatment assignments, validated on a validation dataset, and tested on a test dataset. To address class imbalance in treatment groups, random oversampling was applied. A gradient boosting classifier was then used and optimized with a custom loss function designed to maximize both covariate balance and classifier performance. FIG. 16 shows the distribution of propensity scores determined by the treatment model on a test dataset of users. As shown, the propensity score distribution shows strong overlap, indicating that the covariates were well balanced.
[0298] The outcome model was trained on the same training dataset to predict CMS compliance. To address class imbalance in treatment groups, random oversampling was applied. A gradient boosting regressor with isotonic regression calibration was then used. FIG. 17A shows a calibration plot for the outcome model. As shown, the outcome model’s predictions of outcomes based on the user input data in the test dataset generally matches the predictions of a perfectly calibrated model. FIG. 17B shows a calibration curve for the outcome model with an expected calibration error of about 0.97% across all predicted probabilities in the test dataset, indicating good model calibration. In general, outcome models trained in this manner may have an ECE of less than about 1.5%. Table 7 below shows the classification report for the outcome model on the test dataset, where a 0 indicates the outcome model predicting that a user in the test dataset did not satisfy the compliance threshold (e.g., predicting that the probability of compliance was less than or equal to 0.5), and a 1 indicates the outcome model predicting that a user in the test dataset did satisfy the compliance threshold (e.g., predicting that the probability of compliance was greater than or equal to 0.5). In general, outcome models trained in this manner may have an ECE of less than about 1.5%.
Table 7
[0299] The final model to predict the conditional average treatment effect (CATE) was trained using the propensity model and the outcome model and tuned based on out-of-sample R-score performance. It trains small forests having a size of 100 trees on a grid of parameters and tests the out of sample R-score. The best treatment is defined as the treatment that has the maximum
predicted CATE by the model. The model was applied to the test data to determine the optimal treatment for each patient. The most common treatment combination (minimum maximum) was 5.0_12.0, assigned to 46% of patients, followed by 5.0 15.0-16.0 cmEEO, assigned to 39%. Other combinations, such as 6.0_12.0 (8.1%) and 8.0_17.0-20.0 (5.5%), were less frequent, while the remaining combinations were assigned to less than 1% of patients.
[0300] Analysis of the final model indicated an average treatment effect (ATE) of 0.0914, meaning it could lead to a 9.1% increase in the likelihood of CMS compliance due to the treatment compared to the default settings of a minimum pressure of 4.0 cmEEO and a maximum pressure of 20.0 cmEEO. The 95% confidence interval was narrow, ranging from 0.09130 to 0.0914, indicating high precision. The heterogeneous treatment effects reveal variability across individuals, with a mean effect of 9.1%, a standard deviation of 0.78%, and effects ranging from 6.9% to 11.8%, suggesting the treatment impact varies depending on the patient.
[0301] SHapley Additive Explanations (SHAP) were employed to analyze model behavior at both the group and individual levels. FIG. 18A shows a SHAP summary plot of input importance across the predicted combination of settings (e.g., predicted combinations of minimum pressure and maximum pressure) in the test dataset, which was used to visualize the contribution of individual inputs to the model’s predicted settings combination on the test dataset. FIG. 18B shows a SHAP summary plot comparing the importance of each input to each of the individual settings combinations. The top four features were mask type (mean shape value of at least 0.03), daytime sleepiness (mean SHAP value of at least 0.03), BMI (mean SHAP value of at least 0.02), and AHI (mean SHAPE value of at least 0.02) which consistently showed the highest impact across users, highlighting their importance in differentiating between settings combinations.
[0302] FIGS. 19A and 19B are SHAP force plots showing input contributions toward the predicted combination of settings for two different users. For FIG. 19 A, the user had a minimum baseline AHI, a mask type of nasal pillows, and a BMI of normal, which all had the strongest positive influence, pushing the model toward recommending 5.0 12.0 as the best treatment. The user also had a Daytime Sleepiness of “Very,” pulling the prediction of the model in the opposite direction. Despite the negative pull, the net effect leads to a final score supporting 5.0 12.0 as the optimal treatment for this patient. For FIG. 19B, the user had a mild baseline AHI, a Daytime Sleepiness of “Not At All,” and a BMI of Obese Class III, which all had the strongest positive influence, pushing the model toward recommending 8.0 17.0-20.0
as the best treatment. The user did not have any inputs exerting a strong pull in the opposite direction.
[0303] Propensity score matching was implemented to quantity the ATE, with the results shown in Table 8 below.
Table 8
[0304] There is thus a positive lift of about 10% in CMS compliance between the model and the default settings, a positive lift of about 5% between the model and a human decision including the default settings, and a positive lift of about 3% between the model and a human decision excluding the default settings. The first case compares a doctor’s decision that agrees with the model’s recommendation against the default settings. The second case compares a doctor’s decision that agrees with the model’s recommendation to a doctor’s decision that disagrees with the model’s decision but includes the default settings. The third case compares a doctor’s decision agreeing with the model’s recommendation to a doctor’s decision disagreeing with the model’s recommendation. Overall, the model has a positive impact with a lift of at least 3%.
[0305] In general, any suitable machine learning techniques can be used to generate the initial parameter values in step 720 and the recommended parameter values in step 740. In some implementations, the first model and the second model are the same type of model and/or utilize the same techniques, and generally only differ in whether the input data includes usage data from the period where the initial parameter values were used. For example, the first and second models could both be multi-stage models utilizing doubly robust learner techniques, double machine learning techniques, and/or any other suitable machine learning techniques. In some implementations, the first model and the second model are different types of models and/or utilize different types of machine learning techniques. For example, the first model could be a multi-stage model utilizing doubly robust learner techniques while the second model is a model utilizing double machine learning techniques (or vice-versa). The first and second models can both be single-stage models (the same model or different models), could both be multi-stage models (the same type of multi-stage model or different types of multi-stage models), or one
of the first and second model can be a single-stage model while the other is a multi-stage model. In general, final models trained and implemented according to the double machine learning techniques discussed herein identify values (initial and/or recommended) of the plurality of parameters that increase the probability of a user satisfying the threshold for the use metric by between about 3% and about 10% compared to default values.
[0306] FIG. 20 includes two plots showing one implementation of method 700, according to aspects of the present disclosure. The left side plot 2002A shows the use of a respiratory therapy system with an initial value of the EPR setting. Plot 2002A shows a respiratory flow signal 2004, an inspiration pressure signal 2006A, and an expiration pressure signal 2008A. The pressure of the pressurized air during inspiration (e.g., when the respiratory flow signal 2004 is increasing or when the slope of the respiratory flow signal 2004 is positive) is higher than the pressure of the pressurized air during expiration (e.g., when the respiratory flow signal 2004 is decreasing or when the slope of the respiratory flow signal 2004 is negative). This difference in pressures can be seen by comparing the inspiration pressure signal 2006A and the expiration pressure signal 2008A. The lower pressure during expiration as compared to inspiration is designed to provide a more comfortable experience to the user.
[0307] The right side plot 2002B shows the result of the changing the value of the EPR setting to its recommended value, for example using the techniques of method 700. Plot 2002B includes the same respiratory flow signal 2004 as the left side plot 2002A, an inspiration pressure signal 2006B, and an expiration pressure signal 2008B. However, the value of the expiration pressure signal 2008B has been modified to be less than the value of the expiration pressure signal 2008A, resulting in a lower pressure during expiration. This greater difference in pressures between the inspiration pressure signal 2006B and the expiration pressure signal 2008B may be more comfortable for the user — even if it is less effective at mitigating events during the sleep session — and may result in increased user compliance with the respiratory therapy system.
[0308] In FIG. 20, the inspiration pressure signals 2006A and 2006B generally have the same value. Thus, the pressure of the pressurized air during inspiration is generally the same in both cases. However, the recommended value of the EPR setting could include a change in the value of the inspiration pressure, in addition to or as an alternative to the change in the value of the expiration pressure. Thus, the inspiration pressure signal 2006B in plot 2002B could in some implementations be higher or lower than that shown in FIG. 20.
[0309] While FIG. 20 shows plots illustrating the result of the recommended value of the EPR setting being different than the initial value, any parameter related to the use of the respiratory
therapy system can have its value changed using the techniques of method 700. For example, while the plots of FIGS. 6A and 6B are used herein to illustrate implementations of method 500, modifications of the values of a pressure ramp setting according to method 700 can result in similar changes as those shown in FIGS. 6 A and 6B.
[0310] FIG. 200 shows an example of an interface of a user device 2100 being used to transmit recommended values to the user and/or the user’s care provider, and to provide the user with an option to accept or decline the recommended values. In FIG. 10, the user device 2100 is a smart phone. However, any type of user device (tablet computer, laptop computer, smartwatch, etc.) can be used to present the user with the recommended values. The recommended values can also be presented on an application interface of the respiratory therapy device of the respiratory therapy system.
[0311] The user device 2100 shows a table with initial values for the parameters in questions. In the illustrated implementation, the table includes cells 2102A, 2102B, and 2102C that show the name of the parameters in questions, and cells 2104A, 2104B, and 2104C that show the initial value of each of the parameters. For illustrative purposes, the generic names “Parameter 1,” “Parameter 2,” and “Parameter 3” are used to show the parameters being modified, and the generic initial values “Valueii,” “Value2i,” and “Values;” are used to show the initial values of the parameters.
[0312] The user device 2100 shows an additional table with the recommended values for the parameters to be modified. This table includes cells 2106A, 2106B, and 2106C that show the names of the parameters, and cells 2108 A, 2108B, and 2108C that show the recommended values of the parameters. Again, for illustrative purposes, the generic names are used to show the parameters being modified, and the generic recommended values “Valuer,” “Value2r,” and “Valuesr” are used to show the recommended values of the parameters. In some implementations, the recommended values are generated using method 700. Thus, the recommended values can be generated based on usage data of the respiratory therapy system (which may include subjective user input) and the user profile to which the user has been matched.
[0313] The user device 2100 finally shows the words “Accept Changes? above three user- selectable icons 2110A, 2110B, and 2110C. User-selectable icon 2110A includes the text “Yes,” and can be selected by the user to accept the recommended values and use the recommended values during one or more subsequent sleep sessions. User-selectable icon 2110B includes the text “No,” and can be selected by the user to decline the recommended values and continue to use the initial values during one or more subsequent sleep sessions.
User-selectable icon 21 IOC includes the text “Suggest Changes,” and can be selected by the user if the user wishes to modify the recommended values in some manner. In some implementations, in response to the user selecting icon 21 IOC, the application interface allows the users to directly input the user’s preferred values via an interactive text box. In other implementations, the application interface allows the user to increase or decrease the recommended values, for example by displaying user-selectable icons corresponding to an increase and a decrease. In further implementations, instead of showing user-selectable icon 21 IOC, the application interface shows an interactive text box and/or the increase and decrease icons.
[0314] Thus, the recommended values for the parameters can be transmitted directly to the user and/or the user’s care provider after they are generated. In some implementations, the parameters being modified include a specific combination of two or more parameters that are associated with and/or impact (directly or indirectly) the comfort level of the user. In one example, the parameters being modified include any two or more parameters selected from at least the following list: (i) a pressure ramp setting of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) an event response setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iii) an expiratory pressure relief (EPR) setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iv) a temperature of pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, (v) a humidity of the pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, (vi) a minimum pressure, and (vii) a maximum pressure. In one example, the parameters being modified are the pressure ramp setting, the EPR setting, and the humidity of the pressurized air. In another example, the parameters being modified are the minimum pressure and the maximum pressure.
[0315] In one example, the parameters being modified are the event response setting (with a value of On or Off), the ramp mode setting (with a value of On, Off, or Auto), the ramp duration setting (which has a value of NA if the ramp mode setting has a value of Off or Auto), the EPR mode setting (with a value of Off, Ramp Only, or Full Time), and the EPR level setting (with a value of 1, 2, or 3). In another example, the parameters being modified are the minimum pressure and the maximum pressure.
[0316] In one example, the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) a type of sleep test undergone by the user, (iv) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (v) a type of user interface worn by the user, (vi) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vii) a prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, (viii) a prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for by the user, or (ix) any combination thereof; and the parameters being modified are the event response
setting (with a value of On or Off), the ramp mode setting (with a value of On, Off, or Auto), the ramp mode duration setting (which has a value of NA if the ramp mode setting has a value of Off or Auto), the EPR mode setting (with a value of Off, Ramp Only, or Full Time), and the EPR level setting (with a value of 1, 2, or 3).
[0317] In another example, the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (iv) a type of user interface worn by the user, (v) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vi) a BMI of the user, or (vii) any combination thereof; and the parameters being modified are the minimum pressure and the maximum pressure.
[0318] In some implementations, the combination of two or more parameters is selected based on the likelihood of success of the recommended values, weighted based on the user profile that the user is matched into. In other implementations, the combination of two or more parameters is selected based on balancing the effect of each of the parameters on the comfort of the user that belongs to a particular user profile. In general, the combination of two or more parameters may be selected or customized based on any requirements, such as improving the user’s compliance with a prescribed use of the respiratory therapy system, increasing the user’s comfort level, or other requirements.
[0319] As discussed herein, in some implementations the recommended values of the one or more parameters are the values of the parameters that are estimated to improve and/or maximize compliance, however compliance is designed. However, the recommended values of the parameters can also be values that are estimated to affect other variables as well. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to improve and/or maximize a self-reported comfort score from the user. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the amount of time spent at or below a certain pressure while still achieving a target AHI. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the probability that the user will continue to use the respiratory therapy system after a trial period of using the respiratory therapy system. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the number of days (or sleep sessions) that the user will use the respiratory therapy system within a certain time period. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to increase and/or maximize the amount of time the user will use the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions. In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to decrease and/or minimize the
number of disruptions to the use of the respiratory therapy system (such as the user removing the user interface, the user interface inadvertently being removed, the respiratory therapy device becoming disconnected, the conduit becoming disconnected, the user interface becoming disconnected, some other component becoming disconnected, etc.). In some implementations, the recommended parameter values are the values estimated to decrease and/or minimize the number of user interface on-off events during the sleep session.
[0320] In general, the recommended parameter values are the values having the highest probability (or estimated to have the highest probability) of resulting in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric associated with the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system. The use metric is generally any metric that can be used to measure the user’s use of the respiratory therapy system. The use metric could be the compliance with a prescribed plan of use of the respiratory therapy system, in which case satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes satisfying the minimum requirements of the prescribed plan of use of the respiratory therapy system (e.g., using the respiratory therapy system at least x hours per sleep session, using the respiratory therapy system for at least y sleep sessions within the first z months of use, etc.). In other cases, satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes achieving at least a minimum acceptable value for some metric (e.g., achieving some minimum average amount of time spent using the respiratory therapy system per sleep session). In further cases, satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes not exceeding a maximum acceptable value for some metric (e.g., not exceeding a maximum average number of events per sleep session).
[0321] In some implementations, the first model is trained to determine, for each distinct combination of initial parameter values (where each distinct combination can be said to constitute and/or correspond to a user profile), the probability that that combination will result in the user satisfying the threshold for a use metric during the first period of time. This determination can be based at least in part on the user data, e.g., the first model can be trained to determine how each combination of initial parameter values will impact the usage of a user that corresponds to the user data. The first model can then select the combination of initial parameter values (e.g., one of the user profiles) that has the highest probability among all of the possible combinations of initial parameter values.
[0322] In some of these implementations, the second model is trained to generate the recommended parameter values based on the user data and/or the usage data (which may include information on how the user used the respiratory therapy system with the selected combination of initial parameter values (e.g., the selected user profile)). For example, based on the user data and/or the usage data, the second model may determine, for respective
combination of recommended parameter values, the probability that the respective combination of recommended parameter values will result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric during the second time period. The combination of recommended parameter values with the highest probability can then be selected (e.g., the parameter values can be modified from the initial parameter values to the recommended parameter values). In some cases, the selected combination of recommended parameter values maximizes the probability that the user will satisfy the threshold for the use metric during the second time period. In some cases, the selected combination of recommended parameter values will increase the probability that the threshold for the use metric will be satisfied during the second period of time as compared to the first period of time.
[0323] In some implementations, method 700 can also include selecting the parameters to be optimized. For example, during the first period of time, the respiratory therapy system can be used while a plurality of parameters each have an initial value. After the first period of time one or more of these parameters can be selected to have their values modified, and the recommended values for those selected parameters can be generated. The selection of the parameters to modify and the generation of the recommendation can be based at least in part on usage data and/or the user profile to which the user has been matched.
[0324] Generally, methods 500 and 700 can be implemented using a system having a control system with one or more processors, and a memory device storing machine readable instructions. The control system can be coupled to the memory device, and methods 500 and 700 can be implemented when the machine readable instructions are executed by at least one of the processors of the control system. Methods 500 and 700 can also be implemented using a computer program product (such as a non-transitory computer readable medium) comprising instructions that when executed by a computer, cause the computer to carry out the steps of methods 500 and 700.
[0325] One or more elements or aspects or steps, or any portion(s) thereof, from one or more of any of claims below can be combined with one or more elements or aspects or steps, or any portion(s) thereof, from one or more of any of the other claims below or combinations thereof, to form one or more additional implementations and/or claims of the present disclosure.
[0326] While the present disclosure has been described with reference to one or more particular embodiments or implementations, those skilled in the art will recognize that many changes may be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure. Each of these implementations and obvious variations thereof is contemplated as falling within the spirit and scope of the present disclosure. It is also contemplated that additional
implementations or alternative implementations according to aspects of the present disclosure may combine any number of features from any of the implementations described herein, such as, for example, in the alternative implementations described below.
Claims
1. A method of optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, the method comprising: receiving user data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system; based at least in part on the user data, determining an initial value of each of the plurality of parameters, each of the plurality of parameters being associated with a comfort level of the user; receiving usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions in a first period of time in which each of the plurality of parameters has its initial value; and based at least in part on the user data and the usage data, generating a recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters for use of the respiratory therapy system during a second period of time after the first period of time.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein determining the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters includes: inputting the user data into a first final model; and receiving from the first final model a plurality of initial treatment effects for the user, each initial treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, each initial treatment effect being a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein determining the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters includes selecting the one distinct combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum initial treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters.
4. The method of claim 2, wherein the first final model is further trained to determine the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters by selecting the one distinct combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum initial treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters.
5. The method of any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the first final model is tested on a test dataset that includes a plurality of prior test users, user data for each of the plurality of prior test users, a combination of values of the plurality of parameters used by each of the plurality of prior test users, and an indication of whether each respective one of the plurality of prior test users satisfied the use metric, and wherein the first final model is trained such that when the first final model is tested on the test dataset, each of plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters has a best linear predictor (BLP) value of at least 0.5.
6. The method of any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the first final model is trained such that the selected one distinct combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters is estimated to increase the probability of the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric by between about 3% and about 10% relative to the default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters.
7. The method of any one of claims 2 to 6, further comprising training a first treatment model using a training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data for the respective prior user and (ii) a combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, wherein the first treatment model is trained to generate, based on the user data for each respective prior user, an expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the first treatment model is tested on a test dataset that includes a plurality of prior test users, user data for each of the plurality of prior test users, a combination of values of the plurality of parameters used by each of the plurality of prior test users, and an indication of whether each respective one of the plurality of prior test users satisfied the use metric, the user data for each of the plurality of prior test users including a plurality of input data types.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the first treatment model is trained such that when the first treatment model is tested on the test dataset, for any pair of a first distinct combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters and a second distinct combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters, a maximum of a standardized difference between (i) a mean value of one of the input data types across all test users expected to be prescribed the first distinct combination of initial values and (ii) a mean value of the same input data type across all test users expected to be prescribed the second distinct combination of initial values, is less than or equal to 0.1.
10. The method of any one of claims 7 to 9, further comprising training a first outcome model using the training dataset, wherein each training datapoint further includes, for each respective prior user, an initial outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for the use metric, wherein the first outcome model is trained to generate, based on the user data for each respective prior user, an initial compliance probability for the respective prior user.
11. The method of claim 10, further comprising: determining, for each respective prior user, a plurality of initial treatment residuals that each correspond to a respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, the initial treatment residual for each respective combination being a difference between (i) the respective combination and (ii) the expected combination for the respective prior user that is generated by the first treatment model; and determining, for each respective prior user, an initial outcome residual, the initial outcome residual for each respective prior user being a difference between (i) the initial outcome indicator for the respective prior user and (ii) the initial compliance probability for the respective prior user that is generated by the first outcome model.
12. The method of claim 10 or claim 11, wherein the first outcome model is tested on a test dataset that includes a plurality of prior test users, user data for each of the plurality of prior test users, a combination of values of the plurality of parameters used by each of the plurality of prior test users, and an indication of whether each respective one of the plurality of prior test
users satisfied the use metric, the user data for each of the plurality of prior test users including a plurality of input data types.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the first outcome model is trained such that when the first outcome model is tested on the test dataset, the first outcome model has an expected calibration error (ECE) of less than about 1.5%.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the first outcome model is trained such that when the first outcome model is tested on the test dataset, the first outcome model has an ECE of about 0.8% and about 1.0%.
15. The method of any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the first outcome model is trained such that when the first outcome model is tested on the test dataset, the first outcome model has an accuracy of between about 0.6 and about 0.7 in generating the initial compliance probability for each of the plurality of prior users in the test dataset.
16. The method of any one of claims 11 to 15, further comprising training the first final model to determine the plurality of initial treatment effects for the user based on the user data, wherein training the first final model uses, for each respective prior user in the training dataset, (i) the plurality of initial treatment residuals for the respective prior user, (ii) the initial outcome residual for the respective prior user, and (iii) the user data for the respective prior user.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the first final model is trained to determine initial treatment effects that satisfy
• TI = 0, where (i) 7} represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of initial treatment residuals determined with user data of the respective prior user, (ii) YI represents, for each respective prior user, the initial outcome residual determined with user data of the respective prior user, and (iii) represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of initial treatment effects determined with user data of the respective prior user.
18. The method of any one of claims 2 to 17, wherein determining the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters includes: inputting the user data and the usage data into a second final model; and
receiving from the second final model a plurality of recommended treatment effects for the user, each recommended treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters, each recommended treatment effect being a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein determining the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters includes selecting the one distinct combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum recommended treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein the second final model is further trained to determine the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters by selecting the one distinct combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum recommended treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters.
21. The method of any one of claims 18 to 20, further comprising training a second treatment model using a training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data and usage data for the respective prior user and (ii) a combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, wherein the second treatment model is trained to generate, based on the user data and the usage data for each respective prior user, an expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user.
22. The method of claim 21, further comprising training a second outcome model using the training dataset, wherein each training datapoint further includes, for each respective prior user, an recommended outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for the use metric, wherein the second outcome model is trained to generate,
based on the user data and the usage data for each respective prior user, a recommended compliance probability for the respective prior user.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising: determining, for each respective prior user, a plurality of recommended treatment residuals that each correspond to a respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters, the recommended treatment residual for each respective combination being a difference between (i) the respective combination and (ii) the expected combination for the respective prior user that is generated by the second treatment model; and determining, for each respective prior user, an recommended outcome residual, the recommended outcome residual for each respective prior user being a difference between (i) the recommended outcome indicator for the respective prior user and (ii) the recommended compliance probability for the respective prior user that is generated by the second outcome model.
24. The method of claim 23, further comprising training the second final model to determine the plurality of recommended treatment effects for the user based on the user data and the usage data, wherein training the second final model uses, for each respective prior user in the training dataset, (i) the plurality of recommended treatment residuals for the respective prior user, (ii) the recommended outcome residual for the respective prior user, (iii) the user data for the respective prior user, and (iv) the usage data for the respective prior user.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the second final model is trained to determine recommended treatment effects that satisfy (YR — 0R • fR) • TR = 0, where (i) TR represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of recommended treatment residuals determined with user data of the respective prior user, (ii) YR represents, for each respective prior user, the recommended outcome residual determined with user data of the respective prior user, and (iii) 0R represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of recommended treatment effects determined with user data of the respective prior user.
26. The method of any one of claims 2 to 25, wherein the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) a type of sleep test undergone by the user, (iv) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (v) a type of user interface worn by the user, (vi) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vii) a prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, (viii) a prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for by the user, (ix) a body mass index (BMI) of the user, or (x) any combination thereof.
27. The method of claim 18, wherein the age of the user is a numerical value, or is one of a plurality of age groups.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the plurality of age groups includes less than 45 years old, between 45 years old and 60 years old, and greater than 60 years old.
29. The method of any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the gender of the user is male, female, or unknown.
30. The method of any one of claims 26 to 29, wherein the type of sleep test undergone by the user is a home sleep test or an in-lab sleep test.
31. The method of any one of claims 26 to 30, wherein the AHI of the user is a numerical value, or is one of a plurality of AHI groups.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the plurality of AHI groups includes (i) less than 5, between 5 and 15, between 15 and 30, greater than 30, and unknown, or (ii) minimum, mild, moderate, severe, and unknown.
33. The method of any one of claims 26 to 32, wherein the type of user interface worn by the user is a nasal mask, a nasal pillow mask, or a full-face mask.
34. The method of any one of claims 26 to 33, wherein the level of daytime sleepiness of the user is self-reported and is one of a plurality of daytime sleepiness levels.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein the plurality of daytime sleepiness levels includes “not at all,” “slightly,” “moderately,” “very,” “extremely,” or “unknown.”
36. The method of any one of claims 26 to 35, wherein the prescribed minimum pressure is in a range between a first minimum pressure and a second minimum pressure, and wherein each prescribed minimum pressure in the range is separated by a minimum pressure increment.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the first minimum pressure is 4.0 cmkhO, the second minimum pressure is 20.0 cmJ O, and the minimum pressure increment is 0.2 cmJ O.
38. The method of any one of claims 26 to 37, wherein the prescribed starting pressure is in a range between a first starting pressure and a second starting pressure, and wherein each prescribed starting pressure in the range is separated by a starting pressure increment.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the first starting pressure is 4.0 cmJ O, the second starting pressure is 20.0 cmJ O, and the starting pressure increment is 0.2 cmkbO.
40. The method of any one of claims 26 to 39, wherein the BMI of the user is a numerical value, or is one of a plurality of BMI groups.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the plurality of BMI groups includes (i) between 18.5 and 25.0, between 25.0 and 30.0, between 30.0 and 35.0, between 35.0 and 40.0, and greater than or equal to 40.0, or (ii) normal, overweight, obese class I, obese class II, and obese class III.
42. The method of any one of claims 26 to 41, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, and wherein the first final model is trained such that the prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user has a mean Shapley additive explanations (SHAP) value of at least 0.1.
43. The method of any one of claims 26 to 42, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, and
wherein the first final model is trained such that the prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.06.
44. The method of any one of claims 26 to 43, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the age of the user, and wherein the first final model is trained such that the age of the user has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.03.
45. The method of any one of claims 26 to 44, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the type of user interface worn by the user, and wherein the first final model is trained such that the type of user interface worn the user has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.03.
46. The method of any one of claims 26 to 45, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the level of daytime sleepiness of the user, and wherein the first final model is trained such that the level of daytime sleepiness of the user has a mean SHAP value of at least 0.03.
47. The method of any one of claims 26 to 46, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the AHI of the user, and wherein the first final model is trained such that the AHI of the user has a mean Shapley additive explanations (SHAP) value of at least 0.02.
48. The method of any one of claims 26 to 47, wherein user data includes the data indicative of the BMI of the user, and wherein the first final model is trained such that the BMI of the user has a mean Shapley additive explanations (SHAP) value of at least 0.02.
49. The method of any one of claims 2 to 48, wherein the plurality of parameters includes (i) an event response setting of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) a ramp mode setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iii) a ramp duration setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iv) an expiratory pressure relief (EPR) mode setting of the respiratory therapy system, and (v) an EPR level setting of the respiratory therapy system.
50. The method of any one of claims 2 to 49, wherein the plurality of parameters includes (i) a minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system and (ii) a maximum pressure of the respiratory therapy system.
51. The method of any one of claims 1 to 50, wherein the plurality of parameters includes (i) an event response setting of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) a ramp mode setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iii) a ramp duration setting of the respiratory therapy system, (iv) an expiratory pressure relief (EPR) mode setting of the respiratory therapy system, (v) an EPR level setting of the respiratory therapy system, (vi) a minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system, (vii) a maximum pressure of the respiratory therapy system, (viii) a temperature of pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, (ix) a humidity of the pressurized air, or (x) any combination of (i)-(ix).
52. The method of any one of claims 1 to 51, wherein the user data includes data indicative of (i) an age of the user, (ii) a gender of the user, (iii) a type of sleep test undergone by the user, (iv) an Apnea-Hypopnea Index (AHI) of the user, (v) a type of user interface worn by the user, (vi) a level of daytime sleepiness of the user, (vii) a prescribed minimum pressure of the respiratory therapy system for the user, (viii) a prescribed starting pressure of the respiratory therapy system for by the user, (ix) a body mass index (BMI) of the user, (x) one or more reasons for therapy for the user, or (xi) any combination of (i)-(x).
53. The method of claim 1, wherein determining the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters includes inputting the user data into a first model and receiving the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters from the first model, wherein the first model is a multi-stage model including: a first propensity model trained to determine, based at least in part on the user data, a propensity score for each of a plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, the propensity score for each respective combination of the plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters indicating a probability that the user would be prescribed the respective combination; a first outcome model trained to determine, based at least in part on the user data, a conditional probability that each respective combination of the plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters will result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric if the user were prescribed the respective combination; and
a first final model trained to determine, based at least in part on the propensity score and the conditional probability for each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, a difference between (i) a probability that the respective combination would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein determining the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters includes inputting the user data and the usage data into a second model and receiving the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters from the second model, wherein the second model is a multi-stage model including: a second propensity model trained to determine, based at least in part on the user data and the usage data, a propensity score for each of a plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters, the propensity score for each respective combination indicating a probability that the user would be prescribed the respective combination; a second outcome model trained to determine, based at least in part on the user data and the usage data, a conditional probability that each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters will result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric if the user were prescribed the respective combination; and a second final model trained to determine, based at least in part on the propensity score and the conditional probability for each respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters, a difference between (i) a probability that the respective combination would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
55. The method of any one of claims 1 to 54, wherein generating the recommended values of each of the plurality of parameters is based on a probability that the recommended values of each of the plurality of parameters will result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric
during the second period of time, the use metric being associated with use of the respiratory therapy system by the user.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the use metric is compliance with a plan of use of the respiratory therapy system by the user, and wherein the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes the user satisfying one or more minimum requirements of the plan of use during the second period of time.
57. The method of claim 55 or claim 56, wherein the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes the user achieving at least a minimum acceptable value of the use metric during the one or more sleep sessions in the second period of time.
58. The method of any one of claims 55 to 57, wherein the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric includes the user not exceeding a maximum acceptable value of the use metric during the one or more sleep sessions in the second period of time.
59. The method of any one of claims 1 to 58, wherein generating the initial value of each of the plurality of parameters includes: determining, for each respective combination of a plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, a probability that the respective combination will cause the user to satisfy a threshold for a use metric associated with the use of the respiratory therapy system by the user, the determining being based at least in part on the user data; and selecting a combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters having a highest probability among the plurality of combinations of resulting in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters is generated based at least in part on the user data, the usage data, the selected combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters, or any combination thereof.
61. The method of any one of claims 1 to 60, wherein generating the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters includes:
determining, for each respective combination of a plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters, a probability that the respective combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters will cause the user to satisfy a threshold for a use metric during the first period of time, the use metric being associated with the use of the respiratory therapy system by the user, the determining being based at least in part on the user data; selecting a combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters having a highest probability among the plurality of combinations of initial values of the plurality of parameters of resulting in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric during the first period of time; determining, for each respective combination of a plurality of combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameter, a probability that the respective combination of initial values of the plurality of parameters will result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric during the first period of time, the determining being based at least in part on the user data and the usage data; and selecting a combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters having a highest probability among the plurality of combinations of recommended values of the plurality of parameters of resulting in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric during the second period of time.
62. The method of claim 61, wherein the selected combination of recommended values of the plurality of parameters is configured to maximize the probability of the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric during the second period of time.
63. The method of claim 61 or claim 62, wherein the selected combination of the recommended values of the plurality of parameters is configured to increase the probability of the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric during the second period of time as compared to the first period of time.
64. The method of any one of claims 1 to 63, further comprising transmitting the generated recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters to (i) the user, (ii) a care provider of the user, or (iii) both.
- I l l -
65. The method of any one of claims 1 to 64, further comprising presenting the generated recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters on an application interface located on (i) a respiratory therapy device of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) a mobile device, (iii) an external computing device, or (iv) any combination thereof.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein the application interface provides an option to (i) accept or decline, and (ii) increase or decrease, if the generated recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters is accepted.
67. The method of any one of claims 1 to 66, wherein each of the plurality of parameters is adjustable by a user, a care provider of the user, or both.
68. The method of any one of claims 1 to 67, wherein each of the plurality of parameters is adjustable to aid in adjusting the comfort level of the user.
69. The method of any one of claims 1 to 68, wherein the usage data includes information associated with (i) a frequency of use of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) pressurized air delivered by the respiratory therapy system, (iii) one or more leaks associated with the pressurized air, (iv) subjective input received from the user, or (v) any combination thereof.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the subjective input received from the user includes information associated with (i) a comfort level of a user interface worn by the user during use of the respiratory therapy system, (ii) a comfort level of the user’s breathing during use of the respiratory therapy system, (iii) an amount of restlessness the user experienced during use of the respiratory therapy system, or (iv) any combination thereof.
71. The method of any one of claims 1 to 70, wherein the generating the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters is performed using (i) a causal inference recommendation algorithm, (ii) a content-based filtering recommendation algorithm, (iii) a reinforcement learning-based recommendation algorithm, or (iv) a combination of both.
72. The method of any one of claims 1 to 71, wherein the generating the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters further comprises:
detecting a degree of degradation of a user interface of the respiratory therapy system using an acoustic sensor associated with the respiratory therapy system; and transmitting to the user a recommendation to obtain a new user interface, in response to the degree of degradation satisfying a predetermined threshold.
73. The method of claim 72, further comprising submitting a resupply order of the user interface.
74. The method of any one of claims 1 to 73, wherein the first period of time includes a predetermined number of sleep sessions, and the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters is generated after completion of the predetermined number of sleep sessions in the first period of time.
75. The method of any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein the first period of time includes a variable number of sleep sessions, and the recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters is generated after completion of one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time.
76. The method of any one of claims 1 to 75, further comprising updating each of the plurality of parameters to its recommended value for use of the respiratory therapy system during the second period of time.
77. The method of claim 76, further comprising: receiving subsequent usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions in the second period of time; and based at least in part on the subsequent usage data, generating a subsequent recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters for use of the respiratory therapy system during a third period of time after the first period of time.
78. The method of claim 77, wherein the subsequent usage data includes subjective input from the user associated with use of the respiratory therapy system with the recommended values of each of the plurality of parameters.
79. The method of claim 77 or claim 78, wherein subsequent usage data is continually received from the user during the second period of time, and the subsequent recommended values are generated in response to the subsequent usage data indicating that the recommended values are not optimal.
80. The method of claim 77 or claim 78, wherein the subsequent usage data is received from the user after a predetermined number of sleep sessions have been completed during the second period of time, and the subsequent recommended values are generated after the predetermined number of sleep sessions have been completed during the second period of time.
81. The method of any one of claims 77 to 80, wherein the user uses a first user interface during the first period of time, and wherein the subsequent recommended values are generated in response to the usage data indicating that the user switched from the first user interface to a second user interface during the second period of time.
82. The method of claim 81, wherein the usage data includes input from the user indicating that the user switched from the first user interface to the second user interface during the second period of time.
83. The method of any one of claims 1 to 82, wherein the usage data is received after the first period of time ends.
84. The method of any one of claims 1 to 83, wherein the usage data is received continually during the first period of time.
85. The method of claim 84, wherein the usage data includes portions of usage data that each correspond to a respective one of the one or more sleep session in the first period.
86. The method of claim 85, wherein each portion of the usage data is received after completion of its respective one of the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time.
87. The method of claim 85, wherein each portion of the usage data is received continually during its respective one of the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time.
88. The method of any one of claims 1 to 87, wherein the one or more sleep sessions in the first period of time includes a plurality of sleep sessions, and wherein the threshold for the use metric includes using the respiratory therapy system for at least four hours per sleep session on at least 70% of the plurality of sleep sessions during any consecutive 30 days within the first period of time.
89. A method of optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, the method comprising: receiving user data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system; inputting at least the user data into a final model; receiving from the final model a plurality of treatment effects for the user, each treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, each treatment effect being a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric; and determining a value of each of the plurality of parameters by selecting the one distinct combination of values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters.
90. The method of claim 89, further comprising training a treatment model using a training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data for the respective prior user and (ii) a combination of values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, wherein the treatment model is trained to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user, an expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user.
91. The method of claim 90, further comprising training an outcome model using the training dataset, wherein each training datapoint further includes, for each respective prior user, an outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for
the use metric, wherein the outcome model is trained to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user, a compliance probability for the respective prior user.
92. The method of claim 91, further comprising: determining, for each respective prior user, a plurality of treatment residuals that each correspond to a respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, the treatment residual for each respective combination being a difference between (i) the respective combination and (ii) the expected combination for the respective prior user that is generated by the treatment model; and determining, for each respective prior user, an outcome residual, the outcome residual for each respective prior user being a difference between (i) the outcome indicator for the respective prior user and (ii) the compliance probability for the respective prior user that is generated by the outcome model.
93. The method of claim 92, further comprising training the final model to determine the plurality of treatment effects for the user based at least in part on the user data, wherein training the final model uses, for each respective prior user in the training dataset, (i) the plurality of treatment residuals for the respective prior user, (ii) the outcome residual for the respective prior user, and (iii) the user data for the respective prior user.
94. The method of claim 93, wherein the final model is trained to determine treatment effects that satisfy (P — 0 • T ) • T = 0, where (i) T represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment residuals determined with user data of the respective prior user, (ii) Y represents, for each respective prior user, the outcome residual determined with user data of the respective prior user, and (iii) 0 represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment effects determined with user data of the respective prior user.
95. The method of claim 93, further comprising: receiving usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system by the user during one or more sleep sessions in which each of the plurality of parameters had a known value; and inputting the usage data into the final model along with the user data,
wherein the final model is trained to determine the plurality of treatment effects for the user based on the user data and the usage data.
96. The method of claim 95, wherein each training datapoint in the training dataset further includes usage data for the respective prior user associated with use of the respiratory therapy system by the respective prior user during one or more sleep sessions in which each of the plurality of parameters had a known value.
97. The method of claim 96, wherein the treatment model is trained to generate the expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to each respective prior user based on both the user data for the respective prior user and the usage data for the respective prior user.
98. The method of claim 97, wherein the outcome model is trained to generate the compliance probability for each respective prior user based on both the user data for the respective prior user and the usage data for the respective prior user.
99. The method of claim 98, wherein the final model is trained to determine treatment effects that satisfy (K — 0 • T ) • T = 0, where (i) T represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment residuals determined with both user data and usage data of the respective prior user, (ii) Y represents, for each respective prior user, the outcome residual determined with both user data and usage data of the respective prior user, and (iii) 0 represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment effects determined with both user data and usage data of the respective prior user.
100. A method of training a model to optimize a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system for a user, the method comprising: receiving a first training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data for the respective prior user, (ii) a combination of values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, and (iii) an outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for the use metric;
training a treatment model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the prescribed combination of values for each respective prior user, an expected one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user; training an outcome model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the outcome indicator for each respective prior user, a compliance probability for the respective prior user; determining, for each respective prior user in the first training dataset, a plurality of treatment residuals that each correspond to a respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, the treatment residual for each respective combination being a difference between (i) the respective combination and (ii) the expected combination for the respective prior user that is generated by the treatment model; determining, for each respective prior user in the first training dataset, an outcome residual, the outcome residual for each respective prior user being a difference between (i) the outcome indicator for the respective prior user and (ii) the compliance probability for the respective prior user that is generated by the outcome model; generating a second training dataset that includes, for each respective prior user, (i) the plurality of treatment residuals for the respective prior user, (ii) the outcome residual for the respective prior user, and (iii) the user data for the respective prior user; and training the final model using the second training dataset to determine a plurality of treatment effects for the user based at least in part on user data of the user.
101. The method of claim 100, wherein the final model is trained to determine treatment effects that satisfy (P — 0 • T ) • T = 0, where (i) T represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment residuals determined with user data of the respective prior user, (ii) Y represents, for each respective prior user, the outcome residual determined with user data of the respective prior user, and (iii) 0 represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment effects determined with user data of the respective prior user.
102. The method of claim 100, wherein the first training dataset and the second training dataset both further include, for each respective prior user, usage data for the respective prior user associated with use of the respiratory therapy system by the respective prior user during one or more sleep sessions in which each of the plurality of parameters had a known value, and wherein: the treatment model is trained to generate the expected one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to each respective prior user based on both the user data for the respective prior user and the usage data for the respective prior user; the outcome model is trained to generate the compliance probability for each respective prior user based on both the user data for the respective prior user and the usage data for the respective prior user; and the final model is trained to determine the plurality of treatment effects for the user based at least in part on user data of the user and usage data of the user associated with use of the respiratory therapy system by the user during one or more sleep sessions in which each of the plurality of parameters had a known value.
103. The method of claim 102, wherein the final model is trained to determine treatment effects that satisfy (P — 0 • T ) • T = 0, where (i) T represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment residuals determined with both user data and usage data of the respective prior user, (ii) Y represents, for each respective prior user, the outcome residual determined with both user data and usage data of the respective prior user, and (iii) 0 represents, for each respective prior user, the plurality of treatment effects determined with both user data and usage data of the respective prior user.
104. A system for optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, the system comprising a control system configured to implement the method of any one of claims 1 to 103.
105. A computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to carry out the method of any one of claims 1 to 103.
106. The computer program product of claim 105, wherein the computer program product is a non-transitory computer readable medium.
107. A system for optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, the system comprising: the respiratory therapy system configured to supply pressurized air to an individual; a memory device having stored thereon machine-readable instructions; and a control system including one or more processors configured to execute the machine- readable instructions to: receive user data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system; based at least in part on the user data, determine an initial value of each of the plurality of parameters, each of the plurality of parameters being associated with a comfort level of the user; receive usage data associated with use of the respiratory therapy system during one or more sleep sessions in a first period of time in which each of the plurality of parameters has its initial value; and based at least in part on the user data and the usage data, generate a recommended value of each of the plurality of parameters for use of the respiratory therapy system during a second period of time after the first period of time.
108. A system for optimizing a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system, the system comprising: the respiratory therapy system configured to supply pressurized air to an individual; a memory device having stored thereon machine-readable instructions; and a control system including one or more processors configured to execute the machine- readable instructions to: receive user data associated with a user of the respiratory therapy system; input at least the user data into a final model; receive from the final model a plurality of treatment effects for the user, each treatment effect corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, each treatment effect being a difference between (i) a probability that the respective one of the plurality of combinations of values of the plurality
of parameters would result in the user satisfying a threshold for a use metric, and (ii) a probability that a default combination of values of the plurality of parameters would result in the user satisfying the threshold for the use metric; and determine a value of each of the plurality of parameters by selecting the one distinct combination of values of the plurality of parameters having a maximum treatment effect among all of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters.
109. A system for training a model to optimize a plurality of parameters of a respiratory therapy system for a user, the system comprising receiving a first training dataset that includes a plurality of training datapoints each associated with a respective prior user, each training datapoint including (i) user data for the respective prior user, (ii) a combination of values of the plurality of parameters prescribed to the respective prior user, and (iii) an outcome indicator that indicates whether the respective prior user satisfied the threshold for the use metric; training a treatment model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the prescribed combination of values for each respective prior user, an expected one of a plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters to be prescribed to the respective prior user; training an outcome model using the training dataset to generate, based at least in part on the user data for each respective prior user and the outcome indicator for each respective prior user, a compliance probability for the respective prior user; determining, for each respective prior user in the first training dataset, a plurality of treatment residuals that each correspond to a respective one of the plurality of distinct combinations of values of the plurality of parameters, the treatment residual for each respective combination being a difference between (i) the respective combination and (ii) the expected combination for the respective prior user that is generated by the treatment model; determining, for each respective prior user in the first training dataset, an outcome residual, the outcome residual for each respective prior user being a difference between (i) the outcome indicator for the respective prior user and (ii) the
compliance probability for the respective prior user that is generated by the outcome model; generating a second training dataset that includes, for each respective prior user, (i) the plurality of treatment residuals for the respective prior user, (ii) the outcome residual for the respective prior user, and (iii) the user data for the respective prior user; and training the final model using the second training dataset to determine a plurality of treatment effects for the user based at least in part on user data of the user.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202463651846P | 2024-05-24 | 2024-05-24 | |
| US63/651,846 | 2024-05-24 | ||
| US202463713457P | 2024-10-29 | 2024-10-29 | |
| US63/713,457 | 2024-10-29 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025245496A1 true WO2025245496A1 (en) | 2025-11-27 |
Family
ID=96168466
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2025/030856 Pending WO2025245496A1 (en) | 2024-05-24 | 2025-05-23 | Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025245496A1 (en) |
Citations (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5245995A (en) | 1987-06-26 | 1993-09-21 | Rescare Limited | Device and method for monitoring breathing during sleep, control of CPAP treatment, and preventing of apnea |
| US6502572B1 (en) | 1997-11-07 | 2003-01-07 | Resmed, Ltd. | Administration of CPAP treatment pressure in presence of apnea |
| WO2008138040A1 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2008-11-20 | Resmed Ltd | Automated control for detection of flow limitation |
| WO2014047310A1 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2014-03-27 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | System and method for determining sleep stage |
| WO2016061629A1 (en) | 2014-10-24 | 2016-04-28 | Resmed Limited | Respiratory pressure therapy system |
| WO2017132726A1 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2017-08-10 | Resmed Limited | Methods and apparatus for treating respiratory disorders |
| WO2018050913A1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for detecting physiological movement from audio and multimodal signals |
| WO2019122414A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2019-06-27 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for physiological sensing in vehicles |
| WO2019122413A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2019-06-27 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for motion sensing |
| US10492720B2 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2019-12-03 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | System and method for determining sleep stage |
| WO2020104465A2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2020-05-28 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Methods and apparatus for detection of disordered breathing |
| WO2023173166A1 (en) * | 2022-03-15 | 2023-09-21 | ResMed Pty Ltd | Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system |
-
2025
- 2025-05-23 WO PCT/US2025/030856 patent/WO2025245496A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (18)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5245995A (en) | 1987-06-26 | 1993-09-21 | Rescare Limited | Device and method for monitoring breathing during sleep, control of CPAP treatment, and preventing of apnea |
| US6502572B1 (en) | 1997-11-07 | 2003-01-07 | Resmed, Ltd. | Administration of CPAP treatment pressure in presence of apnea |
| WO2008138040A1 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2008-11-20 | Resmed Ltd | Automated control for detection of flow limitation |
| US9358353B2 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2016-06-07 | Resmed Limited | Automated control for detection of flow limitation |
| US10492720B2 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2019-12-03 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | System and method for determining sleep stage |
| WO2014047310A1 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2014-03-27 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | System and method for determining sleep stage |
| US20200337634A1 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2020-10-29 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | System and method for determining sleep stage |
| US10660563B2 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2020-05-26 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | System and method for determining sleep stage |
| WO2016061629A1 (en) | 2014-10-24 | 2016-04-28 | Resmed Limited | Respiratory pressure therapy system |
| US20170311879A1 (en) | 2014-10-24 | 2017-11-02 | Resmed Limited | Respiratory pressure therapy system |
| WO2017132726A1 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2017-08-10 | Resmed Limited | Methods and apparatus for treating respiratory disorders |
| WO2018050913A1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for detecting physiological movement from audio and multimodal signals |
| WO2019122414A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2019-06-27 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for physiological sensing in vehicles |
| WO2019122413A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2019-06-27 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for motion sensing |
| US20200383580A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2020-12-10 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for physiological sensing in vehicles |
| US20210150873A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2021-05-20 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Apparatus, system, and method for motion sensing |
| WO2020104465A2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2020-05-28 | Resmed Sensor Technologies Limited | Methods and apparatus for detection of disordered breathing |
| WO2023173166A1 (en) * | 2022-03-15 | 2023-09-21 | ResMed Pty Ltd | Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP4171360B1 (en) | Systems and methods for multi-component health scoring | |
| US20230173221A1 (en) | Systems and methods for promoting a sleep stage of a user | |
| AU2020344256B2 (en) | Systems and methods for continuous care | |
| WO2022162589A1 (en) | Systems and methods for estimating a subjective comfort level | |
| US20230270350A1 (en) | Systems and methods for determining a health condition on a device local to a respiratory system user | |
| EP4097731A1 (en) | Systems and methods for reducing insomnia-related symptoms | |
| WO2023173166A1 (en) | Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system | |
| CN115485788A (en) | System and method for predicting alertness | |
| EP4213708A1 (en) | Systems and methods for monitoring comorbidities | |
| US20230218844A1 (en) | Systems And Methods For Therapy Cessation Diagnoses | |
| US20240062872A1 (en) | Cohort sleep performance evaluation | |
| US20240145085A1 (en) | Systems and methods for determining a recommended therapy for a user | |
| US20250001110A1 (en) | Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system | |
| WO2025245496A1 (en) | Systems and methods for optimizing parameters of a respiratory therapy system | |
| WO2024039751A1 (en) | Systems and methods for providing a sleep therapy community | |
| WO2025019743A1 (en) | Detecting user interface changes using respiratory therapy data | |
| WO2025019746A1 (en) | Classifying user interfaces using machine learning and captured image data |